T Oandm

Abcd PROJECT : URI-II 4x60 MW Alstom Projects India ltd.
Document N° :
TURBINE HINUR220MEADC00001
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL Page 2/ 269
INDEX
1. SECTION 1: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION………………………..5-10 PAGES
2. SECTION 2: DESCRIPTION…………………………………………..11-44 PAGES
3. SECTION 3: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE……………………..45-98 PAGES
4. SECTION 4: MANDATORY SPARES…………………………………99-107 PAGES
5. SECTION 5: LIST OF MAIN DRAWINGS……………………………108-109 PAGES
6. SECTION 6: CATALOGUES……..……………………………………110-266 PAGES
7. SECTION 7: CONTACT DETAILS…………………………………….267-269 PAGES

Document N° :
SECTION 1-TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION

Document N° :
SECTION 1 – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION
SUMMARY
TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS.......................................................................................................... 5
1. TURBINE CHARACTERISTICS ..................................................................................................................... 6
1.1 Turbine parameters ......................................................................................................................... 6
1.2 Water Levels and Discharges........................................................................................................ 6
1.3 Tail water Levels.............................................................................................................................. 6
1.4 Net Heads......................................................................................................................................... 6
1.5 Main Characteristics........................................................................................................................ 7
2. PERFORMANCE GUARANTEES ................................................................................................................ 10
2.1 Turbine efficiency .......................................................................................................................... 10
2.2 Turbine output and efficiency at rated net head 118 m ........................................................... 10
3. CAVITATION PITTING GUARANTEE.......................................................................................................... 10
4. PERFORMANCE UNDER SILT EROSION ...................................................................................... 10
Document N° :
TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS
• Project name : URI-II (4x60 MW)
• Site : Left Bank of river Jhelum , Tehsil Uri, district Baramulla of J&K
• Installation country : INDIA
• Customer : NHPC
• Consulting engineer : NHPC
• Order year : 2007
• Machine type : FRANCIS TURBINE
• Number of units :4
• Axis : VERTICAL
• Number of bearings on the shaft : 2
• Dismantling : From the Bottom

Document N° :
1. TURBINE CHARACTERISTICS
1.1 Turbine parameters
Turbine distributor centre line elevation (referred to sea level): 1095.00 m
1.1.1 Rated and Runaway speed
Item Unit Value

Rated speed rpm 300
Maximum runaway speed rpm 420
1.1.2 Turbine output
Item Unit Value

Rated Output MW 61.22
Maximum Output MW 67.34
1.1.3 Maximum Total Pressure
Maximum total pressure (including pressure rise) at the end of the spiral case 189.8mWC
1.2 Upstream Water Levels and Discharges
Item Unit Final Stage

Full Reservoir level (FRL) m 1241.00
3
Max. Discharge at rated net head M /sec 62.164
1.3 Tail water Levels
Item Unit Head

Maximal Tail Water Level m 1111.00
Minimal Tail Water Level m 1107.50
Flood level m 1153.00
1.4 Net Heads
Item Unit Final Stage

Maximum Net Head m 132.00
Rated Net Head m 118.00
Document N° :
1.5 Main Characteristics
SA 10 – SPIRAL CASE and STAY RING
Stay ring
Stay ring height (water passage) : 697 mm
Inlet diameter of stay ring : 3510 mm
Outlet diameter of stay ring : 4471.6 mm
Number of stay vanes : 20 (Blend vane included)
Stay vane maximum thickness : 54 mm
Upper ring thickness : 100 mm
Lower ring thickness : 100 mm
Transition plates thickness : Mini. 20 mm / maxi. 40 mm
Stay ring total weight : 15.5 T
Number of elements : two parts
Material : High Strength steel plate
Spiral case
Number of shells elements : 21
Inlet diameter : 2948 mm
Spiral case winding direction : Clockwise
Maximum pressure (over pressure) : 1.9 Mpa
Test pressure : 2.85 Mpa
Water pressure for the concreting : 1.0 Mpa
Spiral case total weight : 31.7 T
Plate thickness : Mini. 16 mm / maxi. 28 mm
Manhole door size : Dia.750 mm
Material : High strength steel plate
Upper Pit liner

Inner diameter : 3800 mm
Height : 4240 mm
Size of recess for servomotors (2 pockets) : 1100x1200 mm
Material : Carbon steel (10&16 mm Thk.)
Lower Pit liner

Inner diameter : 3800 /4270 mm
Height : 1700 mm
Material : Carbon steel (10&16 mm Thk.)
SA 20 – DISTRIBUTOR
Number of wicket gates : 20
Wicket gates pitch diameter : 3078 mm
Distributor height : 693 mm
Maximum opening : 32.5˚
Wicket gates number of bearings : 3
Wicket gate bearing type : Deva Self Lubricated bushes
Breaking rod : Shear (pneumatic type)
Distributor seal : U-type dynamic seals
Document N° :
Head cover
Max diameter : 3720 mm
Total weight : 9.5 T (Approx.)
Number of parts : One part
Distributor seal : U-type dynamic seal
Material : Welded carbon steel plates
Facing plates & Upper Fixed Labyrinth : Stainless steel
Bottom ring
Total weight : 6.0 T (Approx.)
Distributor seal : U-type dynamic seal
Material : Welded carbon steel plates
Facing plates & Lower Fixed Labyrinth : Stainless steel
Wicket gates
Number : 20
Profile height : 692.5 mm
Profile max. width / length : 109 mm / 515 mm
Total height : 1586 mm
Trunnion diameter : 180 mm max
Unit weight / total weight : Unit 305 Kg / Total 6100 Kg
Wicket gate bearings : DEVA self lubricating
Material : ASTMA743GrCA6NM
Operating ring
Total weight : 2T
Guides : Deva self lubricating sectors
Material : Carbon steel plates
Operating mechanism
Wicket gate levers unit weight : 48.5 kg
Connection with wicket gates : 2 conical pins
Wicket gate height adjustment : using bolt
Wicket gate contact adjustment : Eccentric pins
Braking device : Bronze bushing
Wicket gate levers material : ASTM A216 Gr. WCC
Document N° :
SA 30 – RUNNER – SHAFT
Shaft
External diameters : 625 mm
Internal diameter : 150 mm
Height : 3750 mm
Lower flange coupling with runner : 8 pins ø95 + 8 Studs M56
Outer Diameter of Lower flange : 1065 mm
Upper flange coupling with shaft : 12 fitted bolts ø74 & M64
Outer Diameter of Upper flange : 1050 mm
Total weight : 9.6 T
Material : Carbon forged steel
Runner
Runner outlet diameter : 2530 mm
Number of runner blades : 13 blades
Rotation direction : Clockwise (View from top)
Design : Welded runner
Weight : 9.0 T
Material for band, crown and blades : ASTMA743GR.CA6NM
Material for wearing rings : ASTMA743GR.CA6NM
Air admission valve

Diameter of the valve : 150 mm
SA 40 – TURBINE GUIDE BEARING & SHAFT SEAL
Turbine Guide bearing

Bearing type : Shell bearing in two parts
Diameter : 625.45 mm
Unit weight : 3730 kg
Cooling : Self cooled
Material : Carbon steel+ Babbit Metal(5.8mm thk)
Shaft seal
Type of seal : Axial seal
Seal diameter : 1167 mm
Seal clean water supply : Max 2.5 l/s filtration 50 microns
Water feeding pressure : 4.8 Bar
Seal material : Cestidur
Seal wearing ring material : Stainless steel
SA 50 – DISCHARGE (DRAFT TUBE/DRAFT TUBE CONE)

Upper cone : 1 No.
Lower cone : 1 No.
Elbow with liner embedded : 1 No.
Draft tube Manhole door : 750 mm(width) x 750 mm(Height)
Document N° :
SA 60 – SERVOMOTOR FOR OPERATING MECHANISM

Number of servomotors : 2
Governing oil pressure : 61 bars
Servomotor cylinder diameter : 240 mm
Servomotor rod dia : 100 mm
Servomotor stroke : 260 mm
Servomotor unit weight : 455 kg
2. PERFORMANCE GUARANTEES
2.1 Turbine efficiency
2.1.1 Maximum Efficiency
Item Unit Value

Maximum Efficiency of the Prototype turbine % 95.66
2.1.2 Weighted Average Efficiency
Item Unit Value

Weighted Average Efficiency of the Prototype turbine % 94.47
2.2 Turbine output and efficiency at rated net head 118 m
SL.No. Tubine output Tubine efficiency %
1 110% Rated out put 93.89
2 100% Rated out put 95.66
3 75 % Rated ourput 94.11
4 50 % Rated ourput 88.56
3. CAVITATION PITTING GUARANTEE
During the turbine operation period of the first two years or 8000 hours from the date placed in
actual operation (whichever is earlier). Excessive pitting shall be defined as the removal or loss of
metal from the runner due to cavitations pitting aggregating to m=0.6D²/8000, where ‘D’ is
discharge/outlet diameter of runner in meters, ‘m’ is metal loss rate in kg/h.
4. PERFORMANCE UNDER SILT EROSION
Turbine is recommended to run under maximum silt content of 2000 PPM in water flowing through
turbine.
SECTION 2 – DESCRIPTION
Document N° :
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL Page 12 / 269
SUMMARY
1. REFERENCE ................................................................................................................................................ 14
2. GENERAL PRESENTATION OF THE TURBINE .................................................................................. 14
3. GENERAL SA 10 .......................................................................................................................................... 16
3.1. SPIRAL CASE.............................................................................................................................................. 17
3.1.1 Presentation ....................................................................................................................................... 17
3.1.2 Composition ....................................................................................................................................... 17
3.2. STAY RING................................................................................................................................................. 18
3.2.1 Presentation ....................................................................................................................................... 18
3.2.2 Composition ....................................................................................................................................... 18
3.3. PIT LINER .................................................................................................................................................. 18
3.3. PIT LINER .................................................................................................................................................. 19
3.3.1 Presentation ....................................................................................................................................... 19
3.3.2 Composition ....................................................................................................................................... 19
3.4. ASSEMBLY AND ADJUSTMENT OF SPIRAL CASE AND STAY RING ................................................................ 20
4. GENERAL SA 20 .......................................................................................................................................... 21
4.1. HEAD COVER ............................................................................................................................................. 22
4.1.1 Presentation and composition............................................................................................................ 22
4.1.2 Auxiliaries.......................................................................................................................................... 23
4.1.3 Assembly and adjustment ................................................................................................................... 23
4.2. BOTTOM RING ........................................................................................................................................ 24
4.2.1 Presentation and composition .......................................................................................................... 24
4.2.2 Auxiliaries ........................................................................................................................................ 25
4.2.3 Assembly and adjustment.................................................................................................................. 25
4.3. WICKET GATES .......................................................................................................................................... 25
4.3.2 Bearings ............................................................................................................................................. 26
4.3.3 Safety of operations............................................................................................................................ 26
4.4. OPERATING RING ....................................................................................................................................... 26
4.4.1 Wicket Gate Operating mechanism.................................................................................................... 26
4.4.2 Safety of operations............................................................................................................................ 27
Shear pin: ................................................................................................................................................................. 27
Braking system ........................................................................................................................................................ 27
5. GENERAL SA 30 .......................................................................................................................................... 28
5.1. TURBINE SHAFT ......................................................................................................................................... 29
5.1.2. Auxiliaries......................................................................................................................................... 29
5.2 COUPLING .................................................................................................................................................. 29
5.2.1 Presentation ....................................................................................................................................... 29
5.2.2 Turbine Shaft and Generator Lower Shaft coupling .......................................................................... 30
5.2.3 Turbine shaft and Runner coupling.................................................................................................... 30
5.3. RUNNER .................................................................................................................................................... 30
5.3.1 Presentation ....................................................................................................................................... 30
5.4. AIR ADMMISION VALVE ............................................................................................................................. 31
6. GENERAL SA 40 .......................................................................................................................................... 32
Document N° :
6. GENERAL SA 40 .......................................................................................................................................... 33
6.1. TURBINE GUIDE BEARING .......................................................................................................................... 34
6.1.1 Description......................................................................................................................................... 34
6.1.2 Composition ....................................................................................................................................... 34
6.1.2.1 Rotating oil Sump.......................................................................................................................... 34
6.2. SHAFT SEAL AND INFLATABLE SEAL .......................................................................................................... 35
6.2.1 Presentation ....................................................................................................................................... 35
6.2.2 Composition of the shaft seal ............................................................................................................. 35
6.2.3 Injection of water characteristics ...................................................................................................... 36
6.3 INFLATABLE SEAL ...................................................................................................................................... 36
6.3.1 Composition and characteristics ....................................................................................................... 36
6.3.2 Safety.................................................................................................................................................. 36
6.4 FILTRATION DETAILS .................................................................................................................................. 37
Refer O&M manual of balance of plant...................................................................................................... 37
7. GENERAL SA 50 .......................................................................................................................................... 37
7.1. DRAFT TUBE CONE AND LINED ELBOW ...................................................................................................... 38
7.2. INSPECTION DOOR ..................................................................................................................................... 39
7.3. SEALING RING AND SLIDING FLANGE ......................................................................................................... 39
8. GENERAL SA 60 .......................................................................................................................................... 39
8.1. SERVOMOTORS .......................................................................................................................................... 40
8.1.2 Site assembly and adjustment ............................................................................................................ 40
8.2. MANUAL LOCK ......................................................................................................................................... 41
8.2.1 Presentation ....................................................................................................................................... 41
8.2.2 Assembly and adjustment ................................................................................................................... 41
8.3. AUXILIARIES ............................................................................................................................................. 41
9. GENERAL SA 70 .......................................................................................................................................... 41
9.1. PIPING PRESENTATION ............................................................................................................................... 41
9.2. INFLATABLE SEAL ..................................................................................................................................... 42
9.3. AERATION ................................................................................................................................................. 42
9.4. BALANCING PIPES: .................................................................................................................................... 42
9.5. EVACUATION............................................................................................................................................. 43
9.5.1. Leak from shaft seal .......................................................................................................................... 43
9.5.2. Drainage of head cover area ............................................................................................................ 43
9.5.3. Bottom Ring drainage ....................................................................................................................... 43
9.6. SHAFT SEAL SUPPLY: .............................................................................................................................. 43
9.7. SPIRAL CASE DRAINAGE ............................................................................................................................ 44
9.8. DRAFT TUBE DRAINAGE ............................................................................................................................ 44
9.9. PRESSURE TAPS & WINTERR KENNEDY TAPPINGS: ..................................................................................... 44
9.10. SERVOMOTOR OIL PIPES .......................................................................................................................... 44
Document N° :
1. REFERENCE
ALSTOM uses a reference system common to materials and documents. Each document (drawing,
note ...) or component is referenced by a number (18 digit figures system).
For the instrumentation and auxiliary equipment, a specific "functional" reference is used to conform
to the international standards used in functional diagrams.
2. GENERAL PRESENTATION OF THE TURBINE
SA 10: Inlet: spiral case (01), Stay ring (02), Upper pit liner (03), Lower pit liner (04).
SA 20: Distributor: Head cover (05), Bottom ring (06), Wicket gates (07),
Operating ring (08), Links (09), Handle (10), Lever (11), Upper housing (12)
Lower housing (13)
SA 30: Rotating parts: Shaft (14), Runner (15), Runner cone (16)
SA 40: Turbine Guide Bearings (17) and Shaft seal (18)
SA 50: Draft tube parts: Draft tube cone (19), Draft tube lower cone (20),
Draft tube elbow (21), Manhole door (22)
SA 60: Servomotors parts (23)
SA 70: Piping (24)
SA 80: Erection tools
Document N° :
Sketch: General presentation of the Turbine Cross-section

Document N° :
3. GENERAL SA 10
Presentation:
The sub-assembly SA 10 is composed of the following elements:

- Spiral case
- Stay ring
- Pit liners (Upper & Lower)
The role of the inlet in a Francis turbine is to carry the water from the penstock to the periphery of the
runner, ensuring:
-a minimum loss of load (optimisation of the spiral case section’s law)
-a regular distribution of flow around the runner
-the self resistance to water pressure (The spiral case is designed to withstand internal
pressure without taking into consideration force transmission to concrete)
These parts are embedded in the concrete.
General information:
Element Drawing N°
Supports and anchoring rods HIN UR2 20 MEA LD 10 001
Spiral case General Arrangement HIN UR2 20 MEA LD 10 002
Pit Liner General Arrangement HIN UR2 20 MEA LD 10 003
Document N° :
3.1. SPIRAL CASE
3.1.1 Presentation
The shape of the spiral case is designed to enable an equal distribution of the water flow on the whole
circumference of the distributor.
The spiral case is made of steel liner in contact with the concrete. The plate thickness is varying from
inlet to end sections, in accordance with section size and stress calculation. The spiral case is supported
by pads at regular intervals facilitate to support the weight of the spiral case filled with water before
concreting.
The spiral case is provided with the pressure taps for measuring water pressure.
The spiral case is pre- fabricated in the workshop in sections. The sections are welded to Main Inlet
valve down stream pipe and on the stay ring transition plates. Some sections are provided with over-
length to allow site adjustment.
The spiral case drainage is made through one drain valve of DN150 located at upstream of spiral case.
The drain valve is operated when unit dewatering required.
Note: The drain valve shall be always kept in closed position.
Access to spiral case for inspection is made through a manhole ø750 mm, welded on the horizontal
axis in the Spiral Case.
Note: The Manhole shall be always kept closed/bolted (pre-stressed applied) to avoid possible flooding
of Power House. Ensure no water pressure/level in the spiral before attempting to unscrew bolts of
manhole door.
3.1.2 Composition
This assembly is made of high strength carbon steel plates.

Elements Description Drawing N°
Number of spiral case sections 21 HIN UR2 20 MEA LD10 002
Inlet diameter 2948 mm
Pressure taps 5 nos. HIN UR2 20 MEA LD 70 001
Winter Kennedy Pressure taps 4 nos. HIN UR2 20 MEA LD 70 001
Document N° :
3.2. STAY RING
3.2.1 Presentation
The stay ring is a welded part with 2 thick rings, linked by the stay vanes (including the blend vane).
The transition plates assembly ensures the link with the scrolls.
These stay vanes prevent the spiral case from opening under the effect of the water pressure. They are
profiled to ensure acceleration of the fluid streams so that they attack the mobile distributor at a
favourable angle.
The shape, dimensions, inlet and outlet diameter is designed to ensure equal-distribution of water
around the distributor. Favourable fillet and chamfer are being provided at inlet of Stay ring to
facilitate the water passage though the stay vanes.
The blend vane is a special stay vane. This part ensures the link between the 2 parts of the spiral case:
inlet with the biggest section and the end of the spiral case. The end of the blend vane is designed like
the stay vanes for the hydraulic profile.
3.2.2 Composition
Elements Description Drawing N°

Number of stay vanes 20 HIN UR2 20 MEA LD 10 002
(Including the blend vane)
Number of stay ring elements Two Part
Stay vane material S355 J2 G3
Stay ring plates material S 355 J2 G3
Transition plate material S 355 J2 G3
1.1
1.2
Fig. Spiral case & Stay Ring

Document N° :
3.3. PIT LINER
3.3.1 Presentation
There are two pit liners – Upper pit liner and Lower pit liner. The Upper pit liner is welded to Stay ring
upper flange and the Lower pit liner is welded to Stay ring lower flange. The turbine pit liners are
made up of welded steel plates.
The pit liner ensures the protection of the turbine pit and the installation of components such as
lighting, walkway, track cable, pipes ….
The Upper pit liner is provided with an opening for the access to the turbine pit. It also includes 2 base
plates welded to the lining on the site after concreting, ensuring the support for the distributor
servomotor.
3.3.2 Composition
Elements Description Comment

Upper Pit liner:
Number of part Four
Material IS:2062
Height 4240 mm
Internal diameter 3800 mm
Lower Pit liner:
Number of part Two
Material IS:2062
Height 1700 mm
Internal diameter 3800/4270 mm
1.3
Fig. Lower Pit Liner

Fig. Upper Pit Liner
Document N° :
3.4. ASSEMBLY AND ADJUSTMENT OF SPIRAL CASE AND STAY RING
After adjustment, the spiral case shells are pre-assembled by welding, then welded onto the stay ring at
the site.
The spiral case assembly is wedged then adjusted using supports, base plates and jacks.
The concrete grouting is carried out with the spiral case filled with water at a reduced pressure of 10
bars after successful completion of Spiral Hydraulic pressure test. To conduct the hydraulic pressure
test of Spiral Case, the dummy distributor with sealing ring and backing plates (See drawing n°
HINUR220MEALD80001) is bolted with the Stay ring.
The Stay ring is drilled and pinning to be done in conjunction with Head cover and Bottom ring.
Document N° :
4. GENERAL SA 20
The distributor is the assembly between the embedded parts (Stay ring and Spiral case) and the
Runner. The major components of Distributor are:
- Head cover
- Bottom ring
- Wicket gates
- Operating ring
The role of this functional assembly is to direct and control the water flow/discharge from the Spiral
case to the Runner, adjusting the flow using the angular position of the Wicket Gate.
It is sized to:
- Ensure the minimum leakage when the Wicket Gate is in closed position
- Ensure that the mechanical efforts transmitted by the turbine bearing to the concrete are taken
up by the head cover.
- Ensure the guiding of the Wicket gates.
- Ensure the sealing of the hydraulic duct.
The Distributor assembly details are given in the below drawings:
Element Drawing
Upper part assembly: section & Top view HIN UR2 20 MEA LD 20 001 SHT 1 of
2
Lower part assembly: section HIN UR2 20 MEA LD 20 001 SHT 2 of 2
Fig. Distributor Assembly

Document N° :
4.1. HEAD COVER
4.1.1 Presentation and composition
The head cover is on the upper part of the Distributor assembly/Hydraulic duct.
There is an access through the Upper pit liner to the head cover. A circular platform, Distributor
platform has been provided to facilitate access to the head cover.
The head cover is a weld constructed element from plates ensuring rigidity to withstand the forces such
as: water pressure from the hydraulic duct, spinning forces transmitted by the turbine bearing and
hydraulic load on wicket gates.
The Head cover is bolted to the Stay ring upper flange. The sealing between head cover and stay ring
(see drawing HINUR220MEALD20001 sheet 1 of 2) is made by a round seal “O” ring type ø10 mm
(refer SA21-006). The Head cover has been provided with 4xM36 holes for handling and jacking.
The functions of head cover are the following:
− Provide guide for wicket gate bearings.
− Support and guide the operating ring mechanism
− Receive the fixed wearing ring.
− Support the Turbine guide bearing and shaft seal
− Receive the oil sump tank and piping system for shaft seal drainage and bearing oil cooling.
− Provides housing for 4 nos balancing pipes.
− Incorporates 2 nos. of Shaft seal drain pipe.
The Head cover provided the guiding of the Wicket gates & their lubrication. The upper stem housing
(SA21-203) is bolted to Head cover. The bearing housing receives directly the two self lubricating
bushes (SA21-001 & 002).
The upper stem housings (SA21-203) are equipped with:

− Two sets of self lubricating bushes (SA21-001 & 002).
− Three sets of Seals: 2 nos. “O” rings (SA21-005 & 0023) to do the sealing between the stem
housing and head cover, and a special lip seal (SA21-004).
− The stem housing is provided with a Floating ring (SA-208) on the bottom face (hydraulic
side).
Stainless steel hard corrosive resistance, wear resistance upper face plates are bolted on the head cover
by means of special stainless steel screws (Item 21-209). Upper Face plates are mounted on the head
cover in the workshop, and are finish machined with the head cover to achieve specified Wicket gate
clearances.
Document N° :
Four Balancing pipes 150 NB are welded in the Head cover, and connected with dismantlable pipe to
the balancing pipes embedded in the concrete. The purpose of the balancing pipes is to reduce the load
on the turbine thrust bearing, by balancing the pressure between the runner crown & the head cover
w.r.t. down stream pressure. Balancing pipes are provided with orifice plate to adjust the flow through
balancing pipes as required.
The shaft seal and maintenance seal support are bolted on the head cover by means of studs and nuts.
The Turbine guide bearing support is centred and pinned at site with the head cover. The support is
bolted with pre-stressed bolts and nuts.
The Head cover upper flange is machined to receive the radial and vertical guides for the Operating
ring. The vertical and horizontal guiding self lubricating bearing sectors are fitted with slotted screws.
The main characteristics of the head cover and other components of the upper part are as follows:
Characteristics Value Comment

Number of head cover parts 1 Refer HINUR220MEALD20 001
Maximum diameter 3720 mm
Number of studs & Nuts 60 Nos , M36x4
Number of pins 5 Nos , ø25 mm
Nos & size of lifting & jacking 4 Nos , M36
holes
Height 844.5 mm
Weight 9.5 T
Material S355 J2 G3
Material of wicket gate Self lubricated bushes
bearing bushing
Seal on the wicket gate stem Special lip seal
housing
4.1.2 Auxiliaries
Drainage of head cover: see drawing HIN UR2 20 MEA LD 70 004 and refer O & M manual of
balance of plant
4.1.3 Assembly and adjustment
The radial position of head cover is adjusted during site installation, and the head cover is
Pinned/Dowelled at site after alignment.
The Wicket gate clearances between Wicket gate and Upper Facing plate are achieved using screw
between the Wicket gate cover & Wicket gate.
Document N° :
4.2. BOTTOM RING
The Bottom Ring is on the lower part of the Distributor assembly/Hydraulic duct. There is access to
the bottom ring through Runner removal gallery.
Note: Ensure good ventilation and lighting before attempting entering in the Runner removal gallery.
The bottom ring is a weld constructed element from plates ensuring rigidity to with stand the forces
such as: water pressure from the hydraulic duct and hydraulic load on wicket gates.
The functions of bottom ring are the following:

• Provide guide for wicket gate bearing Housings.
• Receive the lower fixed wearing ring.
• Ensure closed water conduit on assembly with Upper Draft Tube cone
The Bottom Ring is bolted to the Stay ring lower flange. The sealing between Bottom Ring and stay
ring: see drawing HINUR220MEALD20001 sheet 2 of 2
The bottom ring provides the guiding of the wicket gates. The lower wicket gate bearing housing
receives self lubricated bushes. The Lower bushes are provided with 2sets of seal: one special lip seal
and one ‘O’ ring to seal the water from turbine. The stem housing is provided with a stainless steel ring
on its lower face (hydraulic side).
Stainless steel face plates are bolted on the bottom ring by means of special stainless steel screws
(SA.22-202)
The stationary wearing ring (SA22-206) is bolted on the bottom ring before final machining.
The Wicket gate bores are provided with drain pipes to drain possible water leakage.
The main characteristics of the Bottom ring and other components of the lower part are as follows:

Number of Bottom ring parts 1
Height 603.5 mm With lower facing plate
Weight 6.0 t
Material S 355 J2 G3
Number and size studs & nuts 60Nos, M36x4
Number and size of pins 4 Nos, ø25
Document N° :
4.2.2 Auxiliaries
The bottom ring is provided with pipes at each Wicket gate bore to drain possible water leakage.
The Bottom ring is pinned at site on assembly with Stay ring after alignment. The Wicket gate
clearances between Wicket gate and lower Facing plate are achieved using screw between the
Wicket gate cover & Wicket gate
4.3. WICKET GATES
The wicket gate is casted from corrosive resistance and wear resistance material.
Wicket gates are important for the turbine’s performance:

- Due to their profile, they assist the guiding of the water stream to the runner and therefore
the overall efficiency of the turbine.
- Their positioning assists flow control during operation or in the phase of Unit coupling
onto the network.
- They minimize the water leakage in closed position
The wicket gates have two contact planes (one on the tail, the other at the inlet) for a better
contact between the wicket gates in closed position.
The main characteristics of the Wicket Gates are as follows:

Number of wicket gates 20 HINUR220MEATB24201
Drg No.
Total height 1586 mm
Profile height 692.5 mm
Trunion diameter Lower : ø130 mm
Intermediary : ø150.6 mm
Upper : ø140 mm
Unit weight 305Kg, Total – 6100 Kg/unit
Wicket gate material ASTM A743 CA6 NM
Document N° :
4.3.2 Bearings
Each wicket gate is guided on 3 self lubricated bushes. (Two on Head cover and one on Bottom ring).
An axial thrust bearing between lever and head cover supports the weight of the wicket gate and it’s
Levers/Handler. A counter thrust bearing is provided to limit eventual vertical displacement.
Shear pin (braking rod) on the operating mechanism limit the load on the wicket gate.
4.3.3 Safety of operations
The angular clearance of the wicket gates is limited by a stopping system which prevents the wicket
gate from hitting the runner (in case of rupture of the wicket gate mechanical link).
1.4 4.4. OPERATING RING
1.4.1 4.4.1 Wicket Gate Operating mechanism
The wicket gates are linked to an operating ring with a movable lever assembly ensuring:
- The synchronism between the wicket gates themselves
- The transmission of mechanical torque
- The precise positioning of all the wicket gates under the servomotor action
The lever is pinned to the wicket gate. The Wicket gate Lever is pinned through a Shear pin to the
Handler. The Shear pin breaks if there is abnormal hydraulic torque load on Wicket gate. The Shear
pin is provided with pneumatic system, in case the Shear pin is ruptured alarm will be given.
The Wicket gate Lever is also equipped with desired geometry which serves as a limit stop at both
Opening and Closing positions against end stopper provided in Head cover.
The operating link system also includes:

- The movable levers with a connection to the shear pin.
- The connecting Wicket gate Links bolted to the Operating ring by axles.
For each Wicket gate, Lever is bolted to Wicket gate link through an off centre axle called Eccentric
pin. This Eccentric Pin facilitate to adjust the Wicket gates to achieve effective Wicket gate nose to tail
contact during fully closed position of the Distributor (there must be a contact between all the wicket
gates when the operating ring is in the closed position).
Document N° :
The operating ring is bolted with 6 nos. self lubricated sectors. Head Cover is welded with 6 nos of
stainless steel sectors.. The stainless steel sectors are guided by self lubricated bearing sectors
throughout the range of movement of Operating ring.
The Thrust bearing pads and Counter thrust bearing pads are supported by Head cover to support
weight of Wicket gate and its Lever/Link and support the hydraulic thrust load in the opposite
direction.
The main characteristics of the Operating ring are as follows:

Number of operating ring parts 1
Maximum operating ring diameter 2700 mm
Operating ring internal diameter for guiding 1800 mm
Operating ring height 519 mm
Operating ring weight 2.0 T
Link and operating ring connection radius 1200 mm
4.4.2 Safety of operations
Shear pin:
In the event of a wicket gate becoming blocked (foreign body, seizure...) the movement force becomes
too great. To avoid not being able to close the distributor, a "pneumatic system" ensures that the Shear
pin is broken in the event of abnormal force to avoid damaging the wicket gate and the operating link
system.
This system uses a high grade steel pin whose notch is determined to provoke a clean break. The shape
of the notch and the break diameter has been experimentally defined on samples of this steel so that the
break force is as close as possible to the defined value. The break force is experimentally checked
using a test-piece.
The shear pin are made of treated material with the following mechanical characteristics:
Type Characteristics Observations

Number of Shear pins 20
Shear pin dia Dia 23.7/36 mm
Break rod material 42CrMo04
Breaking force 245161 N
Braking system
In case of destruction of the shear pin, the free movement of the wicket gate is limited by the braking
system on the upper part of the wicket gate. The wicket gate lever is held by friction to the movable
lever by brake bushing.
Document N° :
5. GENERAL SA 30
The shaft line includes:

- Turbine shaft between the runner and the generator
- Runner
- Air Admission Valve

The role of this assembly is to recover the energy from the hydraulic head with maximum efficiency
to convert it into mechanical energy transmitted to the generator.
It is sized to
- ensure transmission of the mechanical torque
- prevent water losses around the runner (role of the wearing rings)
An air admission valve contributes to aeration under the runner during operations where the
hydraulic phenomena create a depression downstream of the runner.
Element Drawing
Turbine shaft - Runner coupling HIN UR2 20 MEA LD30 001
Turbine shaft - Generator lower Shaft coupling HIN UR2 20 MEA LD30 001
Air Admission valve HIN UR2 20 MEA LD30 002
Fig. Runner
Fig. Turbine Shaft

Document N° :
5.1. TURBINE SHAFT
The turbine shaft is from forged steel. The turbine shaft transmits the torque from the runner to the
rotor.
The shaft is completely machined inside and outside, to avoid out balance. The coupling flange with
runner is completely shop finish machined. To ensure fitting of coupling pins between runner and
shaft, the boring of holes is made with template.
The coupling flange with generator shaft is also completely finished at shop. To ensure fitting of
coupling pins between Generator shaft and Turbine shaft, the boring of holes is made with template.
The main characteristics of the Turbine Shaft are as follows
Elements Characteristics Comment

Shaft Bearing diameter 625h7 Refer drawing:
HINUR220MEALD31201
Internal diameter 150 mm
Maximum flange diameter 1065 mm
Shaft weight 9.6 T
Shaft height 3750 mm
Material ASTM A 668 Cl. E
5.1.2. Auxiliaries
Speed sensing device and band for alignment are fixed to the Turbine shaft mainly to measure the
rotation speed.
These devices are described in the “Governing System”.
5.2 COUPLING
5.2.1 Presentation
These coupling are essential for the holding and balancing of the rotor.
The coupling must take up:

- Forces due to hydraulic rotor torque
Document N° :
- Axial forces due to the axial hydraulic thrust under the runner
- The weight of the lower spinning parts

The coupling bolts are pre stressed with hydraulic jacks. For the tightening process and elongation
values, refer drawing n° HINUR220MEALD80015
5.2.2 Turbine Shaft and Generator Lower Shaft coupling
Elements Characteristics Comment

Nos. of fitted bolts and size 12 Nos, ø74 H7/e6
Nos. of holes & Size for lifting 4nos. holes of M36 Refer drawing:
HINUR220MEALD80011
PCD of fitted bolts 850 mm
PCD of tapped holes for lifting 440 mm
5.2.3 Turbine shaft and Runner coupling
Mechanical Characteristics
Nos. of bolts & size 8 Nos, M56x4
PCD bolts 690 mm
Nos. of pins & size 8 Nos, ø95g6
PCD of pins 760 mm
5.3. RUNNER
5.3.1 Presentation
The Runner is the essential part from a hydraulic point of view, because its profile/geometry plays a
vital role for the turbine’s performance.
The Runner is a weld fabricated structure made of:

The crown on the upper part made of cast stainless steel (cast in one piece)
The band in the lower part, made of cast stainless steel (cast in one part)
The blades welded between the crown and the band, made of cast stainless steel.
The Runner cone(SA32-209) bolted to the crown: made of stainless steel plates
The Upper rotating Labyrinth (SA32-210) is made of cast stainless steel and assembled on
crown by bolting.
The Lower rotating Labyrinth (SA32-211) is made of stainless steel plates and assembled on
band by heat shrinkage.
Document N° :
The runner cone is made up of welded Stainless steel plates. The Runner cone is bolted to the
Runner crown to continue the hydraulic profile and also provide a passage for the air necessary to
suppress the vortex below the Runner.
In the turbine, pressurised water passes from a fixed device (Stay ring and Distributor) to a mobile
device, the Runner.
The clearance between the fixed and mobile devices is designed to avoid contact between rotating
and fixed parts, but shall be small enough to limit the loss of water. Labyrinth rings are used to
minimise the leakage & head loss (in gap) by maintaining small gap. Fixed Labyrinth rings are
made up of cylindrical and circular grooves to create head losses.
The Labyrinth rings may be damaged due to abrasion (dirty water discharge in this gap) during
service. The Labyrinth rings are being designed to facilitate replacement as when required.
The main characteristics of the Runner are as follows
Mechanical Characteristics Comment

Outlet diameter 2530 mm HINUR220MELD32201
Rotation direction clockwise
Runner height 1374 mm
Number of blades 13 nos.
Total weight 9.0 T
5.4. AIR ADMMISION VALVE
The Runner rotation can create a water vortex in Draft tube suction cone and due to this the pressure
can drop below atmospheric pressure. In order to avoid this phenomenon, the depression must be
compensated by injecting air into the vortex. The phenomenon may be experienced during part load
& high load operations.
An efficient means is to use the suction force created by the depression itself to inject the
atmospheric air through the turbine shaft and the generator shaft.
This valve must act like an automatic valve. In the event of major depression under the Runner, the
valve opens against spring force and facilitate the air enter into the Draft tube suction cone area. In
other situations (no or too little depression), the valve remains closed by a spring (or with the water
pressure). The spring compression is adjusted at site. The rod in the central part acts as a shock
absorber piston and the arm ensure the guiding of the rod.
Document N° :
The sealing between rotating and fixed part is made through a double seal system, water leakage is
recover in an annular chamber, and drained to the main drainage pipe.
The valve also includes the following equipment:

The housing and covers are coated with insulating material to provide noise insulation.
One pipe of DN 125 has been provided for air admission from outside. This pipe will also work
as drain pipe.
Air is injected in Runner from valve through the shaft line. A central pipe of DN 100 is centred
in the generator shaft for this purpose.
The air admission valve is equipped with a proximity switch in order to signal for the operation
of this valve.
Two level switches are used, one for safety level and another for turbine shutdown.
Fig: Air Admission Valve

Document N° :
6. GENERAL SA 40
This functional assembly includes devices essential for the turbine:

- Turbine Guide Bearing
- Shaft seal
The shaft line system is provided with the following bearings:
- Lower bearing on the head cover: supplied by Turbine manufacturer
- Intermediate bearing and thrust bearing on the lower Generator bracket
- Upper bearing on the upper generator bracket
The role of the bearings is to guide the shaft line and withstand the spinning loads (radial loads).
The Shaft seal ensures that the Unit is sealed against the water from the hydraulic duct.
See main drawings:
Element Drawing
Turbine Guide Bearing GA HIN UR2 20 MEA LD 40 001
Shaft Seal GA HIN UR2 20 MEA LD 40 002
Fig. Turbine Guide Bearing & Shaft Seal

Document N° :
6.1. TURBINE GUIDE BEARING
6.1.1 Description
This bearing is located on the head cover as close as possible to the runner, to increase the rigidity
of the shaft line, and limit the deflection of the Runner. The role of this bearing is to create a
permanent film of oil between the spinning part and the part fixed to the head cover.
The bearing shell is centralized w.r.t. shaft and dowelled
To guarantee constant efficiency of this film regardless of speed and load, the oil between the shaft
and the bearing is cooled through water filled outside the Rotating sump during operation.
The main characteristics of the turbine Guide Bearing are as follows

Characteristics Values
Shaft rotation speed (nominal) 300 rpm
Shaft rotation speed (runaway) 573 rpm
Oil volume in turbine bearing 0.33 m3
Oil type ISO VG 46
6.1.2 Composition
The turbine guide bearing is composed of:

- One bearing support bolted on the head cover, and pinned at site on head cover after centring.
The bearing support is a welded structure, fabricated in two halves. The bearing support
designed to withstand the radial load transmitted by the Bearing shell. The bearing shell
bolted and pinned to the support.
- One Bearing shell bolted and pinned to the Bearing support. The Bearing shell is fabricated
structure in two halves. The Bearing shell is provided with bearing liner and the inner
diameter is finished machined to specified tolerance and surface finish in order to achieve
specified bearing clearances. The Bearing shell is provided with oil grooves to facilitate oil
supply and formation of lubrication film. The Bearing shell houses various holes to facilitate
measurement and monitoring/control of oil level, oil static pressure, oil velocity head, oil
quality, oil circulation, oil temperature, metal temperature etc.,
6.1.2.1 Rotating oil Sump
The Rotating Oil sump is bolted to the turbine shaft lower flange. The Oil sump is rotated along
with the Turbine shaft .
Document N° :
6.2. SHAFT SEAL AND INFLATABLE SEAL
6.2.1 Presentation
The shaft seal ensures that the spinning parts are sealed from the pressurised water circulating
around the runner.
Water pressure has already been reduced by the wearing rings, but a flow remains which must be
confined around the runner.
This sealing function is very important; therefore the shaft seal is seconded by an inflatable seal
which can only be applied when the turbine is stopped.
This inflatable seal enables work to be carried out during maintenance operation in the turbine pit
and prevents flooding of the turbine pit, or even the power station.
6.2.2 Composition of the shaft seal
Filtered water is injected between 2 concentric rings of the flat seal. The rings rub against a
spinning wearing plate. The seal is screwed to a movable ring mobile in translation movement, but
stopped in rotation by pins. This translation motion is important for small movement of the seal
during operation but also to compensate the wearing of the rings or to be able to lift the rotor
during dismantling, erection or maintenance.
The guiding plate fixed on the seal support centres the mobile parts. A seal is provided to avoid
leakage in this area.
The clean water is injected under a pressure higher than the water pressure on the top of the runner
crown to ensure:
- Lubrication of the surface under friction
- Evacuation of the seal’s calorific losses
- Creation of an obstacle against the water, loaded with impurities, coming from the turbine.
There is then a natural leakage with cleaned water in direction of the water on the runner crown
and in direction of a sump. The water in the sump is recovered with pipes and evacuated by gravity
to the dewatering pit.
With this system there is always clean water between the rings and the wearing plates to avoid
damaging these elements during operation with dust in the water coming from the penstock.
This clean water must be maintained even when the Unit is stopped, unless the draft tube is drained
or if the inflatable seal is under pressure. This continual injection prevents solid particles in
suspension in the downstream water coming up as far as the seal.
The flat seal is plated with the combined force of weight of movable ring, compression springs and
pressure of water to be sealed, on a rotating wearing ring.
Document N° :
The main characteristics of the Shaft Seal are as follows

Number of flat seal parts 4
Average seal diameter 1167 mm
Friction surface of the seal 2757 cm²
Flat seal material CESTIDUR
Angular rotation speed - normal - 300 rpm
Angular rotation speed - runaway - 573 rpm
Material of the wearing plate ASTM A240 UNS41500
6.2.3 Injection of water characteristics
Filtered water flow 2.5 l/Sec.
Pressure of injected water 4.8 bar maxi
Degree of filtration of injected water 50 µm
6.3 INFLATABLE SEAL
6.3.1 Composition and characteristics
An inflatable seal is fixed on the seal support. This is used for maintenance purpose only. This seal
is fed with air under pressure. The inflatable seal is applied against the Rotating Oil Sump when
the turbine is stopped and during long lasting unit shut downs. Inflatable seal avoids plant flooding.
This is more importance for under ground power houses.
Note: Before start of the Unit, the maintenance seal must be checked to avoid its destruction at the
first start.
The main characteristics of the inflatable seal are as follows

Diameter of seal 1305 mm
Air pressure to operate 7.0 Bar
6.3.2 Safety
Alstom consider that the use of the inflatable seal should be restricted to maintenance purpose.
However, if a unit is shut down for a significant period, it makes sense applying the inflatable seal
in order to stop the shaft seal water pumps.
Document N° :
6.4 FILTRATION DETAILS
Refer O&M manual of balance of plant
7. GENERAL SA 50
The draft tube (Cone, Elbow & Liner) guides the water after its passage through the runner. The
draft tube elbow is made of weld constructed steel embedded in the concrete whereas the exit is
made of concrete due to the low water speed in this area (concrete part not in Turbine scope).
The draft tube (part of the hydraulic duct) includes the following elements:
- Draft tube cone
- Draft tube Elbow & Liner
- Inspection door
- Pressure taps
- Cooling water taps
- Dewatering tapping
- Cooling water discharge
- Discharge of Balance pipes
The Draft tube cone consists of two cones, Upper cone and Lower cone. The upstream end of Draft
tube upper cone is made up of stainless steel remaining with carbon steel. And the lower cone is
fabricated out of carbon steel.
The Draft tube elbow & liner is fabricated from carbon steel plates. They are reinforced with ribs
and anchored with tie rods. The Draft tube elbow & liner is provided with pads to support and
facilitate jacking.
The Pressure taps (4 Nos.) are being provided at the exit section of Draft tube elbow. The pressure
taps give information to the governing system.
The Cooling water tapping for individual unit is taken from respective Draft tube elbow from side
through a steel mesh.
The Dewatering tapping is provided at lowest elevation of Draft tube elbow through steel mesh.
Gate valve is provided to facilitate dewatering of Draft tube/Turbine hydraulic passage during
maintenance.
The Cooling water discharge is lead in to the Draft tube liner. There is an access inside the draft
tube cone with the inspection door. The Draft tube elbow & liner receives the discharge of Balance
pipes from Head cover.
The draft tube is sized to:

- Take up the mechanical forces due to the down stream water column
- Guide the fluid streams with a minimum head loss.
Document N° :
See drawings:
Elements Drawing Comments
Draft tube anchorage GA HIN UR2 20 MEA LD 50 002
DT Elbow & liner assembly HIN UR2 20 MEA LD 50 003
Draft tube Cone GA HIN UR2 20 MEA LD 50 005
Door assembly HIN UR2 20 MEA LD 50 005
Sealing ring HIN UR2 20 MEA LD 50 005
Sliding flange HIN UR2 20 MEA LD 50 005
Pressure taps HIN UR2 20 MEA LD 70 001
7.1. DRAFT TUBE CONE AND LINED ELBOW
Draft tube liner is made from welded constructed plates assembled at site.
Characteristics Values Observations

Minimum diameter of the cone 2538 mm (Theo.) Internal diameter
Total weight of the cone assembly 9.7 T Upper 4.2 T, Lower 4.7 T
Material of the draft tube upper cone ASTM A240 UNS Height- 1605
415000, EN 10025 S355
Material of the draft tube lower cone EN 10025 S355 Height- 1605
Total weight of Draft Tube Elbow & Liner 31 t
Material of Draft tube Elbow & liner IS:2062
Document N° :
7.2. INSPECTION DOOR
Door enables access inside the draft cone for runner inspections. To facilitate this inspection, a
movable platform must be assembled in the draft cone. This platform is formed from metal beams
forming a spider that rests on recess provided in the pocket of the draft tube cone.
7.3. SEALING RING AND SLIDING FLANGE
The connection between upper cone and lower cones ensured by sealing ring and sliding flange for
dismantling purpose.
8. GENERAL SA 60
The role of this assembly is to move the operating ring accurately to enable the distributor to control
the water flow to the value required for adjusting the speed and power of the unit.
The Wicket Gates are subject to hydraulic torque, whose direction and intensity vary with the
distributor opening. The design is made to have a closing tendency on the whole wicket gates strike.
Each opening corresponds to a force in the control mechanism the servomotors take up.
Servomotor is sized to
- Over come the forces exerted on the wicket gates
- ensure the safety of the turbine by guaranteeing the closure
of the distributor
The servomotor assembly includes:

- The servomotors themselves.
- The manual locks
- Electric contact switches
- Position Transducer
Note: During unit shutdown, it must ensure the safety of maintenance personnel by remaining
reliably locked.
Refer drawings:
Element Drawing N° Observations
Installation of Servomotor HIN UR2 20 MEA LD 60 001
Servomotor support HIN UR2 20 MEA LD 10 003 Item # 206, 210
Document N° :
8.1. SERVOMOTORS
Depending on the type of hydraulic profile of the wicket gates and the angular position, the nature
of the force to be provided will be either in the open direction, or in the close direction.
The back flange is drilled with holes for connection to the pit liner base plate (SA.13-206). The
piston rod is provided with guide bushings. The front fork for connection to the operating
mechanism is bolted on the rod. The links are connected to the fork and the operating ring.
The servomotors are equipped with cushioning to reduce the piston speed in closed position.
The main characteristics of the Servomotor are as follows:

Characteristics Value Observations
Number of servomotors 2 Per unit
Max. mechanical stroke 260 mm With distributor pre-stress
Piston diameter 240 mm
Piston rod diameter 100 mm
Nominal pressure 61 Bars
Test pressure 145 Bars
8.1.2 Site assembly and adjustment
The Servomotor anchor rods (SA.13-203) are concreted. The servomotor base plate (SA.13-206)
with recess(SA.13-207) is welded on pit liner. The base plate is anchored in the concrete by means
of anchor rods. The anchor rods are pre stressed on base plate.
The servomotors are bolted and dowelled onto the base plates by means of studs and adjusting plate
(SA.13-210) between the servomotor and the base plate. This adjusting plate is provided for
servomotor position adjustment. The adjusting plate is machined at site after geometrical
measurement, to ensure servomotor axis alignment, and correct positioning of the distance of the
back flange .
The servomotor is bolted on a base plate. The forces are taken up by the concrete using embedded
anchor rods.
Pre-stressing of distributor in closed position:

The pre-stressing of the distributor in closed position is adjusted with a nut between servomotor rod
and fork.
Document N° :
8.2. MANUAL LOCK
8.2.1 Presentation
The manual lock is used to guarantee the safety of the personnel during maintenance operations on
the unit.
This lock blocks the mobile distributor in the “fully open” and “fully closed” position.
NOTE: They must be used whenever the unit is confined.
The lock blocks are placed on piston rod of servomotor.

The stroke is adjusted to ensure blockage without seizure of the pistons.
8.3. AUXILIARIES
Two position feed back devices are fitted on the servomotor. This device measures the servomotor’s
position and operates the position feedback device for the servomotor and wicket gate assembly,
controlled by the speed governor.
The pipes for oil supply and return to the governing sump tank are fixed to the servomotor by
special connections including adjusting restrictors.
These restrictors are bored to ensure that the servomotor manoeuvre cannot be too fast, even in the
event of breakdown in opening pipe between the servomotor and the governor main distributing
valve.
9. GENERAL SA 70
9.1. PIPING PRESENTATION
The role of this assembly is to distribute the fluids necessary for operation around the turbine. In
particular, the auxiliary water pipes provide important functions for the life of the turbine, force
balancing, leak evacuation.
The pipes are classified according to the sub-assembly they are referring to. There are different
kinds of pipes according to the fluid they are carrying:
The main air pipes are:

- Inflatable seal supply
- Shear Pin supply
- Runner aeration through main shaft.
- Air injection pipes for draft tube dewatering valve
The main water pipes are:

- Balancing pipes
Document N° :
- Shaft seal water supply

- Shaft seal drainage
- Upstream spiral case/Penstock drainage
- Draft tube dewatering
- Pit drainage
- Pressure taps & Winter Kennedy tapings
- Bottom ring drainage piping
- Ejector supply & drainage
- Draft tube Stage dewatering
The main oil pipes are:

- Servomotor oil supply
In order to fulfil their functions, these pipes are fitted with:

- Rigid or flexible supports holding the pipes
- Manual isolation valves
- Adjusting restrictors for adjustment of pressure and flow in the pipes during operation
9.2. INFLATABLE SEAL
Necessary air for the inflatable seal is supplied by these pipes. The air pressure enables the sealing
of the water pressure on the top of the runner crown when the unit is stopped.
9.3. AERATION
The common pipe for air admission as well as leakage water drainage has been provided. This pipe
will be connected to the drainage gallery. Compressed air supply is also ensured to the air
admission valve in order to forceful closure of valve in case of excesses water leakage. Refer
drawing HINUR220MEALD70006.
9.4. BALANCING PIPES:
The aim of these pipes is to bring into communication the downstream pressure (in the draft tube)
and the upper part of the Runner crown, so as to reduce the pressure between the head cover and
the runner crown and then to reduce the axial hydraulic forces transmitted to the thrust bearing.
There are 4 nos. of pipes to distribute the low pressure around the Runner crown. Balancing pipe
inlet at head cover is provided with orifice plate (SA.21-212 & 218). For Balancing pipe refer
drawing HINUR220MEALD70004 & HINUR220MEALD20001.
Document N° :
9.5. EVACUATION
9.5.1. Leak from shaft seal
Water seeping between the seal ring and the shaft is normally evacuated by gravity to the power
station de-watering pit. If the pipes intended to this are not sufficient or dogged, water level raises
within the seal sump until spilling into the head cover area.
9.5.2. Drainage of head cover area
This area should normally remain dry. However, water entry is possible due to following reasons:
- insufficient drainage of shaft seal (see above)
- failure of wicket gate shaft seal
- condensation
The water is evacuated to turbine pit drainage gallery by three means (refer drawing
HINUR220MEALD70004):
DN 300 pit drainage pipe provided at lowest elevation above smallest scroll.
Head cover drain pump (manual + standby) operated by level gauges (Installed on head
cover).
Head cover gravity drain DN 100.
9.5.3. Bottom Ring drainage
Bottom Ring drainage pipe ensure the draining of the leakage from Wicket Gates. Refer drawings
HINUR220MEALD70004 & HINUR220MEALD70005.
9.6. SHAFT SEAL SUPPLY:
Water is to be supplied for the turbine shaft seal in order to create a film of water between the
wearing plate and the seal. This water must be filtered and supplied at a constant pressure. Pressure
is adjusted by a restrictor set at installation to take into account the load losses in the supply circuit.
The water is constantly supplied, even when the unit is stopped. For long shutdown inflatable seal
to be applied before withdrawing water discharge to shaft seal. Refer drawing
HINUR220MEALD70010.
Document N° :
9.7. SPIRAL CASE DRAINAGE
The total drainage in the spiral case can be necessary for maintenance operations. The water can be
evacuated through the spiral case drainage pipe located at the lowest point of the spiral case by
opening the isolating valve. The drain pipe is connected to Draft tube elbow. Refer drawing
HINUR220MEALD70004 & HINUR220MEALD71005.
9.8. DRAFT TUBE DRAINAGE
These drainage pipes located in the lowest part of the draft tube can evacuate water. It is obtained
by the opening of the gate valve. Refer drawing HINUR220MEALD50003.
9.9. PRESSURE TAPS & WINTERR KENNEDY TAPPINGS:
The pressure tapings & Winter kennedy tapings in Spiral casing, the pressure tapings in the Draft
tube cone & Liner are brought to a panel board and it is located on the Turbine floor. Refer
drawings HINUR220MEALD70001 & HINUR220MEALD70003.
9.10. SERVOMOTOR OIL PIPES
These pipes are used to carry the oil to the servomotors in order to move the wicket gates.
Document N° :
SECTION 3 : 3.1 - OPERATION

Document N° :
SECTION 3.1 – OPERATION
SUMMARY
1 WATER DRAINAGE OF DISTRIBUTOR AND TURBINE PIT ........................................................47

1.1 GRAVITY DRAINAGE ............................................................................................................................47
1.1.1 Gravity drainage (Head Cover drainage) .....................................................................................47
1.1.2 Accidental water leakage gravity drainage: ..................................................................................47
1.1.3 Drainage of shaft seal leakage ......................................................................................................47
1.2 DRAINAGE WITH DRAIN PUMPS............................................................................................................49
1.2.1 Introduction ...................................................................................................................................49
1.2.2 Operation of the pumps: ................................................................................................................49
1.3 PIT DRAINAGE USING HYDRO EJECTOR...............................................................................................49
2 TURBINE GUIDE BEARING..................................................................................................................49
2.1 OIL CHARACTERISTICS ........................................................................................................................49
2.2 OIL LEVEL CONTROL ...........................................................................................................................50
2.3 OIL COOLING SYSTEM AND TEMPERATURE CONTROL: .........................................................................50
3 SHAFT SEAL.............................................................................................................................................51
3.1 DETECTION OF WEARING AND TEMPERATURE OF SHAFT SEAL .............................................................51
3.1.1 Wearing detection: ........................................................................................................................51
3.1.2 Temperature detection of seal.......................................................................................................51
3.2 MONITORING OF PRESSURE AND FLOW OF CLEAN WATER SUPPLY: ......................................................52
4 INFLATABLE MAINTENANCE SEAL.................................................................................................52
5 WICKET GATE OPERATING MECHANISM.....................................................................................52

5.1 SHEAR PIN: ..........................................................................................................................................53
5.2 BRAKING DEVICE: ...............................................................................................................................53
5.3 WICKET GATES STOP BLOCS:...............................................................................................................53
6 SERVOMOTORS:.....................................................................................................................................53
6.1 OPERATION OF THE SERVOMOTOR:......................................................................................................53
6.2 SERVOMOTOR LOCKS ..........................................................................................................................54
7 DRAINAGE OF SPIRAL CASE AND DRAFT TUBE ..........................................................................54
7.1 SPIRAL CASE DRAINAGE: .....................................................................................................................54
7.2 DRAFT TUBE DRAINAGE: .....................................................................................................................55
8 AIR ADMISSION VALVE: ......................................................................................................................55
8.1 SPRING ADJUSTMENT ...................................................................................................................56
8.2 AIR ADMISSION THROUGH THE SHAFT ....................................................................................56
9 PRESSURE MEASUREMENT ................................................................................................................56
9.1 PRESSURE MEASUREMENT IN SPIRAL CASE...........................................................................56
9.2 PRESSURE MEASUREMENT IN THE DRAFT TUBE...................................................................57
9.2.1 PRESSURE MEASUREMENT IN DRAFT TUBE CONE & LINER.......................................57
9.3 PRESSURE MEASUREMENT BELOW HEAD COVER ................................................................57
Document N° :
3 WATER DRAINAGE OF DISTRIBUTOR AND TURBINE PIT

Two main drainage systems are provided for the drainage of turbine pit.
- Gravity drainage
- Head cover pump Drainage.
- Hydro Ejector
For details of Head Cover drainage pump refer O & M manuals of Balance of Plant.
3.1 GRAVITY DRAINAGE
3.1.1 Gravity drainage (Head Cover drainage)

One gravity drain pipe of DN100 is located at last sections of Spiral casing. This pipe located at
the lowest point of the head cover, can drain completely the water from the head cover.
This pipe is embedded in the concrete & connected to Pit drain pipe of DN 300. Refer drawing
HINUR220MEALD70004.
3.1.2 Accidental water leakage gravity drainage:

A pipe of diameter DN300 installed in the pit liner at level 1095.74 m above the small section of
the spiral case and connected to dewatering gallery.
Refer drawing HINUR220MEALD70004.
3.1.3 Drainage of shaft seal leakage

Two drain pipe, diameter 80 NB is connected to the shaft seal cover, and through the head cover
and pit liner are connected to the Pit drain (Turbine pit condensation pipe 300 NB). This pipe is
termed as Pit drain pipe. Refer drawing HINUR220MEALD70004.
Document N° :
Fig. General Pipes sketch

Document N° :
3.2 DRAINAGE WITH DRAIN PUMPS.
3.2.1 Introduction
To drain the water from the head cover, two electric motor pumps with water level sensors are
installed in the head cover.
Refer O & M Manuals of Balance of plant.
3.2.2 Operation of the pumps:

These pumps are automatically operated and controlled by a level detector installed in the head
cover.
Refer O & M Manuals of Balance of Plant.
3.3 PIT DRAINAGE USING HYDRO EJECTOR.
Hydro Ejector draining is provided for the Pit drainage as a backup. It will initiate automatically,
once water level is reached at certain defined level.
Refer drawing : HINUR220MEALD70 008
4 TURBINE GUIDE BEARING
For the guide bearing description, refer section 2 of this manual.
The function of these components is to guide the shaft line and ensure unit tightness to the water
from the penstock passing through the runner.
4.1 OIL CHARACTERISTICS

The oil used for the guide bearing is ISO VG 46 exclusively. The guide bearing is designed with
this type of oil. The oil film thickness & oil cooling depends on the oil characteristics, it is strictly
forbidden to use another type of oil.
The function of this bearing is to create a permanent oil film between the rotating part (Turbine
shaft) and the stationary part (bearing shell).
See technical specifications below.

Document N° :
4.2 OIL LEVEL CONTROL

The Rotating sump (SA.41-204) contains the necessary oil volume for operation. A seal (labyrinth)
at upper side of the bearing prevents oil splashes to the outside.
The bearing oil volume is controlled at a standstill by the manual level gauge and the level
detector, and in operation by pressure transducer that measures the tank oil level. The level
detector measures a « high » level (due to the ingress of water in the bearing) and a « low » level
(due to oil leakage).
The rotating oil sump is filled with Oil through ø38mm holes provided as and when required.
4.3 OIL COOLING SYSTEM AND TEMPERATURE CONTROL:

Oil passing into the interstice between shaft and shell is heated up. The heat is dissipated
through the rotating sump in contact with the water above the runner.
Document N° :
The metal temperature and oil temperature are measured by dial thermometers/RTDs provided.
The temperature probes/switches are provided for remote sensing/annunciation/alarm. These
signals can be used to control the Bearing temperature. These temperature values are design
values to be set in-situ.
The temperature of the bearing metal and bearing oil shall not exceed 70oC and 65oC
respectively under continuous normal operating conditions.
Refer drawing HINUR220MEUFF00007
5 SHAFT SEAL
For the shaft seal description refer to section 2 of this manual.
The main function of shaft seal ensures that the spinning parts are sealed from the pressurized
water from the turbine passage. The Shaft seal is also provided with an inflatable seal which can
be applied when the Turbine is stopped. The inflatable is applied by pneumatic pressure. This
inflatable seal enables work to be carried out during maintenance operation in the Turbine pit
and prevents flooding of the Turbine pit, or even the power station.
Refer drawing HINUR220MEALD40002 & HINUR220MEUFF00007
5.1 DETECTION OF WEARING AND TEMPERATURE OF SHAFT SEAL
5.1.1 Wearing detection:

It is very important to note the wearing of Wearing plates. Filtered water is injected into the two
Concentric Rings of the shaft Seal. The upper & lower Wearing rings are in 4 parts each. The
Lower wearing ring is made up of stainless steel and secured to Bearing Rotating oil sump
through a flange. The upper Wearing ring is made up of polymer (Trade name Cestidure) and
it is bolted to Movable ring. The movable ring is pressed down by a spring force to control the
water leakage.
The clean water is injected under a higher pressure to:

1. Flush away the water leakage from Turbine hydraulic passage.
2. Provide lubrication of the surface under friction;
3. Evacuation of the seal’s calorific friction losses;
4. Flush the water, loaded with impurities, coming from the turbine
During operation there is a rubbing between Wearing rings. The Wearing ring subjected to
wear out. It needs to monitored and replaced. The rate of wearing is measured by Wear
indicator. The Wear indicator has been provided with proximity switch to facilitate remote
sensing for replacing fixed wearing ring.
5.1.2 Temperature detection of seal

The temperature seal is measured by dial thermometers/RTDs provided. Refer drawing
HINUR220MEUFF00007
Document N° :
5.2 MONITORING OF PRESSURE AND FLOW OF CLEAN WATER SUPPLY:

Pressure gauges are used to indicate the pressure beneath the seal and in supply line.
This clean water under pressure is maintained even when the unit is stopped, unless the draft
tube is drained or if the inflatable seal is pressurized. The clean water comes from the power
house cooling water system through shaft seal fine filters.
An electromagnetic induction type water flow meter with adjustable alarm contacts is provided
in the water supply piping to the seal. These contacts will be wired to terminal blocks in the
turbine terminal box. One additional contact is provided to operate and indication light in the
gauge panel to indicate that shaft seal water in “ON”.
6 INFLATABLE MAINTENANCE SEAL

The inflatable seal is fixed on a seal support. This seal is only applied after turbine shutdown.
The seal will be operated by compressed air at a pressure from 7.0 bars from compressed air
system, and it shall be provided with a pressure switch to prevent unit start up with the seal
inflated. During supply of air pressure to the maintenance seal, the inflatable seal is applied
against the Rotating Sump (SA.41-204.
Alstom consider that the use of the inflatable seal should be restricted to maintenance
purpose. However, if a unit is shut down for a significant period, it makes sense applying the
inflatable seal in order to stop the shaft seal water pumps.
7 WICKET GATE OPERATING MECHANISM

For the description of Distributor, refer section 2 of this manual.
The wicket gates are operated by the servomotors through the operating ring and operating
mechanism. The opening of the wicket gates is controlled by the governor. The operating
mechanism synchronizes the opening angle of all the wicket gates.
The wicket gate angle is adjusted during the site assembly through the eccentric adjusting pins
on the connecting links between the operating ring and the wicket gate lever.
This adjustment shall not be modified during operation of the turbine.
The servomotors should be capable of closing the unit under maximum head when operated at the
lowest operating pressure in the governor oil pressure tank (taking into account the losses in
connecting pipes).
The force for moving the turbine Wicket gates will be approximately equal between the two
servomotors and applied in substantially equal magnitude to opposite sides of the Operating Ring
in tangential direction.
The locking device will withstand the full operating force of the servomotors.
Document N° :
7.1 SHEAR PIN:

A shear pin is provided between each wicket gate and the operating ring and is strong enough to
withstand the normal maximum operating forces. It is provided between the Wicket gate lever
and Handle. It will break in the event of excessive forces acting in closing direction and protect
the rest of the mechanism from damage in case one or more of the wicket gates become
blocked.
A pneumatic system is provided to actuate an alarm in the event of breakage of a shear pin. The
wicket gate protection system will initiate unloading and emergency shutdown of the unit by
generating the electric failure signal and alarm.
7.2 BRAKING DEVICE:
A wicket gate restraining device by friction is provided between each lever and arm. It prevents
the flail or erratic movement of the wicket gate following the failure of the wicket gate protection
devices. It allows the wicket gate operating ring to move in either opening or closing direction.
The friction device mechanism will be tested during erection to ensure performance as
designed.
A braking device is provided to prevent free movement of the jammed wicket gates under the
hydraulic torque. The wicket gates have an hydraulic tendency to close.
7.3 WICKET GATES STOP BLOCS:

The Stop bocks are welded on the Head Cover. These Stop blocs are safety devices, which limit
the over opening of the wicket gate when Shear pin is broken.
8 SERVOMOTORS:
8.1 OPERATION OF THE SERVOMOTOR:

The operation of servomotor is controlled by the governor. The operating nominal pressure is 61
bars.
One transducer is installed on each servomotor to measure the Wicket gate opening. A pointer
and scale calibrated in the field, graduated in tenths with subdivisions, will indicate the percent
stroke of the servomotor and guide vanes angle in degrees from the closed position.
One manual lock for the Wicket gates in fully open and fully closed positions is provided. It can
be easily engaged and disengaged by single person. Electrical contact switches are provided to
indicate the Wicket gates lock in the fully closed and fully open positions. An additional contact
for unit start interlock is also provided. The contacts are wired to terminal blocks in the turbine
terminal box.
The servomotor is provided with diaphragms on the oil inlet and outlet to create head loss in
case of failure of oil piping, and to prevent the distributor to close too quickly.
Document N° :
The servomotor is provided with dampers/cushioning to reduce the piston speed during
servomotor closing. The diaphragm diameter and the damper are adjustable at site
The wicket gate closing time is about 8 seconds. The servomotor closing law is defined with a
two slope line, to limit overpressure in the spiral case and penstock.
8.2 SERVOMOTOR LOCKS
Manual latches are used to guarantee the personnel safety during maintenance operations on the
unit. They enable the distributor to be locked in «Closing» or «Opening» position.
These locks are very useful during installation. One each lock has been provided for open
position and closed position. The servomotor locks are capable of withstanding max servo force.
Electrical contacts enable the display of position of locks.
Caution: Servomotor locks are to be applied to carry out any maintenance

operation on Turbine.
DRAINAGE OF SPIRAL CASE AND DRAFT TUBE
SPIRAL CASE DRAINAGE:
To carry out the maintenance operations in the spiral case, this must be fully drained.
The Spiral casing is drained to Dewatering gallery through Draft tube. The Spiral case drainage
pipe is provided with drain valve and it connected to Draft tube. Ensure that the MIV is fully
closed. Close Draft tube gates. Open Drain valve to let the water to drain into the Draft Tube.
Note: Ensure the spiral drain valve is always kept in closed position.
Caution: Do not try to dismantle any component of Turbine hydraulic till it is

completely drained/dewatered. And also ensure to make the Hydraulic passage
leak proof immediately after the days maintenance operation without fail to
avoid possible flooding of Power house.
Document N° :
DRAFT TUBE DRAINAGE:

Draft tube drainage is initiated by opening Draft tube drain valve. The penstock & Spiral casing
are to be drained to Draft tube and then from Draft tube to Dewatering gallery.
Note: Ensure the Draft tube drain valve is always kept closed position.
Caution:
1. Do not try to dismantle any component of Turbine hydraulic till it is
completely drained/dewatered.
2. And also ensure to make the Hydraulic passage leak proof immediately after
the days maintenance operation without fail to avoid possible flooding of
Power house.
AIR ADMISSION VALVE:

Air Admission valve allow smooth operation of the unit through its operating range and especially
during partial load operations.
Under certain operation conditions, when the pressure under the runner becomes lower than the
atmospheric pressure, the atmospheric air is naturally admitted under the runner through the air
admission valve and through the shaft.
The air admission valve is a disc valve. It opens when the pressure below the disc is lower than
the atmospheric pressure, and remain closed in the contrary.
A spring keep the valve closed when the pressure is equalized each sides of the disc valve. The
spring balance the weight of the movable parts.
The sensitivity of the valve opening and closing is adjusted through the adjustment of the
compression of the spring.
A float under the disc valve keep it closed with a closing force, to avoid leakage of water. In case
of leakage of water, a drain pipe collect the water to the drainage gallery.
The rod in the central part acts as a shock absorber piston and the arm ensures the guiding of
the rod. The axial valve is equipped with a limit stop in order to limit the valve’s maximum stroke.
For more description of Air Admission Valve refer Section 2 of this manual & assembly drawing
HINUR220MEALD30002.
Document N° :
SPRING ADJUSTMENT
Characteristics of the spring are as follows:
- The free length = 118mm
- Stroke of the valve = 19.9mm
- Compressed length= 95mm
AIR ADMISSION THROUGH THE SHAFT

The atmospheric air is admitted to the air admission valve through opening provided for the
same. The air is routed through the bore in the shaft to Runner.
The drainage of accidental leakage is made through one pipe 125NB. The drain pipe is
equipped with a non return valve. The valve is kept in closed position by the spring force.
PRESSURE MEASUREMENT
PRESSURE MEASUREMENT IN SPIRAL CASE

5nos. pressure taps are connected at the inlet section of the Spiral case.
4nos. Winter Kennedy pressure taps are also connected at two sections of Spiral case for
Differential pressure measurement. This is used for discharge calculation using Flow-efficiency
instruments.
The pressure tape pipes are connected to local control cubicle for instruments located at
Turbine floor. Refer drawing HINUR220MEALD70003.
Refer to drawing HINUR220MEALD70001 for the installation and location of measurement
points on the spiral case.
Document N° :
PRESSURE MEASUREMENT IN THE DRAFT TUBE
PRESSURE MEASUREMENT IN DRAFT TUBE CONE & LINER
Refer to drawing HINUR220MEALD70001 for the installation and location of measurement

points on draft tube cone and draft tube liner outlet. Measurements are made in 5 nos points in
Draft tube cone & 4 nos. points in Draft tube.
The pressure tape pipes are connected to local control cubicle for instruments located at
Turbine floor. Refer drawing HINUR220MEALD70003.
Differential pressure measurement between section of spiral case inlet, and section of draft
tube outlet, is connected to flow efficiency instruments.
Pressure measurements in other sections are transmitted to Control System for information.
PRESSURE MEASUREMENT BELOW HEAD COVER

There are 3nos. pressures taps in the Head cover. The pressures taps are connected to
pressure tap disposal board in the Turbine Pit. Refer drawing HINUR220MEALD70003 &
HINUR220MEALD70012 for details.
Document N° :
SECTION 3 : 3.2 – MAINTENANCE

Document N° :
SECTION 3.2 – MAINTENANCE
SUMMARY
1 PERSONAL SAFETY ..............................................................................................................................................61

1.1 EQUIPMENT IN OPERATION ..............................................................................................................................61
1.2 EQUIPMENT IN MAINTENANCE ACTION ............................................................................................................61
1.3 INTERVENTION ON ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT:.................................................................................................61
1.4 INTERVENTION ON MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT .................................................................................................62
1.5 INTERVENTION ON HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT .........................................................................................................62
1.6 INTERVENTION ON COMPRESSED AIR CIRCUIT ................................................................................................62
2 PRE-STRESSING OF BOLTS ................................................................................................................................63
2.1 PRE STRESSING WITH TORQUE WRENCH ..........................................................................................................63
2.2 PRE-STRESSING WITH HYDRAULIC JACKS........................................................................................................65
2.3 BOLTING EQUIPMENT CLAMPED WITH A HYDRAULIC WRENCH: ....................................................................66
2.4 LOCKING OF THREADS ......................................................................................................................................66
3 MAINTENANCE ON STAY RING AND SPIRAL CASE: ..................................................................................67
SA 10 INLET - Measurement ..................................................................................................................................................68
SA 10 INLET – Visual check....................................................................................................................................................70
4 MAINTENANCE ON DISTRIBUTOR ..................................................................................................................72
4.1 ADJUSTMENT OF WICKET GATES AND HEAD COVER........................................................................................72
4.2 WICKET GATE SAFETY: SHEAR PIN AND BRAKE DEVICE .................................................................................73
4.2.1 Replacement of Shear pin:......................................................................................................................73
4.3 DISMANTLING OF WICKET GATES ....................................................................................................................73
4.4 INSPECTION AND DISMANTLING OF UPPER FIXED WEARING RING ON HEAD COVER .....................................75
4.5 DISMANTLING OF LOWER FIXED WEARING RING ON BOTTOM RING .............................................................75
4.6 CHANGING OF BUSHING OF WICKET GATE UPPER STEM HOUSING ..................................................................75
4.7 CHANGING OF BUSHING OF WICKET GATE LOWER STEM HOUSING ...............................................................75
4.8 CHANGING THE SEALS BETWEEN HEAD COVER/BOTTOM RING AND STAY RING .............................................76
4.9 CHANGING THE OPERATING RING SELF LUBRICATING SECTORS ...................................................................77
5 DISMANTLING OF OPERATING RING: ...........................................................................................................81
6 RUNNER AND SHAFT............................................................................................................................................81

6.1 DISMANTLING OF RUNNER ...............................................................................................................................82
6.2 INSPECTION OF RUNNER IN PLACE ...................................................................................................................82
6.3 DISMANTLING OF TURBINE SHAFT ...................................................................................................................82
6.4 AIR ADMISSION VALVE .............................................................................................................................84
6.4.1 Dismantling .............................................................................................................................................84
7 SHAFT SEAL DISMANTLING AND MAINTENANCE.....................................................................................84
7.1 SHAFT SEAL DISMANTLING ...............................................................................................................................84
7.1.1 Reference drawing ..................................................................................................................................84
7.1.2 Dismantling conditions ...........................................................................................................................84
7.1.3 Dismantling sequence .............................................................................................................................84
7.2 INFLATABLE SEAL DISMANTLING .....................................................................................................................86
7.2.1 Reference drawing ..................................................................................................................................86
7.2.2 Dismantling conditions:..........................................................................................................................86
7.2.4 Maintenance action on shaft seal:..........................................................................................................89
7.3 DISMANTLING OF GUIDE BEARING ...................................................................................................................89
7.3.1 Reference Drawings:...............................................................................................................................89
Document N° :
7.3.2 Dismantling conditions ...........................................................................................................................89

8 OIL / AIR/ WATER PIPING CIRCUITS GENERAL MAINTENANCE .......................................................... 94
9 DRAFT TUBE ...........................................................................................................................................................97
10 SERVOMOTOR...................................................................................................................................................97
10.1 REFERENCE DRAWINGS:...................................................................................................................................97
10.2 REMOVING THE SERVOMOTOR FROM PIT LINER RECESS:...............................................................................97
10.3 MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS:........................................................................................................................98
Document N° :
1 PERSONAL SAFETY
1.1 EQUIPMENT IN OPERATION
Any intervention is prohibited on the hydraulic circuits, air circuits, monitoring, and safety
and control units while the equipment is operating.
Do not stand in the close vicinity or in contact with motor-pumps or compressors;
these units may be operated at any time by their automatic system.
Make sure that all protective devices are fitted; protective case on rotating shaft bolts,
etc...
The electrical cabinets and terminal boxes should be closed.
Access to live electrical equipment is strictly prohibited.
Take care with oil splashes when visually inspecting the devices inside the oil sump
tank.
Access to the upper part of thrust bearing and inside the generator pit is prohibited
during rotation of the unit. During shutdown, access is permitted only after isolation
of the units.
Access to the catwalk above the distributor is allowed but the use of an ear-protection
is recommended.
1.2 EQUIPMENT IN MAINTENANCE ACTION
Any intervention should be performed by qualified staff only and under the respon-
sibility of key-staff having carefully read this instruction note.
Before any intervention, reference shall be made to the technical documents on the
respective equipment.
It shall be ascertained whether all safety instructions are adhered to and the isolation
precautions taken.
Each tool must only be used for the purpose specific to its function.
1.3 INTERVENTION ON ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT:
Before any intervention, make sure that equipment is isolated and power supplies turned
off check the connections, insulation, condition of electrical cables and accessories.
After the intervention and before resetting to work, have all connections, insulations
and protections inspected by qualified staff.
Document N° :
1.4 INTERVENTION ON MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT

Any dismantling and re-assembly operation shall be performed after having ascertained
that all safety instructions are complied with:
Isolation of equipment: for instance, the manual locks on servomotor must always
be engaged before inspection inside the distributor to avoid untimely closure of the
servomotor. The hydraulic conduit should be drained entirely before opening the
manhole on the spiral case (a plug permits to check that the conduit is empty); the
same instruction applies before opening the door on the Draft-tube cone.
Condition of handling equipment: for instance, any damaged equipment must be
replaced; any sling having been overloaded or of questionable aspect shall be des-
troyed: the whole handling equipment shall be inspected periodically and a label
affixed showing the date of the last inspection.
The pipes of Turbine guide bearing shall never be used as anchor point for the handling
operations.
After re-assembly, check all the list of equipment to make sure that no tool has been left
in the machine.
Proceed with complete cleaning of floors to eliminate any traces of grease likely to make
people fall.
1.5 INTERVENTION ON HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT
Before any intervention, make sure that the equipment is isolated.

Make sure that there is no more pressure in the circuits.
Drain the circuits before dismantling.
Make sure that all precautions are taken to avoid water or oil leaks. On completion
of the intervention, refer to the instructions in this manual for oil filling.
Handling of cleaning oil or solvents shall be made under the normal cleanliness and
hygiene conditions according to the supplier's recommendations.
Upon resetting to work, check the oil circuits for correct sealing (loosen coupling,
seal not fitted...)
Comply with the supplier's instructions in case the products would come in contact with
the skin or eyes, be absorbed or inhalated.
1.6 INTERVENTION ON COMPRESSED AIR CIRCUIT
The air circuits are permanently pressurized: therefore, before any intervention the
circuit to be inspected & must be isolated by means of its shut-off valve or the air in
pressure tanks should be bleeded entirely. Open slowly the drain valve for gradual
pressure relief. Do not stay at the air outlet of the valves.
Document N° :
Air compressors: before any intervention, refer to the compressor data sheet, in
particular to Section "Safety Instructions".
Do not omit the compulsory periodic inspections on all pressure tanks (pressure test
and inside protections).
Do not forget to adjust the safety valve ratings.
2 PRE-STRESSING OF BOLTS
The different types of pre-stressing used for turbine couplings are:

Pre-stressing with torque wrench
Pre-stressing with hydraulic jacks
Pre-stressing with hydraulic wrench.
The different types of methods depend on the diameter of the bolts and the torque to apply on
the wrench.
2.1 PRE STRESSING WITH TORQUE WRENCH
Bolting equipment clamped with a torque wrench:

The clamping torque is indicated on the drawings. When not indicated, the clamping torque is
applied as per below table. The table gives the clamping torque, in relation with the bolt or
screw diameter. The torque indicated in the table give a stress of about 250Mpa on the section
of the bolt.
Two torque values are indicated:

for degreased bolts, with estimated friction coefficient in the thread as 0.235
for greased bolts: with friction coefficient in the thread as 0.1
Important: when use of Loctite is specified for locking of bolts and nuts, the threads shall be
perfectly degreased and cleaned.
Document N° :

Document N° :
2.2 PRE-STRESSING WITH HYDRAULIC JACKS
Hydraulic tightening is to be done if called in drawing.
Schematic diagram of hydraulic jack assembly:
Runner / Turbine shaft coupling & Turbine Shaft / Generator lower shaft coupling to be done
using hydraulic jacks. Refer drawing HINUR220MEALD30001 & HINUR220MEALD80015 for
details.
The procedure to do the pre-stressing with hydraulic jacks is indicated in drawing

HINUR220MEALD80015. The table is given in the drawing for each coupling specifying
following vales:
Pre-stress
The elongation
The theoretical pressure value. The practical value shall be measured at site after
tests, during the pre stressing of the first sets of bolts.
The elongation to be recorded for each bolts, and shall be within the specified values.
The pressurising equipment comprises:

One hand pump
One pressure gauge
One hose + adapters
Document N° :
2.3 BOLTING EQUIPMENT CLAMPED WITH A HYDRAULIC WRENCH:
Hydraulic wrench is used for the tightening of servomotor CHC screws, because the bolts
are high strength bolts.
It is recommended to change the screws after each disassembly of the screws.
2.4 LOCKING OF THREADS

Large size bolts to be locked with mechanical device. Small size threads, when indicated on
drawings, threads to be locked with loctite .
If screw is difficult to dismantle with standard tools, especially when high locking grade is used,
the screw can be heated (100 to 150° maximum). Loctite product lost his resistance when
heated.
Document N° :
3 MAINTENANCE ON STAY RING AND SPIRAL CASE:

The spiral case and pit liner being embedded in the concrete, no dismantling operation is to
be provided on these components.
Access to spiral case and stay ring is provided through a manhole welded on the Spiral case
horizontal axis. Prior to open the manhole door, de-watering of spiral case shall be checked.
At regular time intervals, check proper sealing of:

Manhole door
Pressure tap pipes connections
Spiral case drain valve
Check the leakage around the manhole door and spiral case drain valve. In case of leakage
on the door, the seal shall be replaced. Changing of the plug seal is carried out with the door
held in open position.
Pressure measurement pipes: check the leakage around the fittings and pressure gauges.
At regular intervals check the calibration of pressure gauge for levels measuring devices.
Visual inspection of inside of spiral case and stay ring:

Visual check of stay vanes profiles.
Check that profiles have not been damaged and check erosion.
Visual inspection of anticorrosion protection.
Document N° :
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE ACTION SHEET

SA 10 INLET - Measurement
Conditions
Personnel: operations manager
Safety: Unit stopped, not confined
Frequency: monthly
Procedure
Aim
This maintenance action operation checks that the pressure in the inlet is consistent with the operating
conditions of the turbine.
Operations
Measure the upstream and downstream levels
Upstream level: ......................... m
Downstream level: .............................. .m
The level of the Unit axis is: ……… m
Operating mechanism closed and inlet valve closed:
Pressure in the case = downstream level – unit level =........................... MPa
Note the measured value: ............................ MPa
Operating mechanism closed and inlet valve open:
Pressure in the case = upstream level - Unit level = ............................ .MPa
Note the measured value: ............................. MPa

Document N° :
Action:
In the event of inconsistency between the measured values and the calculated values, it is necessary to:
check the calibration of the measuring instruments
check the calibration of the different devices :
operating mechanism
inlet valve
Observations:
Document N° :
PREVENTIVE MECHANISM SHEET

SA 10 INLET – Visual check
Conditions
Personnel: operating manager
Safety: Unit stopped, not confined
Frequency: monthly
Procedure
Aim: This operation checks the seals of the main components of the inlet
Operations
Visual check of the case inspection door seals
Visual check of the pressure tap inlet pipes seals
Visual check of the spiral case draining pipe seals

Document N° :
Action:
If there are leaks around these components, it is necessary to:
confine and drain the Unit
close the inlet valve
repair the seals or the damaged mechanical parts
Observations:
Document N° :
4 MAINTENANCE ON DISTRIBUTOR
Refer to the following general arrangement drawings:
HINUR220MEALD20 001 Sh ½ – Distributor Upper Cross-section
HINUR220MEALD20 001 Sh 2/2 – Distributor Lower Cross-section
HINUR220MEALD80 008 – Bottom Ring Dismantling
HINUR220MEALD80 012 – Head Cover Dismantling
HINUR220MEALD80 008 – Bottom Ring Dismantling
4.1 ADJUSTMENT OF WICKET GATES AND HEAD COVER
The total clearance between Head Cover/Wicket gates and Wicket gate/Bottom ring is 0.5
mm.
Normally the adjustment must not be modified during turbine operation. However, it must be
checked after each dismantling on the wicket gate levers or housings (for changing the seals
for instance).
Adjustment of the clearance is made by the screw

(SA.25-017) between Holding disc (SA.25-204) &
Wicket gate (SA.24-201).
If lever dismantling is required, mark the wicket

gate, the levers and the screw in order to mount
the elements in the same position.
Document N° :
4.2 WICKET GATE SAFETY: SHEAR PIN AND BRAKE DEVICE

If during operation of the Distributor, a piece of wood or other object remain blocked
between two wicket gates, preventing the closing of these two wicket gates, the Shear pin
between the wicket gate lever and operating mechanism breaks in order to avoid
deformation or damage on the wicket gate.
When the safety shear pin is broken, one or two wicket gates are free, and a braking device
reduces the free movement of the wicket gate.
The Maintenance action consists of:

Stop the unit and dewater the spiral case
Inspect the wicket gate to check if profile
has been damaged
Change the broken Shear pin
Adjust the braking torque.
4.2.1 Replacement of Shear pin:

For replacement of the Shear Pin (SA.25-207), the unit should be dewatered. The distributor is
to be operated in open position, and the servomotor is locked with manual locking device in
open position.
The braking device (SA.25-210) is to be untight. Then remove the broken shear pins. The
wicket gate is to be rotated in order to put the wicket gate lever (SA.24-202) into contact with
the handle (SA.25-202). Then mount the new Shear pins.
4.3 DISMANTLING OF WICKET GATES

The following parts should be dismantled before Wicket Gate dismantling:
Dismantle Lower Draft tube cone, Upper draft tube cone, bottom ring and Runner
cone.
Remove the lower housing
Fix the support (SA.82-206) at the bottom of Wicket gate.
Dismantle upper housing, handle and lever.
Install the dummy housing (SA.82-207 )
Fix the eye bolt (SA.82-006) on both ends of wicket gate , item no 82-208 to
runner cone .
Lower the Wicket gate with the help of sling & eye bolt and put on trolley (SA.88-
002). All the wicket gate should be placed on the wooden shims on trolley.
Document N° :
Important note:
For the reassembly, carry-out the same operations but in the reverse sequence. Ensure
correct tightening of the bolting material.
Document N° :
4.4 INSPECTION AND DISMANTLING OF UPPER FIXED WEARING RING ON HEAD COVER
The gap between runner rotating wearing ring and head cover fixed wearing ring can be
inspected through inspection holes in the head cover. When the clearance exceeds the
maximum design value, the turbine will loss in efficiency, the pressure on the runner crown will
increase, and consequently the axial thrust on the runner will be increased. The wearing rings
shall be inspected and replaced.
The fixed wearing ring which is bolted on the head cover to be dismantles from bottom.
This operation requires:

• Dismantling the Bottom ring & connected items.
• Removal of old wearing ring by removing bolt (SA 21-007).
• Fitting the new wearing ring on bottom of head cover with the help of bolts. A finish
machined wearing ring is provided as a spare part.
4.5 DISMANTLING OF LOWER FIXED WEARING RING ON BOTTOM RING

When the clearance between Runner rotating wearing ring & Lower fixed wearing ring
exceeds the maximum design value, the turbine will loss in efficiency, the wearing rings shall
be inspected and replaced.
The Lower wearing ring is bolted on the Bottom ring (SA. 22-201). This requires dismantling
of Draft Tube Lower cone (SA. 51-202), Upper cone and Bottom ring for replacement.
This operation shall be carried out during general overhaul of the turbine.
• A finish machined wearing ring is provided as a spare part.
• Remove old wearing ring and mount the new one.
4.6 CHANGING OF BUSHING OF WICKET GATE UPPER STEM HOUSING

By means of the handling monorail in turbine pit (refer drawing HINUR220MEALD80005),
dismantle successively the following components (refer to drawing n°
HINUR220MEALD20001):
1. Remove Cotter pin SA24-205, Holding disc (SA25-204) and related fasteners.
2. Remove Offset pin (SA25-205) between links and handle
3. Remove shear pin (SA 25-207) and related fastener.
4. Remove handle(SA25-202) and lever (SA 24-202)
5. Remove Thrust washer (SA24-203) & Counter Thrust washer (SA21-204)
6. Remove the Upper housing (SA21-203) and related fasteners and pins
7. Inspect the self lubricating bushing and replace them if required.
For REASSEMBLY, proceed with the above operations but in the reverse sequence.
4.7 CHANGING OF BUSHING OF WICKET GATE LOWER STEM HOUSING

Refer to drawing no HINUR220MEALD20001.
1. Remove the wicket gate housing drainage items as per drawing

HINUR220MEALD70005
2. Dismantle the stop plate (SA 22-205) & connected fasteners.
Document N° :
3. Then, remove the lower stem housing (SA22-203).

Inspect the self lubricating bushing and replace them if required.
Precautions:
- Ensure that all parts are perfectly clean.
- Avoid damage to the seal upon reassembly.
4.8 CHANGING THE SEALS BETWEEN HEAD COVER/BOTTOM RING AND STAY RING
Changing the seal between Head cover/Stay ring:

As a general rule, this seal should not be modified during operation. However, it should be
checked and changed if leaks seem to have increased after any operation on the turbine
Carry out dewatering of Hydraulic passage and ensure that the hydraulic passage is completely
dry before attempting to unscrew any bolts/nuts.
The servo motors are being locked and oil holes are dismantled. The servo motor connecting
rod has been dismantled.
To change the seals between the head cover and stay ring, the following major components
are to be dismantled in order:
Air admission valve
Generator rotor with bearings.
Turbine guide bearing with instrument & piping
Shaft seal with instrument & piping
Distributor operating mechanism
Re-assemble by carrying out the same sequence in reverse order.
Be careful:
Not to pinch the new seal
Lock the fixing screw with loctite normal grade
To fill the fixing screw with filler.
Changing the seal between Bottom ring/Stay ring:

As a general rule, this seal should not be modified during operation. However, it should be
checked and changed if leaks seem to have increased after any operation on the turbine
Ensure that there is no leakage of water in the Runner removable gallery. Carry out dewatering
of Hydraulic passage and ensure that the hydraulic passage is completely dry before
attempting to unscrew any bolts/nuts.
The servo motors are being locked and oil holes are dismantled. The servo motor connecting
rod has been dismantled.
To change the seals between the Bottom ring and Stay ring, the following major components
are to be dismantled in order:
Pipes for Wicket gate drainage
Draft tube upper cone & Lower cone with instrument & piping
Wicket gate lower housing and bushes.
Bottom ring
Document N° :
Remove the seal to be changed. Re-assemble of all the item to be carrying out by the same
operations in reverse order.
Be careful:
Not to pinch the new seal,
Lock the fixing screw with loctite normal grade
To fill the fixing screw with loctite.
4.9 CHANGING THE OPERATING RING SELF LUBRICATING SECTORS
The operating ring is guided on the head cover with horizontal and vertical guides,
composed of:
- Deva sectors(SA25-001) mounted on the operating ring
- Stainless steel sectors welded on the head cover.
In case of excessive wearing, the DEVA
sectors (SA 25-001) shall be replaced by
new ones. The DEVA sectors are assembled
with conical screws. The DEVA band shall
be punched with a special tool prior to
mounting of the screw. Punch the hole in the
middle, mount the screw, and proceed
alternatively with the next screw each side.
No gap is admitted between the DEVA band
sector and the operating ring.
Document N° :
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE SHEET

SA 20 seals leakage visual check
Conditions
Personnel: Maintenance
Safety: Unit stopped, confined, inlet valve closed
Frequency: weekly
Procedure
Aim: As a general rule, this seal should not be modified during operation.
However, it should be checked and changed if leaks seem to have increased after
any operation on the turbine.
Operations
Visual check for leakage between head cover and stay ring.
Visual check of leakage of intermediate stem housing wicket gate seal .
Actions
Record the estimated leakage flow to note increase of leakage in the time
If the leakage is permanent, the seal shall be inspected during the next stop of the
turbine. The turbine shall be dewatered to change the seals.
The seal between head cover and stay ring can be tight.
Observations:
Document N° :

SA 20 Adjusting the clearance between the wicket gate and cover
Distributor seal inspection
Conditions
Frequency: annual
Procedure
Aim: As a general rule, this setting should not be modified during operation. However, it should
be checked after any operation on the levers or on the wicket gate stem housings (to change the
seals for example).
Operations
Close the distributor and lock the servomotors prior to inspections. Check with slip gauge the
gap between head cover /wicket gates, and botto ring/wicket gates.
Action:
Observations:

SA 20 clearance between operating ring vertical and horizontal sectors
Conditions
Frequency: annually
Procedure
With slip gauges check the radial and axial clearance between operating ring and guides in head
cover.
Document N° :
Operations
With slip gauges check the radial and axial clearance between operating ring and guides in head
cover. Calculate the average clearance of two opposite guide sectors.
Action:
Record the clearance periodically.
If clearance exceeds the maximum 50% of maximum gap design value, the self
lubricating sectors shall be replaced.
Observations:

SA 20 inspection of wicket gate profile and wicket gates closing contact plane.
Conditions
Frequency: annual
Procedure
Aim: As a general rule, this setting should not be modified during operation. However, it should
be checked after any operation on the levers or on the wicket gate stem housings (to change the
seals for example).
Operations
Close the distributor and lock the servomotors prior to inspections.
Check with slip gauges the gap between two wicket gates
Check if contact plane and wicket gate profile has not been damaged.
Action:
Repair can be made by grinding to improve contact between wicket gates.
Profile can be restored by grinding or welding and grinding
Observations:
Document N° :

SA 20 clearance between upper Fixed wearing Ring and Upper rotating wearing ring
Conditions
Frequency: annually
Procedure
With slip gauges check the radial and axial clearance between rotating wearing ring on the
runner and stationary wearing ring on head cover
Operations
The turbine shall be dewatered. Check can be made through plugs in the head cover.
Record the value in four points.
Action:
Record the clearance periodically. If clearance exceed 50% of maximum gap design value, the
wearing ring gap shall be replaced
Observations:
5 DISMANTLING OF OPERATING RING:
Refer Distributor General Arrangement drawing: HINUR220MEALD20001.
Dismantling of Operating ring (SA. 25-201):

Dismantle Operating Ring Stems (SA25-214 & 216) along with the Pin (SA. 25-212 &
213) & other fasteners.
Dismantle Stop plate (SA.21-213 in 6 nos.) by removing screw (SA.21-009)
Remove the Single Pin (SA. 25-206) along with other connected items.
Lift the Operating ring (SA. 25-201).
6 RUNNER AND SHAFT

Refer following GA drawings:
HINUR220MEALD30 001- Coupling Runner/Turbine Shaft & Turbine shaft/Generator shaft
HINUR220MEALD80 002- Runner Inspection Platform
HINUR220MEALD80 009- Dismantling of Runner & Runner cone
HINUR220MEALD80 010- Handling of Runner
Document N° :
HINUR220MEALD80 011- Handling of Turbine Shaft
6.1 DISMANTLING OF RUNNER

At the first time, verify that the distributor and Main inlet valve are in fully closed position. The
below major items are to be dismantled before attempting to dismantle the Runner:
1. Sealing Ring and Sliding Ring (SA51-203 & 204)
2. Draft tube upper/ lower cones (SA51-201 & 202)
3. Runner cone(SA 32-202)
4. Bottom ring (SA22-201)
Refer Drg. No. HINUR220MEALD80009 for procedure for Dismantling of the Runner and
Runner cone. Reverse the Assembly procedure for Assembly.
6.2 INSPECTION OF RUNNER IN PLACE

It is necessary to have a floor under the runner for inspection during the unit is stopped
(wicket gates closed, Servomotor locked with manual locking device and brakes of alternator
applied).
Refer Drg. No. HINUR220MEALD80002. For Runner Inspection platform.
Precaution :
Before attempting to open the Draft tube manhole, ensure that there is NO MORE
WATER IN THE DRAFT TUBE at the level of the access doors.
6.3 DISMANTLING OF TURBINE SHAFT

Before dismantling Turbine shaft, the following major components are to be dismantled:
1. Runner to be dismantled and placed on upper draft tube cone.
2. Turbine guide bearing along with instruments & piping.
3. Shaft seal along with instruments & piping.
4. Air admission valve with pipes.
5. Generator bearing, Rotor & Shaft.
For handling & dismantling of Turbine shaft, refer Drg. No. HINUR220MEALD80011
Important note :
Ensure correct tightening of the bolting material.
Document N° :

SA 30 runner inspection
Conditions
Frequency: after 1000hours for the first inspection
For other inspections :annually
Procedure
Check upper and lower gap between rotating and stationary wearing ring on head cover and
bottom ring.
Check cavitations/erosion on runner blades.
Check connecting fillet on outlet area of crown/blades and band/blades welded joints: PT
inspection.
Action:
Wearing ring gap: If clearance exceed 50% of maximum gap design value, the wearing ring gap
shall be replaced
Cavitations shall be repaired by overlay and grinding. Repair procedure shall be checked by
Alstom.
If defects are found on connecting fillet of crown/blades and band/blades welded joints Alstom
shall be informed and the repair procedure approved by Alstom
Observations:
Document N° :
6.4 AIR ADMISSION VALVE
6.4.1 Dismantling
Take out the Upper cover (SA 33-214).
Remove Detector plate (SA 33-213) along with Piping & Proximity sensor (SA33-
038).
Remove the Air piping & take out the End Cover (SA 33-202) & Housing (SA 33-201)
Take out Moving cover( SA 33-203) with valve (SA 33-207)
Then dismantling the float, the valve, the piston and other parts if necessary
Take out the bracket (SA33-208 & 209) from generator shaft.
Important note:
Precaution to be taken:
Check the clearance between the Moving cover and the housing.
Check the accurate behaviour of the valve
Fill the dash-pot cylinder with mineral oil (ISO VG 46)
Avoid damage to the seals
Ensure correct tightening of the bolting material
7 SHAFT SEAL DISMANTLING AND MAINTENANCE
7.1 SHAFT SEAL DISMANTLING

7.1.1 Reference drawing
HIN UR2 20 MEA LD 40 001 : Turbine Guide Bearing GA
HIN UR2 20 MEA LD 40 002 : Shaft Seal GA
HIN UR2 20 MEA LD 80 004 : Dismantling of Guide Bearing & Shaft seal
HIN UR2 20 MEA LD 80 005 : Monorail arrangement for Dismantling of Shaft seal
7.1.2 Dismantling conditions

Wicket gates to in closed position. Servomotor locked with manual locking device. If
hydraulic conduit is not drained and only main shaft seal is dismantled, the safety
maintenance inflatable seal shall be in operation (under pressure to prevent leakage of
water in the turbine pit). Dismantle all water piping to shaft seal.
7.1.3 Dismantling sequence

Shaft seal to be dismantled as per below sequence.
STEP -1 (Remove Guide Bearing Support, SA 41-201)
- Dismantle all the watering pipes & instruments of guide bearing and shaft seal and the
guide bearing cover (item #41 203).
Document N° :
- Remove all the stud & nuts (item no. # 41-206 & 41-001) of guide bearing shell (item no. #
41-202) & guide bearing support (item no. # 41-201) except two studs & nuts on each
halves of the guide bearing support.
- Install swivel hoist rings of m30 (item no. # 88 001) on guide bearing support.
- Take complete load of one half of the guide bearing support on turbine shaft flange hoist
with the help of slings.
- Remove remaining studs & nut from the half of the guide bearing support.
- Suspend the half of guide bearing support from the monorail and rotate it as required.
- Place it on the trolley and move it away through the pit access.
- Follow steps 4 - 7 for remaining half of the guide bearing support.
STEP -2 (Remove Fixed Support, SA 46-204)

- Remove thrust plate and spring (item #46 207 and 46 209).
- Mount eye-bolts of m20 & shackles (sa84-001 & 002) on the fixed support and lift it to
an elevated position with the help of hoist on turbine shaft flange.
- Install the temporary platform.
- Place the fixed support onto the platform and uncouple the two halves of it.
- Suspend each half of fixed support, one by one, with the help of hoist provided on
turbine shaft flange and monorail.
STEP -3 (Remove Hydraulic Seal Holder, SA 46-202)

- Mount eye-bolts of m20 & shackles (SA 84- 001 & 002) on the hydraulic seal holder and
lift it to an elevated position with the help of hoist on turbine shaft flange.
- Place the hydraulic seal holder onto the platform and uncouple the two halves of it.
- Suspend each half of the seal holder from the monorail crane and hoist.
Document N° :
Note:
For REASSEMBLY, proceed with the above operations but in the reverse sequence. Check
that the water sprayed is correctly filtered. Check the prescribed tightening torques.
Note: For reassembly, proceed with the above operations but in the reverse sequence. Check that
the water sprayed is correctly filtered.Check the prescribed tightening torques.
7.2 INFLATABLE SEAL DISMANTLING
7.2.1 Reference drawing

7.2.2 Dismantling conditions:

No water in the unit (draft tube is drained)
No water, no compressed air in shaft seal piping.
Document N° :

To take out the inflatable seal (item #46 001) for maintenance or replacement follow the below
sequence:
STEP -1:
- Follow the step 1 & 2 as per Sl. 7.1.3 above to Remove Guide bearing Support (SA 41-
201) & Shaft seal fixed support (SA46-204).
STEP -2: (Also refer below sketch)

- All the studs, nuts & pins from inflatable seal support (item # 46 205).
- Take out inflatable seal support (item # 46 205) with inflatable seal holder (item # 46 206)
& inflatable seal (item #46 001) and place on temporary platform.
- Remove & take out inflatable seal (item # 46 001) which is installed in between inflatable
seal support (item # 46 205) and inflatable seal holder (item # 46 206).
- Now Inflatable seal is ready for replacement
Note:
After replacement/maintenance reassemble the inflatable seal support, inflatable seal
holder and the seal in place with the above operations but in the reverse sequence.
Connect the air entry and check that the seal inflates properly.
Check the prescribed tightening torques.
Document N° :

Document N° :
7.2.4 Maintenance action on shaft seal:
Frequency
MAINTENANCE ACTION ON SHAFT SEAL
Check temperatures Permanent

Check sprayed water pressure ''
Check that filters are not blocked ''
Ensure no leakage through pipes. ''
Check that the floaters of the level sensors are weekly
working properly
Check that the inflatable seal works properly, ''
when the Unit is stopped
Adjust the spray flow if necessary ''
Check that the sprayed water is not polluted ''
Inspection action
Check the wear of the Cestidur seal 1000 h for 1st
Check the wear of the friction wearing plate inspection
Calibrate the measuring instruments 5000 h for 2nd
Check the fatigue of the springs inspection
Henceforth annually
7.3 DISMANTLING OF GUIDE BEARING
7.3.1 Reference Drawings:

7.3.2 Dismantling conditions

Shaft not rotating (apply Generator brakes)
Distributor in closed position, servomotor locked
Inflatable seal under pressure/applied.
Oil to be drained from guide bearing shell.

For Dismantling of Guide Bearing components refer drawing HINUR220MEALD80004. & also
below step can be followed
STEP -1 (Remove Guide Bearing Support, SA 41-201)
- Dismantle all the watering pipes & instruments of guide bearing and shaft seal and the
guide bearing cover (item #41 203).
- Remove all the stud & nuts (item no. # 41-206 & 41-001) of guide bearing shell (item no. #
41-202) & guide bearing support (item no. # 41-201) except two studs & nuts on each
halves of the guide bearing support.
- Install swivel hoist rings of m30 (item no. # 88 001) on guide bearing support.
Document N° :
- Take complete load of one half of the guide bearing support on turbine shaft flange hoist
with the help of slings.
- Remove remaining studs & nut from the half of the guide bearing support.
- Suspend the half of guide bearing support from the monorail and rotate it as required.
- Follow steps 4 - 7 for remaining half of the guide bearing support.
STEP -2 (Remove Fixed Support, SA 46-204)

- Remove thrust plate and spring (item #46 207 and 46 209).
- Mount eye-bolts of m20 & shackles (sa84-001 & 002) on the fixed support and lift it to
- Place the fixed support onto the platform and uncouple the two halves of it.
- Suspend each half of fixed support one by one with the help of hoist provided on turbine
shaft flange and monorail. Place it on the trolley and move it away through the pit
access.
STEP -3 (Remove Hydraulic Seal Holder, SA 46-202)

- Mount eye-bolts of m20 & shackles (SA 84- 001 & 002) on the hydraulic seal holder and
lift it to an elevated position with the help of hoist on turbine shaft flange.
- Place the hydraulic seal holder onto the platform and uncouple the two halves of it.
- Suspend each half of the seal holder from the monorail crane and hoist.
Document N° :
STEP -4 (Remove Sump cover, SA 41-205)

- Dismantle the guide bearing deflector (item no. # 41 222) from the sump cover.
- Mount eye-bolts of m16 & shackles SA 84- 002 & 003) on the sump cover and lift it to
- Place the sump cover onto the platform and uncouple the two halves of it.
- Suspend each half of the sump cover from the monorail crane and hoist and rotate it as
required. Place it on the trolley and move it away through the pit access.
Document N° :
STEP -5 (Remove Guide Bearing Shell, SA 41-202)

- Fit swivel hoist rings (item no. # 88 001) on the guide bearing shell.
- Lift the guide bearing shell in elevated position using the hoist on the turbine shaft
flange.
- Install the temporary platform & Place the shell on the platform.
- Uncouple the two halves of the guide bearing shell.
- Suspend each half of the shell with the monorail crane and hoist and rotate it as
required.
Document N° :
Note:
Ensure that the inside of sump is perfectly clean. Check the prescribed tightening torques.
Monitoring action of guide bearing Frequency
Temperature check continuous

Oil levels check (when the turbine is stopped)
Check of the level of vibrations in the shaft line
Check the spinning sump fixing weekly
Check that there are no leaks along the shaft seal above the shell
support
Inspection action
Inspection of diameter clearance Annually
.Inspection of oil condition
Calibration of the measuring instruments
Document N° :

SA 40 Bearing filling
Conditions
Frequency: every year
Procedure
Aim:
This draining and filling of the bearing sump must be done systematically to purify the oil after
analysis.
Operations
The filling and draining is only carried out when the Unit is stopped.
The procedure is the same for the bearings with spinning or fixed sump
The quantity of oil required is Type ISO VG 46 (TERESSO 46 or equivalent):250 litres(approx)
There are vertical holes in the shell to aerate the sump, fill, gauge, recover the leaks at the top.
Filling is via the 35 mm diameter hole intended for the level gauge.
The oil level is measured when stopped by the gauge, after leaving enough time for the air
purges.
Action:
Observations:
8 OIL / AIR/ WATER PIPING CIRCUITS GENERAL MAINTENANCE
These maintenance operations are to be carried out by authorised personnel who have had
adequate training. The user is responsible for adapting these maintenance sheets to the site
customs. In particular, the safety rules must be strictly applied.
Tooling:
No specific tools are required for these operations.
However, it is assumed that the personnel, being specialised, have all the wrenches, presses,
etc...... Specific to their profession.
Monitoring:
If "pipe work" assembly has mobile parts, valves, servo-valves .... therefore careful monitoring is
necessary.
Document N° :

SA 40 Changing a temperature probe
Condition:
Safety: Unit stopped, confined
Frequency: When necessary
Procedure
Aim:
This operation enables a temperature probe to be dismantled to test and/or replace it during a
programmed maintenance phase on the turbine
Operations
Dismantling
Disconnect the probe’s electric plug
Do not remove, but protect it from humidity
Undo the probe’s fixing nuts.
Remove the probe without bending it
Test
Reconnect the electric plug, making sure that the wires are not reversed
Plunge the probe into a container filled with crushed ice (50 mm minimum)
Read the temperature measured after 10 min: 0+/- 1°C with a mercury thermometer
Read the resistance at the probe’s terminals using an ohmmeter: 100 ohm +/- 5
If the reading is false, change the probe and/or the connection
Reassembly
Disconnect the electric plug
Put the probe in a vertical position
Check that the probe is centred in the hole
Block the nut using light Loctite coating
Action:
Observations:
Document N° :

SA 40 Changing a level detector
Conditions
Safety: Unit stopped, confined
Frequency: When necessary
Procedure
Aim:
This operation enables a level sensor to be dismantled to test and/or replace during a
programmed maintenance phase on the turbine
Operations
Dismantling
Disconnect the sensor’s electrical supply
NB: this plug is fragile: do not force it
Do not remove, but protect it from humidity
Undo the sensor’s fixing nuts.
Remove the sensor without bending it
Test
Reconnect the electricity, making sure that the wires are not inverted
Plunge the probe into a container filled with water
Read the signal at sensor outlet using a milliammeter 4 mA for 0, 20 mA for the full stroke
If the reading is false, change the sensor
NB: this sensor is sensitive to magnetic fields, therefore it should be protected, especially if there
are power cables passing next to it.
Reassembly
Disconnect the electrical supply
Put the sensor in a vertical position
Check that it is centred in the hole (floater slides easily)
Block the nut using light Loctite coating
Reconnect the electrical supply (making sure that the wires are not inverted)
Action:
Observations:
Document N° :
9 DRAFT TUBE
The draft tube being embedded into concrete, no dismantling operation is to be provided on these
components.
The Access door in the draft tube cone should not be dismantled. Changing of the Access door flat seal
(SA51-045) is carried out with the Access door held in open position. This is a 4 mm Thk of Neoprine
Rubber.
At regular time intervals, check proper sealing of:

- access doors
- pressure tap pipes
- draft tube drain valve
10 SERVOMOTOR
10.1 REFERENCE DRAWINGS:

HINUR220MEALD 60 001 Servomotor GA
HINUR220MEALD 80 007 Servomotor Dismantling
10.2 REMOVING THE SERVOMOTOR FROM PIT LINER RECESS:
For Servomotor dismantling from the Turbien pit refer drawing HINUR220MEALD80007 & refer
the below sequence:
- The operating ring to be in closed position. The spiral case and draft tube to be drained, or
the Main Inlet valve is closed and locked
- Close the valves on the oil piping between governor and servomotors
- Disconnect the oil inlet and outlet pipes of SM, and disconnect pipes between
servomotors.
- Dismantling the walkway element ( hand rails …) only in front of the recesses of SM and
the access gallery.
- Take out the SM connecting links and pins, using the Mono rail arrangement inside pit
liner.
- Disconnect the servomotor control devices and stroke measuring scale
- Remove all the instruments (like transducer, electric contact switches.,.etc)
- Take the entire load of the servomotor on the hoist provided in the servomotor
- Remove all couplings bolts, pins of servomotor with pit.
- Use the hoist for taking out the servomotor up to the inner diameter of the pit liner.
- Thereafter use monorail crane to lift servomotor.
- Place the servomotor onto the trolley and take it out of the pit access.
Note:
For REASSEMBLY, proceed with the above operations but in the reverse sequence. Before
assembly of the oil pipes of the SM, check the perfect cleanness inside them. Ensure
correct tightening (Pre-stressing) of the bolting material.
Document N° :
10.3 MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS:

Refer to Operating & Maintenance manual of servomotor supplier.
Document N° :
SECTION 4 – LIST OF MANDATORY SPARES

Document N° :

Document N° :

Document N° :

Document N° :

Document N° :

Document N° :

Document N° :

Document N° :

Document N° :
SECTION 5 – LIST OF MAIN DRAWINGS

Document N° :
SECTION 5 – MAIN DRAWINGS
The followings drawings can be used to well understand the use and the maintenance.
General drawings:
HINUR220MEALC00001 LOAD ON CONCRETE
HINUR220MEALC00002 RUNNER REMOVAL GALLERY - CIVIL WORK GA
HINUR220MEALC00003 STAGE OF CONCRETING
HINUR220MEALD 00001 TURBIEN CROSS-SECTION
HINUR220MEA LD 10 001 SPIRAL CASE AND STAYRING FOUNDATION & ANCHORAGE - GA
HINUR220MEA LD 10 002 SPIRAL CASE & STAY RING - GENERAL ARRANGEMENT
HINUR220MEA LD 10 003 PIT LINER -GA
HINUR220MEA LD 30 001 COUPLING-RUNNER/TURBINE SHAFT/GENERATOR SHAFT
HINUR220MEA LD 30 002 AIR ADMISSION VALVE - GA
HINUR220MEA LD 30 003 TURBINE -GENERATOR SHAFT COUPLING GUARD - GA.
HINUR220MEA LD 50 001 DRAFT TUBE HYDRAULIC DESIGN
HINUR220MEA LD 50 002 DRAFT TUBE ELBOW AND LINER FOUNDATION & ANCHORAGE-CIVIL
WORK INTERFACE - GA
HINUR220MEA LD 50 003 DRAFT TUBE ELBOW-LINER & DEWATERING - GA
HINUR220MEA LD 60 001 SERVOMOTOR- GA
HINUR220MEA LD 70 001 PRESSURE TAPS PIPES - GA
HINUR220MEA LD 70 003 PRESSURE TAPS DISPOSAL BOARD - GA
HINUR220MEA LD 70 004 EMBEDDED PIPES - DRAINAGE - LEAKAGE - BALANCING PIPES
HINUR220MEA LD 70 005 NON EMBEDDED PIPING, BOTTOM RING DRAINAGE
HINUR220MEA LD 70 006 AIR ADMISSION VALVE, AIR & LEAKAGE DRAIN PIPING
HINUR220MEA LD 70 008 PIPE FOR PENSTOCK DRAINAGE & EJECT INLET - EMBEDDED
HINUR220MEA LD 70 009 NON EMBEDDED PIPING, PRESSURE TAPS PIPES- DT CONE AREA
HINUR220MEA LD 70 010 NON EMBEDDED PIPING, SHAFT SEAL WATER SUPPLY, INFALATBLE SEAL
- GA
HINUR220MEA LD 70 011 NON EMBEDDED PIPING, SHEAR PIN AIR SUPPLY - GA
HINUR220MEA LD 71 005 SPIRAL CASE DRAIN - GA.
HINUR220MEA LD 80 001 SPIRAL CASE TESTING-GA.
HINUR220MEA LD 80 002 RUNNER INSPECTION PLATFORM
HINUR220MEA LD 80 003 DRAFT TUBE PLUG- ASSEMBLY
HINUR220MEA LD 80 004 DISMANTLING OF GUIDE BEARING & SHAFT SEAL
HINUR220MEA LD 80 005 TURBINE - UPPER PIT MONORAIL HOIST - GA
HINUR220MEA LD 80 006 LOWER CONE DISMANTLING - GA
HINUR220MEA LD 80 007 DISMANTLING OF SERVOMOTOR
HINUR220MEA LD 80 008 BOTTOM RING DISMANTLING - GA
HINUR220MEA LD 80 009 RUNNER CONE AND RUNNER DISMANTLING - GA
HINUR220MEA LD 80 010 HANDLING OF RUNNER
HINUR220MEA LD 80 011 HANDLING OF TURBINE SHAFT
HINUR220MEA LD 80 012 HANDLING OF HEAD COVER
HINUR220MEA LD 80 013 DISMANTLING OF WICKET GATE
HINUR220MEA LD 80 014 DISMANTLING OF UPPER HOUSING
HINUR220MEA LD 80 015 COUPLING PRESTRESSING- RUNNER/TURBINE SHAFT, TURBINE
SHAFT/GENERATOR SHAFT
HINUR220MEA LD 80 016 DISMANTLING OF COUPLING- TURBINE-GENERATOR SHAFT
HINUR220MEA LD 88 001 RAIL TRACK DETAILS
HINUR220MEA LD 91 001 WALKWAY -GA
Document N° :
SECTION 6 – CATALOGUES
Jacks Pumps Cutters Presses Cylinders Puller Kits
Spreaders Torque tools Nut splitters Hole punchers
Moving skates Crimping tools Bolt tensioners Hydrotest
pumps Toughlift jacking systems Jacks Pumps Cutters
Presses Cylinders Puller Kits Spreaders Torque Tools
Nut splitters Hole punchers Moving skates Crimping
tools Bolt tensioners Hydrotest pumps Toughlift jacking
systems Jacks Pumps Cutters Presses Cylinders Puller
kits Spreaders Torque tools Nut splitters Hole
punchers Moving skates Crimping tools Bolt tensioners
INDEX
The Hi-Force product range encompasses more than 1700 different items across a broad spectrum
of tool types. This catalogue has been designed for quick and easy reference to the most popular
Hi-Force items selected from our extensive range of products. For more detailed specifications and
information on other products and services, available from Hi-Force, please visit www.hi-force.com or
ask for your copy of the main product catalogue at your Hi-Force regional office or Hi-Force approved
distributor (see our website for contact details).
Hi-Force is totally committed to quality and safety and all Hi-Force products are designed and
manufactured to the quality assurance requirements of ISO9001:2008 as verified by Hi-Force
certificate of registration number A21 438. All Hi-Force products are marked with a unique serial
number and supplied with a test certificate traceable to national and international standards.
Hi-Force products are covered by a lifetime warranty against material and/or workmanship defects.
Model Number Description Page No
HVL - HPS - HLS Single acting low height cylinders 3
HSS Multi-purpose cylinders 4
HHS - HHR Single and double acting hollow piston cylinders 5
HPC - HDA Pull cylinders & double acting high tonnage cylinders 6
HFL - HFG Failsafe cylinders with lock nut 7
HP Single and double acting hand pumps 8
HEP1 - HEP103 Electric driven compact pumps 9
HEP 2 / 3 / 5 - HSP Electric driven pumps and split flow pumps 10
AHP11 - HAP - HPP Air driven and petrol engine driven hydraulic pumps 11
Accessories Hoses, oil, couplers and adaptors 12
Accessories Manifolds, gauges, gauge blocks and valves 13
JAS - JAH - JCS - JCH Aluminium jacks and compact jacks 14
JSS - HMJ - HCJ Steel bottle, steel machine and steel toe jacks 15
TWS-N Hydraulic torque wrenches – reversible square drive design 16
TWH-N Hydraulic torque wrenches – low profile female hexagon design 17
TWH-N Hydraulic torque wrenches – female hexagon ratchet heads 18
BW Backup wrenches 19
HTWP Hydraulic torque pumps 20
STS Stud bolt tensioners 21
STS-CK Stud bolt tensioner conversion kits 22
STU Sub Sea stud bolt tensioners 23
AHP - XHP Tensioner and pump accessories 24
HTP Hydrotest - manually operated pumps 25
AHP Hydrotest - air driven pumps 26
SCP - ACP Self-contained and Auto-centre puller kits 27
PKS - PKC Hydraulic puller kits 28
NS - HMNS - DNS Single and double acting nut splitters 29
SJS - SFS - JS Hydraulic spreaders 30
HFS - MFS Hydraulic and mechanical flange spreaders 31
HSWC - HWRC - HCC Hydraulic wire rope and chain cutters 32
HHP - HKP - SKP Hydraulic hole punchers 33
SC Self contained crimping tools 34
CH - BC Crimping heads and battery powered crimping tools 35
HP-FPC - BPP Foot operated and battery powered hydraulic pump 36
TOUGHLIFT ToughLift jacking systems - technical data and dimensions 37
TOUGHLIFT ToughLift jacking systems - accessories 38
TOUGHLIFT ToughLift jacking systems - accessories 39
2
SINGLE ACTING LOW HEIGHT CYLINDERS
HVL - SINGLE ACTING VERY LOW HEIGHT PANCAKE

D C
CYLINDERS
Working pressure 700 Bar
Single acting, load return A
Nitrocarburised piston rod E
Low friction bearing surfaces B

Anti-extrusion seals
Model Capacity Stroke Oil cap. Cyl.eff.area Weight Dimensions in mm
number Tonnes mm cm³ cm² kg A B C D E
HVL10 10 6 9 14.4 1.6 28 87 38 111 16.0
HVL20 20 6 17 28.6 2.6 32 104 52 111 19.0
HVL30 32 6 27 45.6 3.0 34 120 60 111 19.5
HVL50 50 6 43 71.3 7.2 45 158 75 111 29.0
HVL100 104 6 88 146.5 15.6 65 200 100 76 37.0
HPS - SINGLE ACTING LOW HEIGHT PAD Handle G1 G2

(HPS1000 & HPS1500) D
CYLINDERS 76mm

A
Single acting, spring assisted return H C
I
Nitrocarburised piston rod

B
Low friction bearing surfaces
E F
Model Capacity Stroke Oil cap. Cyl.eff.area Weight Dimensions in mm
number Tonnes mm cm³ cm² kg A B C D E F G1 G2 H I
HPS50 4.5 6 4 6.4 0.8 32 60 38 24 20 19 5.6 9.75 26 19
HPS51 4.5 16 10 6.4 0.9 42 60 38 24 20 19 5.6 9.75 26 19
HPS100 10 10 14 14.4 1.6 45 81 56 38 34 28 6.8 11.25 37 19
HPS200 20 11 31 28.6 2.6 52 100 76 51 40 39 8.8 14.25 50 19
HPS300 32 12 55 45.6 4.2 59 115 95 60 46 48 8.8 14.25 52 19
HPS500 50 15 107 71.3 6.6 67 140 114 70 54 60 10.8 17.25 67 20
HPS750 73 16 164 102.7 10.4 81 165 140 82 67 70 13.0 19.00 76 21
HPS1000 109 16 245 153.4 23.2 91 215 180 114 75 90 12.8 19.00 130 29
HPS1500 147 16 330 206.2 28.5 100 215 191 114 83 95 13.0 19.00 117 29
HLS - SINGLE ACTING LOW HEIGHT

CYLINDERS 76mm
C
G
F D
Working pressure 700 Bar 45 degrees (*)
Single acting, spring assisted return

Nitrocarburised piston rod A
E
Low friction bearing surfaces H
Anti-extrusion seals B
(*) = HLS101 features 2 base mounting holes at 90° from coupler
Tilting saddle available upon request
Model Capacity Stroke Oil cap. Cyl. eff. area Weight Dimensions in mm
number Tonnes mm cm³ cm² kg A B C D E F G H
HLS101 10 40 58 14.4 2.4 95 70 38 M8 40 M4 26 19
HLS201 20 44 126 28.6 4.8 102 90 51 M8 60 M5 40 19
HLS301 32 25 114 45.6 5.0 83 102 60 M8 80 M5 40 19
HLS302 32 60 274 45.6 7.0 119 102 60 M8 80 M5 40 19
HLS501 50 25 178 71.3 8.4 91 127 70 M8 80 M5 40 20
HLS502 50 60 428 71.3 10.4 126 127 70 M8 80 M5 40 20
HLS1001 109 25 384 153.4 19.8 108 178 114 M12 140 M8 55 30
HLS1002 109 60 921 153.4 24.0 143 178 114 M12 140 M8 55 30
HLS1501 147 25 516 206.2 37.0 130 216 114 M12 165 M8 75 41
HLS1502 147 50 1031 206.2 42.0 155 216 114 M12 165 M8 75 41
3
MULTI-PURPOSE CYLINDERS
HSS - SINGLE ACTING MULTI-PURPOSE D

*
CYLINDERS *
*
E
Working pressure 700 Bar C
Spring assisted return

Nitrocarburised piston rod A

G
Collar thread will withstand full load H
Base mounting holes on all models (except HSS308) B
F
Optional piston rod saddles
76mm
Model Capacity Stroke Oil cap. Cyl.eff.area Weight Dimensions in mm (unless otherwise stated)
number Tonnes mm cm³ cm² kg A B C D E F G H
HSS51 4.5 25 16 6.4 1.0 107 38 24 1 1/2’’-16un 28 M6 25 19.0
HSS52 4.5 50 32 6.4 1.2 132 38 24 1 1/2’’-16un 28 M6 25 19.0
HSS53 4.5 75 48 6.4 1.4 157 38 24 1 1/2’’-16un 28 M6 25 19.0
HSS54 4.5 100 64 6.4 1.5 182 38 24 1 1/2’’-16un 28 M6 25 19.0
HSS55 4.5 125 80 6.4 1.8 207 38 24 1 1/2’’-16un 28 M6 25 19.0
HSS57 4.5 176 113 6.4 2.0 258 38 24 1 ’’-16un 28 M6 25 19.0
HSS59 4.5 227 146 6.4 2.4 308 38 24 1 ’’-16un 28 M6 25 19.0
HSS101 10 25 36 14.4 1.8 100 57 35 2 1/4’’-14un 27 M8 40 19.0
HSS102 10 56 81 14.4 2.4 131 57 35 2 1/4’’-14un 27 M8 40 19.0
HSS104 10 100 144 14.4 3.0 175 57 35 2 1/4’’-14un 27 M8 40 19.0
HSS106 10 150 217 14.4 4.2 225 57 35 2 1/4’’-14un 27 M8 40 19.0
HSS108 10 206 297 14.4 5.0 281 57 35 2 1/4’’-14un 27 M8 40 19.0
HSS1010 10 250 361 14.4 5.4 325 57 35 2 1/4’’-14un 27 M8 40 19.0
HSS1012 10 305 440 14.4 6.2 379 57 35 2 1/4’’-14un 27 M8 40 19.0
HSS152 14.5 50 101 20.3 3.4 154 70 41 2 3/4’’-16un 39 M10 48 19.0
HSS154 14.5 100 203 20.3 5.0 204 70 41 2 3/4’’-16un 39 M10 48 19.0
HSS156 14.5 150 304 20.3 6.6 254 70 41 2 3/4’’-16un 39 M10 48 19.0
HSS1510 14.5 250 507 20.3 8.8 354 70 41 2 3/4’’-16un 39 M10 48 19.0
HSS252 25 51 178 34.9 6.5 174 86 54 3 5/16’’-12un 49 M12 60 25.0
HSS254 25 102 356 34.9 8.0 225 86 54 3 5/16’’-12un 49 M12 60 25.0
HSS256 25 150 524 34.9 9.6 273 86 54 3 5/16’’-12un 49 M12 60 25.0
HSS2510 25 250 874 34.9 12.6 374 86 54 3 5/16’’-12un 49 M12 60 25.0
HSS2514 25 356 1242 34.9 16.8 480 86 54 3 16’’-12un 49
5/ M12 60 25.0
HSS2518 25 457 1597 34.9 21.4 611 86 54 3 5/16’’-12un 49 M12 60 25.0
HSS308 29 205 860 41.9 18.6 374 102 57 3 5/16’’-12un 50 - - 50.0
HSS502 50 51 364 71.3 13.0 150 127 79 5’’-12un 55 M12 85 20.0
HSS504 50 102 728 71.3 16.8 201 127 79 5’’-12un 55 M12 85 20.0
HSS506 50 152 1084 71.3 20.0 251 127 79 5’’-12un 55 M12 85 20.0
HSS508 50 203 1448 71.3 23.2 302 127 79 5’’-12un 55 M12 85 20.0
HSS5013 50 330 2354 71.3 33.6 429 127 79 5’’-12un 55 M12 85 20.0
HSS756 73 152 1561 102.7 31.0 272 146 95 5 3/4’’-12un 45 M12 115 31.5
HSS1004 109 102 1565 153.4 41.6 223 185 114 6 7/8’’-12un 50 M12 146 32.0
HSS1006 109 153 2347 153.4 49.8 274 185 114 6 7/8’’-12un 50 M12 146 32.0
HSS10010 109 254 3896 153.4 65.5 375 185 114 6 7/8’’-12un 50 M12 146 32.0
4
HOLLOW PISTON CYLINDERS
HHS - SINGLE ACTING HOLLOW PISTON E

C
CYLINDERS
D

Spring assisted return 76mm H
A
Anti-extrusion seals I 90° G
Optional piston rod saddles B
Model Capacity Stroke Oil cap. Cyl.eff. Weight Dimensions in mm (unless otherwise stated)
number Tonnes mm cm³ area cm² kg A B C D E F G H I
HHS101 11 25 39 15.8 2.8 110 70 38 20 2 ’’-16un 30
3/
4 M8 51 19
HHS102 11 50 79 15.8 3.0 140 70 38 20 2 3/4’’-16un 30 M8 51 19
HHS106 11 152 240 15.8 10.2 297 70 38 20 2 3/4’’-16un 30 M8 51 19
HHS202 23 50 167 33.3 7.0 160 100 51 30 3 7/8’’-12un 40 M8 82.5 31
HHS206 23 150 500 33.3 13.8 306 100 51 30 3 7/8’’-12un 40 M8 82.5 31
HHS302 33 50 233 46.7 10.6 165 115 60 35 4 1/2’’-12un 40 M8 92 31
HHS306 33 152 710 46.7 19.2 320 115 60 35 4 1/2’’-12un 40 M8 92 31
HHS603 61 76 651 85.7 28.0 226 160 92 55 6 1/
4 ’’-12un 59 M12 130 31
HHS606 61 150 1285 85.7 40.6 315 160 92 55 6 1/4’’-12un 59 M12 130 31
HHS1003 102 76 1088 143.1 64.0 276 213 127 81 8 3/
8 ’’-12un 60 M16 178 45
HHS1006 102 150 2147 143.1 75.0 350 213 127 81 8 3/8’’-12un 60 M16 178 45
E
HHR - DOUBLE ACTING HOLLOW PISTON C
Note:
33 & 61 tonne models
CYLINDERS *
F
feature 2 base mounting
holes at 90° from
coupler.

Double acting design A
J G
Nitrocarburised piston rod 76mm
Annular area overload protection valve

Low friction bearing surfaces I 45° H
Anti-extrusion seals D
B
Capacity
Model Push Pull Stroke Oil cap. Cyl. eff. Weight Dimensions in mm (unless otherwise stated)
number tonnes mm cm³ area cm² kg A B C D E F G H I J
HHR302 33 24 51 238 46.7 12.2 180 115 60.3 35 40
4 1/2’’-12un M8 92 28 119
HHR306 33 24 150 701 46.7 17.6 279 115 60.3 35 4 1/2’’-12un 40 M8 92 28 218
HHR3012 33 24 305 1424 46.7 25.7 434 115 60.3 35 4 1/2’’-12un 40 M8 92 28 373
HHR603 61 38 76 652 85.7 30.6 239 160 92 55 6 1/4’’-12un 45 M12 130 31 166
HHR606 61 38 152 1304 85.7 41.6 315 160 92 55 6 1/4’’-12un 45 M12 130 31 242
HHR6010 61 38 254 2179 85.7 52.5 417 160 92 55 6 1/4’’-12un 45 M12 130 31 344
HHR1002 102 43 50 715 143.1 61.3 284 213 140 80 8 3/8’’-12un 40 M16 178 82 208
HHR1003 102 43 76 1087 143.1 68.5 308 213 140 80 8 3/8’’-12un 40 M16 178 82 234
HHR1006 102 43 152 2174 143.1 90.0 387 213 140 80 8 3/8’’-12un 40 M16 178 82 310
HHR1508 152 71 203 4320 212.8 170.0 503 270 184 102 Optional - Optional - 98 389
HHR2508 247 89 203 7039 346.5 269.0 505 350 254 150 Optional - Optional - 98 389
5
PULL CYLINDERS & DOUBLE ACTING HIGH TONNAGE CYLINDERS
HPC - SINGLE ACTING PULL CYLINDERS

Working pressure 700 Bar Replaceable pulling and clevis eyes
Single acting, spring assisted return Low friction bearing surfaces with piston
Nitrocarburised piston rod wiper
C
C G F
E D E D
F
A A
HPC106
B B HPC306
HPC506
HPC106C
Model Capacity Stroke Oil cap Cyl.eff.area Weight Dimensions in mm

number tonnes mm cm³ cm² kg A B C D E F G
HPC106 10 152 228 15.0 12.0 578 730 114 67 30 33 -
HPC106C 10 152 228 15.0 15.5 581 733 58 99 35 30 36
HPC306 30 152 636 41.8 31.0 672 825 145 105 39 51 -
HPC506 50 152 1078 71.0 54.0 785 937 149 130 52 69 -
HDA - HIGH TONNAGE DOUBLE ACTING CYLINDERS * Base mounting holes (F)
D
will not withstand full load
Internal annular area overload protection valve

E
A
I F
Up to 152 tonnes : From 203 tonnes : 76mm
G
Flat saddle Tilting saddle

H
Piston rod thread Piston without thread
Collar thread with Excluding collar thread B
protector
Capacity
Model Push Pull Stroke Oil cap. Cyl.eff.area Weight Dimensions in mm (unless otherwise stated)
number tonnes mm Litres cm² kg A B C D E F* G H I
HDA256 25 10 152 0.53 34.9 15.0 287 92 50 3 5/16’’-12un 53 M10 60 30 212
HDA506 50 15 152 1.08 71.3 28.4 295 127 79 5’’-12un 55 M12 85 20 216
HDA5013 50 15 330 2.35 71.3 42.6 473 127 79 5’’-12un 55 M12 85 20 394
HDA1006 109 36 152 2.33 153.3 64.5 304 178 114 6 7/8’’-12un 51 M12 146 30 226
HDA10013 109 36 330 5.06 153.3 89.0 482 178 114 6 7/8’’-12un 51 M12 146 30 404
HDA1506 152 79 152 3.26 214.2 90.0 310 210 114 8’’-12un 55 M16 160 35 231
HDA15012 152 79 305 6.53 214.2 120.5 463 210 114 8’’-12un 55 M16 160 35 384
HDA2006 203 - 152 4.33 285.2 129.8 356 254 140 Optional Optional M20 185 43 238
6
FAILSAFE CYLINDERS WITH LOCK NUT
HFL - SINGLE ACTING LOW HEIGHT FAILSAFE C

LOCK RING CYLINDERS D

Nitrocarburised cylinder bore 76mm A
E
Tilting saddle fitted as standard B
Overstroke restrictor port
Model Capacity Stroke Oil cap. Cyl. eff. area Weight Dimensions in mm
number tonnes mm litres cm 2 kg A B C D E
HFL502 50 51 363 71.3 14.2 125 127 95 70 19
HFL1002 109 50 770 153.4 25.1 137 178 140 115 20
HFL1502 152 45 1070 214.3 44.0 150 216 165 135 28
HFL2502 260 45 1647 366.1 69.4 159 273 216 130 31
HFL5002 520 45 3287 729.9 186.0 192 400 305 180 43
HFG - SINGLE ACTING FAILSAFE C

D
LOCK RING CYLINDERS

Nitrocarburised cylinder bore A
Low friction bearing surfaces 76mm

Anti-extrusion seals E
Tilting saddle fitted as standard
B
Overstroke restrictor port
Model Capacity Stroke Oil.cap Cyl.eff.area Weight Dimensions in mm

number tonnes mm litres cm² kg A B C D E
HFG502 50 50 0.36 71.3 15.4 172 127 95 70 25.0
HFG504 50 102 0.73 71.3 20.6 224 127 95 70 25.0
HFG506 50 150 1.07 71.3 25.0 272 127 95 70 25.0
HFG1002 109 50 0.77 153.4 33.5 184 178 140 115 27.5
HFG1004 109 100 1.53 153.4 47.5 240 178 140 115 27.5
HFG1006 109 150 2.30 153.4 61.5 311 178 140 115 27.5
HFG1502 152 50 1.07 214.3 69.5 238 216 165 135 42.0
HFG1504 152 100 2.14 214.3 84.0 288 216 165 135 42.0
HFG1506 152 150 3.21 214.3 89.5 338 216 165 135 42.0
HFG2002 203 50 1.42 285.1 95.4 261 254 190 135 50.0
HFG2006 203 152 4.33 285.1 137.0 362 254 190 135 50.0
HFG3006 326 150 6.87 457.7 228.5 417 310 241 150 50.0
HFG4006 398 151 8.44 559.0 308.5 459 342 267 180 70.0
HFG5006 520 152 11.10 729.9 457.0 498 400 305 180 80.0
7
HAND PUMPS
HP - HAND PUMPS
The HP manually operated pump range offers a choice of single or two speed operation, and all models
are supplied complete with a pre-filled oil reservoir, ready for immediate use. All models have a maximum
working pressure of 700 Bar and the range includes pump models suitable for use with either side single
or double acting cylinders. The HP range offers the ideal solution for applications where completely
independant, portable hydraulic power is required. With low handle effort characteristics for easy
operation and lightweight design, all models are of strong durable contruction. Hi-Force HP manually
operated pumps have a proven track record industry wide and offer excellent value for money in portable
hydraulic power. A full range of system components suitable for use with HP manually operated pumps is
detailed on page 12 & 13.
HP110
HP245
HP227FP
3/
8”-18NPT
HP232
E
D
Single or two speed operation

Choice of control valves
B
Oil reservoir capacities up to 10 litres
Durable steel or lightweight aluminium construction
External pressure release valve
A
Factory set internal safety relief valve
Displacement Useable Handle

Model Valve per stroke cm³ oil cap. effort Weight Dimensions in mm
number type 1st stage 2nd stage litres kg Material kg A B C D E
Single speed hand operated pumps for single acting cylinders and tools
HP145 2-way 2.9 - 0.45 50 Steel 4.6 360 135 145 130 45
HP110 2-way 2.9 - 1.0 50 Steel 5.6 560 135 145 130 45
Two speed hand operated pumps for single acting cylinders and tools
HP212 2-way 12.9 2.3 1.0 40 Alum. 4.0 560 130 115 100 41
HP227 2-way 12.9 2.3 2.3 38 Steel 10.5 547 170 142 136 53
HP232 2-way 12.9 2.3 2.0 40 Alum. 6.9 587 160 155 140 50
HP245 2-way 113.0 4.0 10.0 40 Steel 27.0 705 245 206 206 220
HP252 2-way 12.9 2.3 5.0 40 Alum. 11.6 587 160 150 140 50
HP257 2-way 12.9 2.3 5.0 38 Steel 15.2 570 170 155 136 53
Two speed hand operated pumps for double acting cylinders and tools
HP232D 4-way 12.9 2.3 2.0 40 Alum. 8.7 700 160 155 140 50
HP245D 4-way 113.0 4.0 10.0 40 Steel 27.2 705 245 206 206 240
HP252D 4-way 12.9 2.3 5.0 40 Alum. 13.6 700 160 150 140 50
Two speed foot pump for single acting cylinders and tools
HP227FP 2-way 12.9 2.3 2.3 38 Steel 12.5 716 170 142 200 53
8
ELECTRIC HYDRAULIC PUMP
HEP1 - ELECTRIC HYDRAULIC MINI PUMP HEP1212S

Internal safety overload valve
Compact, lightweight and powerful
Supplied with remote pendant control as standard
Suitable for single acting cylinders and tools
Dimensions 333 x 138 x 140 mm (LxWxH)
Max. Max. Flow rate Usable

Model Motor pressure l/min Valve oil cap. Weight
number Voltage bar 1st stage 2nd stage type litres kg
HEP1211S 110 V - 1 Ph 700 2.00 0.2 2-Way 0.8 7.5
HEP1212S 240 V - 1Ph 700 2.00 0.2 2-Way 0.8 7.5
HEP103 - ELECTRIC HYDRAULIC PUMP - COMPACT SERIES

HEP103442LS
Choice of valve options
Compact, lightweight and powerful
Integral carrying handle
Pressure gauge and remote control fitted as standard
Suitable for single acting or double acting cylinders and tools
Dimensions 212 x 212 x 342mm (LxWxH)
Max. Max. flow rate Changeover Useable

Model Motor pressure l/min pressure Remote pendant oil cap Weight
number voltage bar 1st stage 2nd stage Bar functions litres kg
Models featuring 2-way solenoid valve, normally closed (hold function), suitable for use with single acting
cylinders and tools, requiring hold.
HEP103241LS 110 V - 1 Ph 700 2.50 0.35 150 advance/retract 4 19.2
Models featuring 2-way solenoid valve, normally open (auto retract function), suitable for use with single
acting cylinders and tools, requiring auto retract.
HEP103241S 110 V - 1Ph 700 2.50 0.35 150 motor on/off 4 20.5
HEP103242S 240 V - 1 Ph 700 2.50 0.35 150 motor on/off 4 20.5
Models featuring 3-way manually operated valve, suitable for use with single acting cylinders and
tools.
HEP103341 110 V - 1Ph 700 2.50 0.35 150 advance/retract 4 18.1
HEP103342 240 V - 1 Ph 700 2.50 0.35 150 advance/retract 4 18.1
Models featuring 4-way manually operated valve, suitable for use with double acting cylinders and tools.
HEP103441 110 V - 1Ph 700 2.50 0.35 150 motor on/off 4 18.1
HEP103442 240 V - 1 Ph 700 2.50 0.35 150 motor on/off 4 18.1
Models featuring 4-way solenoid valve, locking feature on A and B port, suitable for use with double
acting cylinders and tools, requiring hold.
HEP103441LS 110 V - 1Ph 700 2.50 0.35 150 advance/retract 4 20.5
9
ELECTRIC HYDRAULIC PUMPS
HEP 2/3/5 - ELECTRIC HYDRAULIC PUMPS
HEP207422
Externally adjustable pressure relief valve
Optional protective roll frame
Manual or solenoid valve with load holding feature
Please select the model that is most suitable for you application,
using the options as per below table: Example: HEP207422
HEP517462
=7.0 l/min, 4-way manual valve, 25 litre usable oil capacity,
220/240V motor.
Flow Rate L/Min.
Motor 1st Stage 2nd Stage Order Valve Order Oil cap. Order Motor Weight
(kW) max 70 bar max 700 bar Code Type Code litres Code voltage (kg)
1 P-T Plate
HEP207
1 110/115
2 2-Way 1 10 47.5
1.5 7.0 0.65 2 220/240
3 3-Way 2 25 63.5
4 380/440
4 4-Way
1 P-T Plate
HEP310
1 110/115
2 2-Way 2 25 64.0
2.2 10.0 1.0 2 220/240
3 3-Way 4 40 89.0
4 380/440
4 4-Way
1 P-T Plate
HEP517
1 110/115
2 2-Way 4 40 89.0
2.2 17.0 2.0 2 220/240
3 3-Way 6 60 120.5
4 380/440
4 4-Way
Please add suffix “S” for 3-way or 4-way electric valve with load holding feature.
HSP - ELECTRIC DRIVEN SPLIT FLOW MULTI-OUTLET

PUMPS
Equal output flow regardless of working pressure
Control panel with selector switches for each individual
outlet, allowing for single or multiple (synchronised)
operation
Externally adjustable pressure relief valve for control HSP44E104
of maximum system pressure
Oil Oil flow Motor

Model Valve Valve Capacity per outlet voltage Weight
number configuration type Litres l/min. (V) kg
Version with manual control valve
HSP24M54 2 x 4-Way manual 50 0.9 380 / 440 178
Versions with low voltage (24 V) control valve, control box and pendant
HSP24E54 2 x 4-Way electric 50 0.9 380 / 440 180
10
AIR DRIVEN AND PETROL ENGINE DRIVEN HYDRAULIC PUMPS
AHP11 - AIR DRIVEN PUMP - 1ST STAGE AHP1120

Choice of 2-way or 4-way control valves
Standard oil reservoir capacities up to 10 litres
Maximum Maximum Useable Air inlet Oil outlet

Model pressure flow rate Valve oil capacity connection Connection Weight
Number bar l/Min type litres G NPTF kg
AHP1120 700 0.8 2-Way 2.4 1/4" 3/8" 4.7
AHP1121 700 0.8 2-Way 5.0 1/4" 3/8" 9.0
AHP1122 700 0.8 2-Way 10.0 1/4" 3/8" 17.8
AHP1141 700 0.8 4-Way 5.0 1/4" 3/8" 9.5
AHP1142 700 0.8 4-Way 10.0 1/4" 3/8" 18.3
HAP2 - AIR DRIVEN PUMP

Powerful and low noise air motor
Choice of control valves, all with load holding feature
Factory set internal safety relief
HAP21042
Optional protective roll frame
Flow Rate L/Min.
Motor 1st Stage 2nd Stage Order Valve Order Oil cap. Weight
(kW) max 70 Bar max 700 Bar Code Type Code (litres) (kg)
1 P-T Plate 1 10 42.0
HAP210
2 2-Way 2 25 58.0
3.0 10.0 1.3
3 3-Way 4 40 72.0
4 4-Way 6 60 97.0
HPP - PETROL HYDRAULIC PUMP

Powerful four stroke petrol engine
Protective roll frame fitted as standard HPP21042
Flow Rate L/Min.

Motor 1st Stage 2nd Stage Order Valve Order Oil cap. Weight
(kW) max 70 Bar max 700 Bar Code Type Code (litres) (kg)
1 P-T Plate
HPP210
2 25 71.0
2 2-Way
3.35 10.0 1.3 4 40 86.0
3 3-Way
6 60 114.0
4 4-Way
11
HOSES - OIL - COUPLERS - FITTINGS
HIGH PRESSURE HYDRAULIC HOSES
HC2
700 Bar max working pressure

Safety factor 4 : 1
Available in black and red
Outside diameter 12.7mm
Inside diameter (hose bore) 6.6mm
HC10R
Hose without couplers Hose c/w 1x CM1 Hose c/w 2x CM1

Length 2 x 3/8” - 18 NPT Male 1 x 3/8” - 18 NPT Male male coupler on both ends
Meters Black Red Black Red Black Red
0.5 HH0.5 HH0.5R HC0.5 HC0.5R HC0.5C HC0.5CR
1.0 HH1 HH1R HC1 HC1R HC1C HC1CR
OIL, COUPLERS & FITTINGS

700 Bar max working pressure
High-flow thread
Model No Description Thread
CF1 Female Coupler 3/8"- NPT male
CM1 Male Coupler 3/8"- NPT female Model No Description
CMF1 Complete coupler 3/8"- NPT
HF7 Nipple 1/4" NPT male to 1/4" NPT male
CF2 Female Coupler 1/4"- NPT male
HF8 Adaptor 1/4" NPT female to 1/4" NPT female
CM2 Male Coupler 1/4"- NPT female
HF10 Elbow 3/8" NPT female to 3/8" NPT female
CMF2 Complete Coupler 1/4"- NPT
HF12 Equal tee 3/8" NPT female
CFD1 Metal dust cap for CF1
HF13 Cross 3/8" NPT female
CMD1 Metal dust cap for CM1
HF14 Adaptor 3/8" NPT female to 3/8" NPT female
CFD2 Metal dust cap for CF2
HF15 Reducer 3/8" NPT female to 1/4" NPT female
CMD2 Metal dust cap for CM2
HF16 Elbow 3/8" NPT female to 3/8" NPT female
HYDRAULIC OIL HF19 Nipple 3/8" NPT male to 3/8" NPT male - long
HFO32 for hand pump HF24 Adaptor 3/8" NPT male to 3/8" BSP female
HFO46 for motor pump HF30 Reducer 3/8" NPT male to 1/4" NPT female
Model No Capacity (Litres) Model No Capacity (Litres) HF31 Tee 3/8" NPT female to 3/8" NPT male
HFO32-1 1 HFO46-1 1 HF33 Reducer 3/8" NPT male to 1/4" BSPT female
HFO32-5 5 HFO46-5 5 HF55 Reducer 3/8" NPT female to 1/4" NPT male
HFO32-25 25 HFO46-25 25 HF69 Adaptor 1/2" BSP male to 3/8" NPT female
12
MANIFOLDS, GAUGES, GAUGE BLOCKS & VALVES
MANIFOLDS HM2
HM4

2, 4, 5, 6 or 8-way models available
Choice of open or controlled
manifolds
HM6
HM4C
Model Number Female Threads Weight

number Type Design of outlets Inlet Outlet kg
HM2 manifold parallel 2 3/8 ”-18NPT 2 x 3/8”-18NPT 1.0
3/8
HM4 manifold parallel 4 ”-18NPT 4 x 3/8”-18NPT 1.5
HM5 hexagon 5 3/8 ”-18NPT 5 x 3/8”-18NPT 0.7
manifold
HM6 6 3/8 ”-18NPT 6 x 3/8”-18NPT 2.0
manifold parallel
HM8 manifold parallel 8 3/8 ”-18NPT 8 x 3/8”-18NPT 2.5
HM4L extended parallel 4 3/8 ”-18NPT 4 x 3/8”-18NPT 2.4
manifold
HM6L extended parallel 6 3/8 ”-18NPT 6 x 3/8”-18NPT 3.7
manifold
HM2C controlled manifold parallel 2 3/8 ”-18NPT 2 x 3/8”-18NPT 2.0
3/8
HM4C controlled manifold parallel 4 ”-18NPT 4 x 3/8”-18NPT 3.5
HG1
GAUGES PMV2
VALVES
HFV42
HG63G Accurate to +/-1% of Working pressure
HG10 HG1G full scale 700 Bar
HG1G & HG2G are 3/8” - 18 NPT
HGA2 HGA1-25 glycerine filled models HM1C HFV66 connections
Model Reading Reading Inlet Weight Pressure & flow control valves
number inner scale outer scale thread kg Model
HG63G 0-700 Bar 0-10.000 Psi 63 0.2 number Description
HG1 0-700 Bar 0-10.000 Psi 100 0.9 HM1C Shut-off valve (needle type)
HG1G 0-700 Bar 0-10.000 Psi 100 1.0 HFV66 Check valve
HG2 0-700 Bar 0-10.000 Psi 150 1.6 HPV152 Pressure relief valve
HG2G 0-700 Bar 0-10.000 Psi 150 1.7 HFV42 Pilot operated check valve
HG5 0-700 Bar 0-4.5 Tonnes 100 0.9
HG10 0-700 Bar 0-10 Tonnes 100 0.9 Directional control valves pump mounted
HG11 0-700 Bar 0-11 Tonnes 100 0.9
Manual Manual Solenoid Manual
HG20 0-700 Bar 0-20 Tonnes 100 0.9 valve valve valve Valve
HG23 0-700 Bar 0-23 Tonnes 100 0.9 no load with load 24V closed
Description holding holding incl. control centre
HG25 0-700 Bar 0-25 Tonnes 100 0.9
2-Way PMV2 - - -
HG32 0-700 Bar 0-32 Tonnes 100 0.9
3-Way PMV3 PMV3S PMV3L PMV3C
HG33 0-700 Bar 0-33 Tonnes 100 0.9
4-Way PMV4 PMV4S PMV4L PMV4C
HG50 0-700 Bar 0-50 Tonnes 100 0.9
HG61 0-700 Bar 0-61 Tonnes 100 0.9
Directional control valves remote mounted
HG102 0-700 Bar 0-102 Tonnes 100 0.9
HG109 0-700 Bar 0-109 Tonnes 100 0.9 Manual Manual Solenoid Manual
valve valve valve Valve
HGA1 Gauge block 75mm (not for HG63G) no load with load 24V closed
HGA2 Gauge block 170mm (not for HG63G) Description holding holding incl. control centre
HGA1-25 Gauge block 75mm (not for HG63G) 3-Way RMV3 RMV3S RMV3L RMV3C
HGA2-25 Gauge block 170mm (not for HG63G) 4-Way RMV4 RMV4S RMV4L RMV4C
13
ALUMINIUM JACKS & COMPACT JACKS
JAH - ALUMINIUM JACKS JAS - MULTI-PURPOSE JACKS

Safe stop stroke limiting device Aluminium construction
Internal safety overload device Operates in any position
Lightweight construction Spring assisted return
JAS105
Optional pressure gauge Internal safety overload valve
Available as plain ram jack, claw
jack or “failsafe” locking ring jacks JAH1230C
Jack Claw Dimensions in mm

Model capacity capacity Stroke Weight Closed Toe Base Base
number tonnes tonnes mm kg Height Height Length Width
JAS103 10 - 75 4.3 131 - 162 75
-
Jack with plain piston
JAS105 10 125 5.7 181 - 162 75

JAH620 20 - 152 10.9 263 - 178 121
JAH1220 20 - 305 16.7 438 - 246 121
JAH630 30 - 152 15.4 263 - 197 140
JAH1230 30 - 305 23.4 451 - 273 140
JAH660 60 - 152 27.4 293 - 251 190
JAH1260 60 - 305 43.7 500 - 339 190
Jack with plain piston
JAH620C 20 8 152 14.5 276 67 246 121

& lifting claw & with
extended base
JAH1220C 20 8 305 22.2 452 67 246 121

JAH630C 30 12 152 20.3 281 73 273 140
JAH1230C 30 12 305 31.0 470 73 273 140
JAH660C 60 24 152 43.1 327 73 339 190
JAH1260C 60 24 305 64.9 533 73 339 190
JAH620SR 20 - 152 12.5 289 - 178 121
Jack with ‘failsafe’
JAH1220SR 20 - 305 18.0 464 - 246 121

locking ring
JAH630SR 30 - 152 16.5 292 - 197 140

JAH1230SR 30 - 305 24.5 479 - 273 140
JAH660SR 60 - 152 30.0 330 - 251 190
JAH1260SR 60 - 305 44.0 536 - 339 190
JCS / JCH - COMPACT JACKS

Multi-position pump mechanisim JCS10
Wear plated piston rod
Sealed hydraulic system
JCH with hollow piston
Dimensions in mm Max.
Model Piston Capacity Stroke Weight Closed Piston Centre handle
number Type tonnes mm kg height dia Hole Length Width height
JCS10 Solid piston 10 35 4.5 76 38 - 240 70 266
JCS20 Solid piston 20 41 7.5 96 51 - 257 90 271
JCS30 Solid piston 30 45 8.8 107 51 - 281 100 281
JCH13 Hollow Piston 13 41 7.5 99 51 25 257 90 271
JCH21 Hollow Piston 21 45 8.8 107 51 30 281 100 281
14
STEEL BOTTLE JACKS
JSS - STEEL BOTTLE JACKS
JSS106
Strong rigid steel construction
From JSS166 upwards, models come with carrying JSS55
handle fitted
JSS207
Screw Dimensions in mm
Model Capacity Stroke extension Weight Closed Piston Base Base
number tonnes mm mm kg height diameter Length Width
JSS35 3 135 70 3.0 195 28 118 100
JSS55 5 135 90 4.0 200 32 122 107
JSS106 10 174 90 7.0 243 43 135 130
JSS166 16 178 95 10.0 255 53 160 150
JSS207 20 190 - 15.0 280 56 120 165
JSS327 32 190 - 22.0 285 71 152 190
JSS507 50 195 - 32.0 300 85 177 217
JSS1007 100 195 - 69.0 340 117 265 240
HMJ - STEEL MACHINE LIFT JACKS

Multi-position lifting toe
Suitable for use with hydraulic pumps,
(see pages 9 &10)
Stroke length 150mm
Can be used for simultaneous multiple lift point
applications
HMJ10
Capacity Dimensions in mm
Model Toe Head Stroke Weight Toe Toe Toe Overall Base Plate
number Tonnes Tonnes mm kg Pos.1 Pos.2 Pos.3 Height Length Width
HMJ10 10 10 150 22.6 21 75 129 267 196 172
HMJ25 25 25 150 37.2 30 108 186 315 226 202
HCJ - STEEL TOE JACK

Piston enclosed within toe
Strong rigid steel construction
HCJ5
Jack Toe Dimensions in mm

Model Capacity Capacity Stroke Weight Overall Base Plate
number Tonnes Tonnes mm kg Toe Height Height Length Width
HCJ5 5 5 175 18 41 327 219 114
15
HYDRAULIC TORQUE WRENCHES
TWSN - HYDRAULIC TORQUE WRENCHES
SQUARE DRIVE
Compact, lightweight, aluminium construction
Reversible square drive for tightening and loosening
applications
Suitable for continuous operation at maximum pressure
Body shroud engraved with torque/pressure chart TWS370
Accurate to +/- 3% with calibration chart supplied

Multi-position reaction arm with safety lock feature
Fitted with 360° Uni-Swivel quick release couplings
Hi-Force TWS-N series lightweight aluminium hydraulic torque wrenches are designed to handle the
toughest bolting jobs accurately and quickly. All models provide a torque accuracy of +/- 3% with a handy
torque chart clearly engraved on the tool. The internal reaction arm spline allows the operator to easily
position the tool and, if necessary, react directly off the tool body in very confined access applications.
All models incorporate an easily reversible high grade alloy steel square drive enabling the operator to
quickly switch from tightening to loosening applications. Uni-Swivel quick release couplers are fitted as
standard to all models enabling easy positioning of the hydraulic hoses away from any possible “pinch
points.” Optional allen hex drives are available (see below) along with a comprehensive range of high quality
torque wrench sockets.
L1
OPTIONAL
H4
H3
Optional allen hex drive
adaptors are available
R
in metric and imperial H1
sizes. Further details on L2 H2
request.
Torque capacity Weight incl.

Model Nm Ibf.ft Square drive reaction arm Dimensions in mm
number at 700 Bar at 10000 PSI size kg L1 L2 H1 H2 H3 H4 R
TWS17N 1727 1254 /
3 "
4 1.9 129 167 51 73 90 131 25
TWS45N 4529 3289 1" 4.8 167 218 68 98 121 170 34
TWS100N 10064 7308 1 1/2 9.0 223 293 92 135 163 211 46
TWS150N 14974 10873 1 1/2 " 14.8 246 323 100 141 177 225 50
TWS370N 36992 26860 2 1/2" 32.5 329 432 137 204 240 288 66
16
HYDRAULIC TORQUE WRENCHES
TWHN - HYDRAULIC TORQUE WRENCHES
FEMALE HEXAGON

Compact, lightweight aluminium drive unit (except TWH430N) TWH210N
Minimum radius cassette head for fitment in confined spaces
Suitable for continuous operation at maximum pressure TWS370
Accurate to +/- 3% with calibration chart supplied
Powerful, low profile design for limited access applications TWH210NRH Ratchet head
order separately)
Fitted with 360° x 360° Uni-Swivel couplings
Hi-Force TWH-N series female hexagon cassette head hydraulic torque wrenches offer a choice of 5
models with output torque capacities from 2625 Nm to 48181 Nm (1906 to 34985 lbf.ft).
Manufactured from high grade aluminium (except TWH430N), all models provide direct in-line reaction
and a minimal radius clearance for easy fitment in confined spaces. The user friendly design of the tool
simply requires the operator to withdraw/insert a single pin to change the ratchet head. Ratchet heads
are available in all standard metric and imperial AF sizes from 24 to 175mm (11/16” to 6 7/8 ”) with low cost
hexagon reducer bushes also available. Uni-Swivel quick release couplers are fitted as standard to all
models, enabling easy positioning of the hydraulic hoses.
Note:
TWH27N, TWH54N L L TWH430N
TWH120N, TWH210N
Below selection table is for drive unit only.
Ratchet head(s) must be ordered separately.
Part number for ratchet head starts with model
number of wrench, suffixed with RH and size of
required ratchet head. H1 H1
H2
H2
For example:
TWH120NRH-85 equals 85mm female hexagon
ratchet head for TWH120N.
TWH54NRH2.3/8 equals 2.3/8” female R W1
hexagon ratchet head for TWH54N.
Note: W2 R
Exact weight and radius size (D) varies according Dawing is showing hydraulic cylinder complete with ratchet head. Hydraulic cylinder and ratchet head are separate items
to ratchet AF size selected and must be ordered separately.
Model Torque capacity Hexagon AF size Approx. Dimensions in mm

number Nm lbf. ft metric imperial weight min max
(drive cylinder) at 700 bar at 10000 PSI min max min max kg L H1 H2 W1 W2 R R
2625 1906 24 to 46 1 1/16" to 113/16" 3.0 193 125 97 32 51 9.5 - 12.2
TWH27N
3068 2228 50 to 60 2" to 2 3/8" 3.0 193 136 108 32 51 10.1 - 10.5
5372 3901 36 to 65 1 7/16" to 2 9/16" 6.0 250 158 125 41 64 10.7 - 13.8
TWH54N
6037 4384 70 to 80 2 3/4 " to 3 1/8" 6.0 250 169 136 41 64 11.7 - 14.6
11737 8522 50 to 80 2 3/16" to 3 1/8" 11.5 310 189 157 52 78 14.7 - 15.2
TWH120N
14349 10419 85 to 100 3 1/2 " to 3 7/8" 11.5 310 214 182 52 78 15.9 - 18.7
21216 15405 70 to 100 2 3/4 " to 3 7/8" 16.0 378 223 191 64 97 18.1 - 18.6
TWH210N
23124 16791 105 to 115 4 1/4 " to 4 5/8" 16.0 378 236 204 64 97 18.3 - 20.7
43792 31798 80 to 115 3 1/8 " to 4 5/8" 28.0 405 291 242 83 93 25.6 - 31.3
TWH430N
48181 34985 130 to 175 5" to 6 7/8 " 28.0 425 309 260 83 93 24.8 - 27.3
17
RATCHET HEADS FOR TWHN TORQUE WRENCHES
Choice of standard metric sizes
Easily fitted to TWH-N drive units
Strong steel construction
Non standard and special design ratchet
heads can be made to order
R
TWH120NRH-65
For TWH27N For TWH54N For TWH120N For TWH210N For TWH430N
Nut
Bolt AF Model R Model R Model R Model R Model R
Size Size number mm kg number mm kg number mm kg number mm kg number mm kg
Imperial Sizes
5/
8 ” 1 1/16” TWH27NRH1.1/16 10.4 1.5
3/
4” 1 1/4” TWH27NRH1.1/4 9.7 1.6
7
/8” 1 7/16” TWH27NRH1.7/16 9.8 1.6 TWH54NRH1.7/16 13.5 2.9
1” 1 5/8” TWH27NRH1.5/8 10.0 1.6 TWH54NRH1.5/8 10.8 2.8
1 1/8” 113/16” TWH27NRH1.13/16 10.5 1.7 TWH54NRH1.13/16 10.7 2.9
1 1/4” 2” TWH27NRH2 10.5 1.7 TWH54NRH2 11.7 3.0
1 3/8” 2 3/16” TWH27NRH2.3/16 10.3 1.8 TWH54NRH2.3/16 11.8 3.1 TWH120NRH2.3/16 14.7 6.1
1 5/8” 2 9/16” TWH54NRH2.9/16 11.6 3.3 TWH120NRH2.9/16 14.8 6.4
1 7/8” 215/16” TWH54NRH2.15/16 14.8 3.5 TWH120NRH2.15/16 14.9 6.5 TWH210NRH2.15/16 18.3 12.2
2” 3 1/8” TWH54NRH3.1/8 12.1 3.5 TWH120NRH3.1/8 15.1 6.5 TWH210NRH3.1/8 18.5 12.3 TWH430NRH3.1/8 26.0 23.2
2 3/4” 4 /4”
1
TWH210NRH4.1/4 19.5 13.3 TWH430NRH4.1/4 26.9 26.1
3” 4 /8”
5
TWH210NRH4.5/8 19.3 13.8 TWH430NRH4.5/8 25.9 26.3
3 1/4” 5” TWH430NRH5 27.4 27.9
3 1/2” 5 3/8” TWH430NRH5.3/8 25.8 28.3
3 3/4” 5 3/4” TWH430NRH5.3/4 24.8 29.3
4” 6 /8”
1
TWH430NRH6.1/8 25.0 30.1
4 4” 6 1/2”
1/
TWH430NRH6.1/2 25.0 31.0
4 1/2” 6 7/8” TWH430NRH6.7/8 27.3 31.8
Metric Sizes
16 24 TWH27NRH-24 12.1 1.5
18 27 TWH27NRH-27 10.4 1.5
20 30 TWH27NRH-30 10.7 1.6
22 32 TWH27NRH-32 9.5 1.6
24 36 TWH27NRH-36 10.1 1.6 TWH54NRH-36 13.8 2.9
27 41 TWH27NRH-41 10.1 1.6 TWH54NRH-41 10.9 2.8
30 46 TWH27NRH-46 10.5 1.7 TWH54NRH-46 10.7 2.9
33 50 TWH27NRH-50 10.4 1.7 TWH54NRH-50 12.1 3.0 TWH120NRH-50 15.2 5.8
42 65 TWH54NRH-65 11.7 3.3 TWH120NRH-65 14.9 6.4
52 80 TWH54NRH-80 11.7 3.5 TWH120NRH-80 14.7 6.5 TWH210NRH-80 18.1 12.3 TWH430NRH-80 25.6 23.2
72 105 TWH210NRH-105 18.4 12.9 TWH430NRH-105 28.6 26.5
76 110 TWH210NRH-110 18.3 13.3 TWH430NRH-110 25.7 26.2
80 115 TWH210NRH-115 20.7 13.8 TWH430NRH-115 27.3 26.4
90 130 TWH430NRH-130 25.6 27.3
100 145 TWH430NRH-145 25.4 29.4
110 155 TWH430NRH-155 25.0 30.1
115 165 TWH430NRH-165 25.0 31.0
n/a 175 TWH430NRH-175 27.3 31.8
18
BACKUP WRENCHES
BW - BACKUP WRENCHES
Suitable for use with TWSN and TWHN hydraulic

torque wrenches
Rigid, lightweight and easy in use to prevent contra
nuts rotating during tightening or loosening
applications
Backup wrench holders from 24 to 145 mm AF
BW3 with BW3-90
BACKUP WRENCH HOLDER
Suitable for hexagon link sizes (see below)
min max
Model
number Description Imperial Metric Imperial Metric
BW1 Backup wrench holder 15/
16” 24 mm 3 1/8” 80 mm
BW2 Backup wrench holder 2 ”
3/
16 55 mm 3 7/8” 100 mm
BW3 Backup wrench holder 3 1/2” 85 mm 4 5/8” 115 mm
BW4 Backup wrench holder 3 1/2” 85 mm 6 7/8 ” 145 mm
HEXAGON LINKS
Imperial links for Backup wrench Metric links for Backup wrench
Model Backup wrench Hexagon Model Backup wrench Hexagon

number holder AF size number holder AF size
BW1-015 BW1 15/
16 ” BW1-24 BW1 24 mm
BW1-101 BW1 1 1/16” BW1-27 BW1 27 mm
BW1-104 BW1 1 1/4 ” BW1-30 BW1 30 mm
BW1-107 BW1 1 7/16” BW1-32 BW1 32 mm
BW1-110 BW1 1 5/8 ” BW1-36 BW1 36 mm
BW1-113 BW1 1 13/16” BW1-41 BW1 41 mm
BW1-200 BW1 2” BW1-46 BW1 46 mm
BW1-203 BW1 - BW2 2 3/16” BW1-50 BW1 50 mm
BW1-206 BW1 - BW2 2 3/8 ” BW1-55 BW1 - BW2 55 mm
BW1-209 BW1 - BW2 2 9/16” BW1-60 BW1 - BW2 60 mm
BW1-212 BW1 - BW2 2 3/4” BW1-65 BW1 - BW2 65 mm
BW1-215 BW1 - BW2 2 15/16” BW1-70 BW1 - BW2 70 mm
BW1-302 BW1 - BW2 3 1/8 ” BW1-75 BW1 - BW2 75 mm
BW2-308 BW2 - BW3 - BW4 3 1/2 ” BW1-80 BW1 - BW2 80 mm
BW2-314 BW2 - BW3 - BW4 3 7/8 ” BW2-85 BW2 - BW3 - BW4 85 mm
BW3-404 BW3 - BW4 4 1/4 ” BW2-90 BW2 - BW3 - BW4 90 mm
BW3-410 BW3 - BW4 4 5/8” BW2-95 BW2 - BW3 - BW4 95 mm
BW4-500 BW4 5” BW2-100 BW2 - BW3 - BW4 100 mm
BW4-506 BW4 5 3/8” BW3-105 BW3 - BW4 105 mm
BW4-512 BW4 5 3/4 ” BW3-110 BW3 - BW4 110 mm
BW4-602 BW4 6 1/8 ” BW3-115 BW3 - BW4 115 mm
BW4-608 BW4 6 1/2” BW4-130 BW4 130 mm
BW4-614 BW4 6 7/8 ” BW4-145 BW4 145 mm
19
HYDRAULIC TORQUE PUMPS
HTWP - HYDRAULIC TORQUE PUMPS
ELECTRIC OR AIR MOTOR DRIVEN
2-speed operation, 700 Bar max working pressure

Auto-retract on HTWP2141AR and 42AR
With hand pendant controller
Protective carrying frame and oil sight level gauge
Dual scale glycerine filled pressure gauge
Air pressure gauge and filter-regulator-lubricator unit HTWP2142AR HTWP3140P-A HTWP2140P
and integral oil cooling system (air powered pumps only)
Hi-Force hydraulic torque wrench pumps are compatible for use with all Hi-Force hydraulic torque
wrenches. All models are 700 Bar maximum working pressure, fitted with an easily accessible and
adjustable torque setting pressure relief valve, and are available as air driven or electric driven pump
units. All pumps are supplied with a remote operation, push button hand pendant controller with three
metres of control line cable. Glycerine filled, easy to read, dual scale (0-700 Bar/0-10,000 PSI) hydraulic
pressure gauges are fitted as standard to all models. Air driven versions also include an integral inline
filter, regulator, lubricator system with airline pressure gauge and an exhaust air cooling system.
Max Motor Displacement L/Min. Changeover

Model pressure Power rating Low High Pressure Weight Dimensions in mm
number Bar Supply kW Pressure Pressure Bar kg Length Width Height
HTWP2140P 700 7.0 bar 1.50 6.10 0.51 60 28.0 468 205 445
HTWP2141AR 700 110 Volt 1.10 5,60 0,48 60 34.0 468 205 445
HTWP2142AR 700 240 Volt 1.10 5.60 0.48 60 34.0 468 205 445
HTWP3140P-A 700 7.0 bar 3.70 13.5 1.90 100 60.0 547 246 589
HTWP3141P-A 700 110 Volt 1.50 6.30 0.90 100 72.0 547 246 653
HTWP3142P-A 700 240 Volt 1.50 6.30 0.90 100 72.0 547 246 653
HTWH - HOSE SETS FOR TORQUE WRENCHES
Model Length Couplers Couplers

number Meters Colour pump side wrench side
HTWH4 4 red/black 1 x CF4F & 1 x CM4F 1 x CF4F & 1 x CM4F
HTWH4
CF/CM - COUPLERS FOR TORQUE WRENCHES
Model CF4F
number Thread type Description
CF4F /4" NPT female thread
1
Female coupler CM4F
CM4F /4" NPT female thread
1
Male coupler
20
TOPSIDE STUD BOLT TENSIONERS
Capacities from 234 to 2649 kN Working pressure 1500 Bar
Wear plated piston Single acting design
Maximum piston stroke indicator Available in imperial and metric versions
Suitable for single or multi-tensioning Specially designed tensioners available on
applications request
STS - STUD BOLT TENSIONERS IMPERIAL

Stud Threads Effective
Model bolt thread per Capacity area Stroke Weight Dimensions in mm
number size inch kN tonnes cm² mm kg A B C min D E F
STS1-075 3/
4” 10 234 23.9 2.496 0.4 3.74 2.96 1.12 2.96 3.60 1.80 2.04
STS1-087 7
/8” 9 234 23.9 2.496 0.4 3.74 2.96 1.12 2.96 3.60 1.80 2.16
STS1-100 1” 8 234 23.9 2.496 0.4 3.74 2.96 1.20 3.20 3.92 1.80 2.44
STS1-112 1 1/8” 8 234 23.9 2.496 0.4 3.74 2.96 1.20 3.20 3.92 1.80 2.56
STS2-125 1 1/4” 8 457 46.6 4.880 0.6 7.70 4.08 1.56 4.12 5.12 2.16 2.96
STS2-137 1 3/8” 8 457 46.6 4.880 0.6 7.70 4.08 1.56 4.12 5.12 2.16 3.08
STS2-150 1 1/2” 8 457 46.6 4.880 0.6 7.70 4.08 1.56 4.12 5.12 2.16 3.20 STS3-M52
STS3-162 1 5/8” 8 822 83.8 8.768 0.6 13.42 5.32 1.88 4.60 6.00 2.24 3.68
STS3-175 1 3/4” 8 822 83.8 8.768 0.6 13.42 5.32 1.88 4.60 6.00 2.24 3.72
STS3-187 1 7/8” 8 822 83.8 8.768 0.6 13.42 5.32 1.88 4.60 6.00 2.24 3.88
STS3-200 2” 8 822 83.8 8.768 0.6 13.42 5.32 2.00 4.68 6.20 2.24 4.16
STS4-187 1 7/8” 8 1264 128.9 13.488 0.6 23.32 6.52 2.00 4.76 5.96 2.28 4.16
STS4-200 2” 8 1264 128.9 13.488 0.6 23.32 6.52 2.48 4.76 5.96 2.28 4.24
Threaded puller
STS4-225 2 1/4” 8 1264 128.9 13.488 0.6 23.32 6.52 2.48 5.40 6.60 2.28 4.84 Piston
STS4-250 2 1/2” 8 1264 128.9 13.488 0.6 23.32 6.52 2.48 5.40 6.60 2.28 5.08 Load Cell
STS5-250 2 1/2” 8 1833 186.9 19.552 0.6 35.20 7.72 2.92 5.80 7.48 2.40 5.36 Oil inlet port
STS5-275 2 3/4” 8 1833 186.9 19.552 0.6 35.20 7.72 2.92 5.80 7.48 2.40 5.60
STS5-300 3” 8 1833 186.9 19.552 0.6 35.20 7.72 2.92 5.80 7.48 2.40 5.88 Nut rotating Bridge
STS6-300 3” 8 2649 270.0 28.256 0.6 51.70 9.32 3.36 7.12 8.64 2.56 6.44 socket
STS6-325 3 1/4” 8 2649 270.0 28.256 0.6 51.70 9.32 3.36 7.12 8.64 2.56 6.68
Tommy Bar
STS6-350 3 1/2” 8 2649 270.0 28.256 0.6 51.70 9.32 3.36 7.12 8.64 2.56 6.88
STS6-375 3 3/4” 8 2649 270.0 28.256 0.6 51.70 9.32 4.20 8.20 10.28 2.56 7.64 Turn Direction
STS6-400 4” 8 2649 270.0 28.256 0.6 51.70 9.32 4.20 8.20 10.28 2.56 7.84
Note: Weight is for load cell and bridge only. Total weight of complete assembly depends on size of puller and nut rotating socket selected.
STS - STUD BOLT TENSIONERS METRIC

Stud bolt Threads Effective * Dimension D may vary, depending
Model thread per Capacity area Stroke Weight Dimensions in mm on bridge size used
number size inch kN tonnes cm² mm kg A B C min D E F
STS1-M16 M16 2 234 23.9 15.6 10 1.7 74 28 74 90 45 47
STS1-M18 M18 2.5 234 23.9 15.6 10 1.7 74 28 74 90 45 49
STS1-M20 M20 2.5 234 23.9 15.6 10 1.7 74 28 74 90 45 51 A
STS1-M22 M22 2.5 234 23.9 15.6 10 1.7 74 30 80 98 45 56 C
Force
STS1-M24 M24 3 234 23.9 15.6 10 1.7 74 30 80 98 45 59
STS1-M27 M27 3 234 23.9 15.6 10 1.7 74 30 80 98 45 61
STS2-M30 M30 3.5 457 46.6 30.5 15 3.5 102 39 103 128 54 71
STS2-M33 M33 3.5 457 46.6 30.5 15 3.5 102 39 103 128 54 74
E D
STS2-M36 M36 4 457 46.6 30.5 15 3.5 102 39 103 128 54 77
STS2-M39 M39 4 457 46.6 30.5 15 3.5 102 39 103 128 54 80
STS3-M42 M42 4.5 822 83.8 54.8 15 6.1 133 47 115 150 56 91
STS3-M45 M45 4.5 822 83.8 54.8 15 6.1 133 47 115 150 56 94
STS3-M48 M48 5 822 83.8 54.8 15 6.1 133 47 115 150 56 97
STS3-M52 M52 5 822 83.8 54.8 15 6.1 133 50 117 155 56 105 B
STS4-M48 M48 5 1264 128.9 84.3 15 10.6 163 50 119 149 57 105
STS4-M52 M52 5 1264 128.9 84.3 15 10.6 163 50 119 149 57 108
STS4-M56 M56 5.5 1264 128.9 84.3 15 10.6 163 62 135 165 57 120
STS4-M60 M60 5.5 1264 128.9 84.3 15 10.6 163 62 135 165 57 124
STS4-M64 M64 6 1264 128.9 84.3 15 10.6 163 62 135 165 57 126
STS5-M64 M64 6 1833 186.9 122.2 15 16.0 193 73 145 187 60 134
STS5-M68 M68 6 1833 186.9 122.2 15 16.0 193 73 145 187 60 136
STS5-M72 M72 6 1833 186.9 122.2 15 16.0 193 73 145 187 60 139 F
STS5-M76 M76 6 1833 186.9 122.2 15 16.0 193 73 145 187 60 142
STS6-M76 M76 6 2649 270.0 176.6 15 23.5 233 84 178 216 64 158
STS6-M80 M80 6 2649 270.0 176.6 15 23.5 233 84 178 216 64 160
STS6-M85 M85 6 2649 270.0 176.6 15 23.5 233 84 178 216 64 162
STS6-M90 M90 6 2649 270.0 176.6 15 23.5 233 84 178 216 64 170
STS6-M95 M95 6 2649 270.0 176.6 15 23.5 233 105 205 257 64 184
STS6-M100 M100 6 2649 270.0 176.6 15 23.5 233 105 205 257 64 190
Note: Weight is for load cell and bridge only. Total weight of complete assembly depends on size of puller and nut rotating socket selected.
21
TOPSIDE STUD BOLT TENSIONER CONVERSION KITS
Bridge identification table:
Tensioner Bridge Compatible Tensioner Bridge Compatible
Model Number Stud Bolt size Model Number Stud bolt size Threaded
Stud bolt tensioners imperial : puller
STS1 Series STS1-B1 3/

4 ” 7/
8 ” STS4 Series STS4-B1 1 7/8” 2”
STS1-B2 1” 1 1/8” STS4-B2 2” 2 1/4” 2 1/2” Load Cell
STS2 Series STS2-B1 1 1/4” 1 3/8” 1 ” 1/
2 STS5 Series STS5-B1 2 1/2” 2 3/4” 3”
STS3-B1 1 5/8” 1 3/4” 1 7/8” STS6-B1 3” 3 1/4” 3 1/2”
STS3 Series STS6 Series
STS3-B2 1 3/4” 1 7/8” 2” STS6-B3 3 3/4” 4” Bridge
Stud bolt tensioners metric :
STS1 Series STS1-B1 M16 M18 M20 STS4 Series STS4-B1 M48 M52
STS1-B2 M22 M24 M27 STS4-B2 M52 M56 M60 M64
Nut
STS2 Series STS2-B1 M30 M33 M36 M39 STS5 Series STS5-B1 M64 M68 M72 M76
rotating
STS3-B1 M42 M45 M48 STS6-B1 M76 M80 M85 M90
STS3 Series STS6 Series socket
STS3-B2 M45 M48 M52 STS6-B3 M95 M100
STS-CK - CONVERSION KITS FOR IMPERIAL STUD BOLT TENSIONERS

From To convert tensioner model in left hand column to another size within its applicable range, The modular design of Hi-Force STS
Tensioner select from the below table of conversion kits series topside hydraulic stud bolt
3/
” bolt size 8” bolt size
7/
1” bolt size 1 1/8” bolt size
STS1-075
4
not applicable STS1-CK087 STS1-CK100 STS1-CK112
tensioners enables the user to adapt
STS1-087 STS1-CK075 not applicable STS1-CK100 STS1-CK112 an existing STS tensioner assembly
STS1-100 STS1-CK075 STS1-CK087 not applicable STS1-CK112 to another thread size, within the
STS1-112 STS1-CK075 STS1-CK087 STS1-CK100 not applicable
1 3/8” bolt size
tensioner range, by purchasing a
1 1/4” bolt size 1 1/2” bolt size
STS2-125 not applicable STS2-CK137 STS2-CK150 simple conversion kit. Comprising
STS2-137 STS2-CK125 not applicable STS2-CK150 of a threaded puller and compatible
STS2-150 STS2-CK125 STS2-CK137 not applicable
nut rotating socket, Hi-Force STS-CK
1 5/8” bolt size 1 3/4” bolt size 1 7/8” bolt size 2” bolt size
STS3-162 not applicable STS3-CK175 STS3-CK187 STS3-CK200 conversion kits offer the user even
STS3-175 STS3-CK162 not applicable STS3-CK187 STS3-CK200 greater versatility at an economical
STS3-187 STS3-CK162 STS3-CK175 not applicable STS3-CK200
STS3-200 STS3-CK162 STS3-CK175 STS3-CK187 not applicable
cost.
1 7/8” bolt size 2” bolt size 2 1/4” bolt size 2 1/2” bolt size
STS4-187
STS4-200
not applicable
STS4-CK187
STS4-CK200
not applicable
STS4-CK225
STS4-CK225
STS4-CK250
STS4-CK250
Typical Conversion Kit
STS4-225 STS4-CK187 STS4-CK200 not applicable STS4-CK250
STS4-250 STS4-CK187 STS4-CK200 STS4-CK225 not applicable Nut rotating
2 1/2” bolt size 2 3/4” bolt size 3” bolt size socket
STS5-250 not applicable STS5-CK275 STS5-CK300
STS5-275 STS5-CK250 not applicable STS5-CK300
STS5-300 STS5-CK250 STS5-CK275 not applicable
3” bolt size 3 1/4” bolt size 3 1/2” bolt size 3 3/4” bolt size 4” bolt size
STS6-300 not applicable STS6-CK325 STS6-CK350 STS6-CK375 STS6-CK400
STS6-325 STS6-CK300 not applicable STS6-CK350 STS6-CK375 STS6-CK400
STS6-350 STS6-CK300 STS6-CK325 not applicable STS6-CK375 STS6-CK400 Threaded
STS6-375 STS6-CK300 STS6-CK325 STS6-CK350 not applicable STS6-CK400 puller
STS6-400 STS6-CK300 STS6-CK325 STS6-CK350 STS6-CK375 not applicable
STS-CK - CONVERSION KITS FOR METRIC STUD BOLT TENSIONERS

From To convert tensioner model in left hand column to another size within its applicable range,
Tensioner select from the below table of conversion kits
M16 Bolt Size M18 Bolt Size M20 Bolt Size M22 Bolt Size M24 Bolt Size M27 Bolt Size
STS1-M16 not applicable STS1-CKM18 STS1-CKM20 STS1-CKM22 STS1-CKM24 STS1-CKM27
STS1-M18 STS1-CKM16 not applicable STS1-CKM20 STS1-CKM22 STS1-CKM24 STS1-CKM27 Note 1: Tensioner models STS1,
STS1-M20
STS1-M22
STS1-CKM16
STS1-CKM16
STS1-CKM18
STS1-CKM18
not applicable
STS1-CKM20
STS1-CKM22
not applicable
STS1-CKM24
STS1-CKM24
STS1-CKM27
STS1-CKM27
STS3, STS4 & STS6 are available
STS1-M24 STS1-CKM16 STS1-CKM18 STS1-CKM20 STS1-CKM22 not applicable STS1-CKM27 with two different bridge sizes,
STS1-M27 STS1-CKM16 STS1-CKM18 STS1-CKM20 STS1-CKM22 STS1-CKM24 not applicable
M30 Bolt Size M33 Bolt Size M36 Bolt Size M39 Bolt Size
hence always check that the correct
STS2-M30 not applicable STS2-CKM33 STS2-CKM36 STS2-CKM39 bridge is available on your existing
STS2-M33 STS2-CKM30 not applicable STS2-CKM36 STS2-CKM39
STS2-M36 STS2-CKM30 STS2-CKM33 not applicable STS2-CKM39 STS tensioner prior to ordering a
STS2-M39 STS2-CKM30 STS2-CKM33 STS2-CKM36 not applicable conversion kit. Bridges are available
STS3-M42 not applicable STS3-CKM45 STS3-CKM48 STS3-CKM52 as individual components if required,
STS3-M45
STS3-M48
STS3-CKM42
STS3-CKM42
not applicable
STS3-CKM45
STS3-CKM48
not applicable
STS3-CKM52
STS3-CKM52
see bridge tables.
STS3-M52 STS3-CKM42 STS3-CKM45 STS3-CKM48 not applicable
M48 Bolt Size M52 Bolt Size M56 Bolt Size M60 Bolt Size M64 Bolt Size
STS4-M48 not applicable STS4-CKM52 STS4-CKM56 STS4-CKM60 STS4-CKM64
Note 2: Imperial models STS3-175,
STS4-M52 STS4-CKM48 not applicable STS4-CKM56 STS4-CKM60 STS4-CKM64 STS-187 & STS4-200 and metric
STS4-M56 STS4-CKM48 STS4-CKM52 not applicable STS4-CKM60 STS4-CKM64
STS4-M60 STS4-CKM48 STS4-CKM52 STS4-CKM56 not applicable STS4-CKM64 models STS3-M45, STS3-M48 &
STS4-M64 STS4-CKM48 STS4-CKM52 STS4-CKM56 STS4-CKM60 not applicable STS4-M52 are all supplied with the
STS5-M64 not applicable STS5-CKM68 STS5-CKM72 STS5-CKM76 smaller size bridge (B1), so that
STS5-M68 STS5-CKM64 not applicable STS5-CKM72 STS5-CKM76
STS5-M72 STS5-CKM64 STS5-CKM68 not applicable STS5-CKM76
fitment in confined spaces is
STS5-M76 STS5-CKM64 STS5-CKM68 STS5-CKM72 not applicable assured. Should these models be
M76 Bolt Size M80 Bolt Size M85 Bolt Size M90 Bolt Size M95 Bolt Size M100 Bolt Size
STS6-M76 not applicable STS6-CKM80 STS6-CKM85 STS6-CKM90 STS6-CKM95 STS6-CKM100 required to be supplied with the
STS6-M80 STS6-CKM76 not applicable STS6-CKM85 STS6-CKM90 STS6-CKM95 STS6-CKM100 larger size bridge (B2), please add
STS6-M85 STS6-CKM76 STS6-CKM80 not applicable STS6-CKM90 STS6-CKM95 STS6-CKM100
STS6-M90 STS6-CKM76 STS6-CKM80 STS6-CKM85 not applicable STS6-CKM95 STS6-CKM100 suffix ‘B2’ to the model number of
STS6-M95 STS6-CKM76 STS6-CKM80 STS6-CKM85 STS6-CKM90 not applicable STS6-CKM100 the tensioner, e.g. STS3-175B2.
STS6-M100 STS6-CKM76 STS6-CKM80 STS6-CKM85 STS6-CKM90 STS6-CKM95 not applicable
22
SUB-SEA STUD BOLT TENSIONERS
STU - SUB-SEA STUD BOLT TENSIONERS WITH QUICK
FIT THREADED PULLER
Working pressure up to 1500 Bar
Easy to use two part construction
Dual hose connection for easy hook-up
Available for imperial and metric stud bolts
Extra long piston stroke to reduce re-setting time Topview Hi-Force quick
fit threaded puller
Single acting design with failsafe stroke limited device STU3-162
Hi-Force STU series sub-sea stud bolt tensioners are designed and
manufactured to suit the demanding requirements of divers
operating in harsh sub-sea environments. With an easy to use two A C
F
part construction, a quick release and fit threaded puller fitted as
standard and an extra long stroke length, to reduce re-setting
operations. Hi-Force STU sub-sea tensioners offer a consistent, D E
reliable and cost effective method of tensioning sub-seabolted joints,

corrosion protected for operation in sub-sea environments. B
Stud bolt Effective

Model thread Capacity area Stroke Weight Dimensions in mm
number size kN Tonnes cm² mm kg A B C min D E F
SUB-SEA TENSIONERS IMPERIAL
STU1-100 1” - 8UN 256.04 26.10 17.07 30 3.2 82 22 129 129 150 61
STU1-112 1 1/8”- 8UN 256.04 26.10 17.07 30 3.2 82 22 129 129 150 64
STU2-125 1 1/4”- 8UN 430.36 43.87 28.69 30 4.8 102 30 140 140 164 73
STU2-137 1 3/8”- 8UN 430.36 43.87 28.69 30 4.8 102 30 140 140 164 75
STU3-150 1 1/2”- 8UN 533.39 56.41 36.89 30 6.2 114 35 142 142 169 82
STU3-162 1 5/8”- 8UN 533.39 56.41 36.89 30 6.2 114 35 142 142 169 85
STU4-175 1 3/4”- 8UN 756.30 77.09 50.42 30 8.5 128 41 151 151 181 94
STU4-187 1 7/8”- 8UN 756.30 77.09 50.42 30 8.5 128 41 151 151 181 98
STU5-200 2” - 8UN 1168.19 119.08 77.88 30 12.2 148 48 164 164 202 112
STU5-225 2 1/4”- 8UN 1168.19 119.08 77.88 30 12.2 148 48 164 164 202 116
STU6-250 2 1/2”- 8UN 1649.12 168.11 109.94 30 19.2 176 60 183 183 231 136
STU6-275 2 3/4”- 8UN 1649.12 168.11 109.94 30 19.2 176 60 183 183 231 141
STU7-300 3” - 8UN 2483.44 253.15 165.56 30 29.0 215 89 215 215 260 162
STU7-325 3 1/4”- 8UN 2483.44 253.15 165.56 30 29.0 215 89 215 215 260 173
STU7-350 3 1/2”- 8UN 2483.44 253.15 165.56 30 29.0 215 89 215 215 260 175
SUB-SEA TENSIONERS METRIC
STU1-24 M24 x 2 256.04 26.10 17.07 30 3.2 82 22 129 129 150 61
STU1-27 M27 x 3 256.04 26.10 17.07 30 3.2 82 22 129 129 150 64
STU2-30 M30 x 3.5 430.36 43.87 28.69 30 4.8 102 30 140 140 164 73
STU2-33 M33 x 3.5 430.36 43.87 28.69 30 4.8 102 30 140 140 164 75
STU2-36 M36 x 4 430.36 43.87 28.69 30 4.8 102 30 140 140 164 78
STU3-39 M39 x 4 553.39 56.41 36.89 30 6.2 114 35 142 142 169 82
STU3-42 M42 x 4.5 553.39 56.41 36.89 30 6.2 114 35 142 142 169 85
STU4-45 M45 x 4.5 756.30 77.09 50.42 30 8.5 128 41 151 151 181 94
STU4-48 M48 x 5 756.30 77.09 50.42 30 8.5 128 41 151 151 181 98
STU5-52 M52 x 5 1168.19 119.08 77.88 30 12.2 148 48 164 164 202 112
STU5-56 M56 x 5.5 1168.19 119.08 77.88 30 12.2 148 48 164 164 202 116
STU6-64 M64 x 6 1649.12 168.11 109.94 30 19.2 176 60 183 183 231 136
STU6-72 M72 x 6 1649.12 168.11 109.94 30 19.2 176 60 183 183 231 141
STU7-76 M76 x 6 2483.44 253.15 165.56 30 29.0 215 94 215 215 260 164
STU7-80 M80 x 6 2483.44 253.15 165.56 30 29.0 215 94 215 215 260 164
STU7-85 M85 x 6 2483.44 253.15 165.56 30 29.0 215 94 215 215 260 175
STU7-90 M90 x 6 2483.44 253.15 165.56 30 29.0 215 94 215 215 260 175
23
TENSIONER PUMPS AND ACCESSORIES
AHP - AIR DRIVEN PUMP
Operates from standard 7 Bar air supply
Air consumption 28 scfm (0.79 m³/minute)
The Hi-Force AHP275BTU air driven hydraulic pump is compatible for use
with Hi-Force STS, STS-SR and STU stud bolt tensioners as well as HTN
hydraulic nuts. The pump unit is easy to operate and is supplied complete
with a glycerine filled vibra-gauge and quick release outlet coupling. AHP275BTU
The complete system, including an air inlet filter, regulator and lubricator
unit is fitted in a robust stainless steel frame.
Working Useable oil

Model pressure capacity Outlet Weight Dimensions in mm
number Bar litres coupler kg Length Width Height
AHP275BTU 1500 7 STFC4 22 450 395 395
XHP - HANDPUMP
Compact & lightweight design

Complete with pressure gauge
XHP1500BTU
Hi-Force XHP1500BTU manually operated high pressure hydraulic pump is compatible for use with Hi-Force STS, STS-SR
and STU stud bolt tensioners as well as HTN hydraulic nuts. Lightweight, compact and independent from any required
power source, it is suitable for all tensioning applications on-site requiring reliable hydraulic power. The pump is easy to
operate and supplied complete with a pressure gauge and quick release outlet coupling.
Working Useable oil Displacement

Model pressure capacity per stroke (cm³) Outlet Weight Dimensions in mm
number Bar litres 1st stage 2nd stage Coupler kg Length Width Height
XHP1500BTU 1500 0.7 12.5 0.75 STFC4 7.0 610 170 180
TENSIONER HOSES AND COUPLERS

XHC3B
XHC1.5B
Hi-Force ultra-high pressure hoses are compatible for use with all
Hi-Force bolt tensioning products up to a maximum of 1500 Bar
working pressure. Each hose is supplied complete with
quick connect couplings on each end (male/female) and has a safety STFC4
factor of 3:1 on maximum working pressure. Four standard lengths
are available with special lengths available on request. Spare couplings STMC4
and nipples are available (see below).
Model Maximum Model Max.

number Pressure Description number Pressure Description
Ultra high pressure hoses Couplings and nipples
XHC1.5B 1500 Bar Link hose complete with quick connect couplings, length 1.5 M STFC4 1500 bar Female coupling
XHC3B 1500 Bar Link hose complete with quick connect couplings, length 3.0 M STMC4 1500 bar Male coupling
XHC5B 1500 Bar Mainline hose complete with quick connect couplings, length 5.0 M STN1P4 1500 bar ¼” BSP Nipple
XHC10B 1500 Bar Mainline hose complete with quick connect couplings, length 10.0 M STN1P4-C 1500 bar ¼” BSP Nipple-Cone
24
HYDROTEST HAND PUMP
HTP - HYDROTEST HAND PUMP
HTP700
Up to 1000 Bar working pressure
Two stage with semi automatic pressure changeover
Lightweight aluminium design with stainless steel pistons
Needle type design release valve for precise pressure control
Low cost replaceable valve seats
Easily accessible fluid system filter
Suitable for use with a wide variety of fluids
Ideally suited for pressure testing valves, pipe work and vessels
Optional pressure gauges available
The Hi-Force HTP series of manually operated two speed hydraulic pumps is suitable for use with a wide variety
of fluids including water. Manufactured predominantly from high quality aluminum alloy, the HTP series are
lightweight and extremely versatile. The pump’s two stage piston design offers a superb 49 cm 3 delivery per
stroke at low pressure (up to 20 Bar). The pump unit is available with a choice of 5 high pressure capacities
ranging from 100 to 1000 Bar working pressure, and is supplied complete with a 610mm operating lever.
Model Model Working Displacement Changeover

number number pressure Valve per stroke cm³ pressure Outlet Suction Weight
Pump unit only inc. 15L Tank Bar Type 1st stage 2nd stage Bar port (s) port kg
HTP100PU HTP100 100 2-Way 49 20 20 3/
8 ” NPT 3/
8 ” BSP 15
HTP300PU HTP300 300 2-Way 49 7 20 3/
8 ” NPT 3/
8 ” BSP 15
HTP500PU HTP500 500 2-Way 49 4 20 3/ ” NPT
8 3/ ” BSP
8 15
HTP700PU HTP700 700 2-Way 49 3 20 3/
8 ” NPT 3/
8 ” BSP 15
HTP1000PU HTP1000 1000 2-Way 49 2 20 3/
8 ” BSP 3/
8 ” BSP 15
F
E
L
C D A - 143.0 mm
G
B - 88.9 mm
F C - 71.4 mm
A- 384 mm D - 8.7 mm
B- 329 mm E - 34.9 mm
B C F - 46.0 mm
C- 210 mm A D
D- 185 mm G - 772.5 mm
E - 420 mm K J H - 73.0 mm
A B E
F - 703 mm I - 175.0 mm
H J - 4 x M8
I K - 23.0 mm
L - 88.5 mm
RESERVOIRS PRESSURE GAUGES

Standard 15 litre stainless
steel, powder coated Model Pressure range
reservoir. Alternative number bar
capacity reservoirs available HTP100GK 0-110
on request. HTP300GK 0-310
Model HTP500GK 0-552
number Description HTP700GK 0-700
HRS15 15 Litre standard reservoir HTP1000GK 0-1000
25
AIR DRIVEN HYDROTEST PUMPS
AHP - AIR DRIVEN HYDROTEST PUMPS
STANDARD FLOW
Output pressures from 6 to 2931 Bar

Suitable for use with various fluids
150mm dual scale vibra pressure gauge
Air consumption 28 scfm (0.79m³/minute)
Infinitely variable output pressure and flow
See our main catalogue or website for high flow versions
and models with alternative pressure range
AHP58
The Hi-Force AHP series of air driven hydrostatic pressure testing pumps offers a choice of eight
models with output pressure capacities ranging from 69 Bar (1000 PSI) to 2933 Bar (42500 PSI).
All models are suitable for use with various fluids, including water and are supplied with a 150mm
diameter hydraulic pressure gauge (calibrated on request), inlet airline filter and pressure regulator
unit, lightweight fluid reservoir, pump start/stop valve and a robuststainless steel skid mounted
framework. Optional extras available also include stainless steelfluid reservoirs, stroke counter
plunger assembly with IP65 microswitch and digital impulse counter, pressure isolation valve and
onboard circular chat recorders. All units are of compact design with a maximum weight of 23kg.
Max. output pressure (Bar)

at airline input pressure Fluid volume Outlet Weight
Model 10 PSI 50 PSI 100 PSI displacement port Dimensions in mm
number 0.69 bar 3.45 bar 6.9 bar per stroke cm³ thread kg Length Width Height
AHP10 6 34 69 42.3 1/
2 ” NPT 23 450 395 395
AHP26 14 90 181 16.0 1/
2 ” NPT 21 450 395 395
AHP36 17 122 250 12.3 1/
2 ” NPT 20 450 395 395
AHP58 28 200 400 7.6 1/
2 ” NPT 20 450 395 395
AHP107 62 373 738 4.0 1/
2 ” NPT 20 450 395 395
9/
AHP187 97 638 1293 2.2 16”-18UNF 20 450 395 395
9/
AHP275 155 931 1897 1.6 16”-18UNF 20 450 395 395
9/
AHP425 345 1448 2931 1.0 16”-18UNF 20 450 395 395
Hydraulic pressure Approximate rate of discharge (litres/min) at air input pressure 100 PSI (7 Bar)
PSI Bar AHP10 AHP26 AHP36 AHP58 AHP107 AHP187 AHP275 AHP425
0 0 23.10 8.80 6.00 3.56 1.97 1.15 0.72 0.43
500 35 12.00 5.85 4.39 3.05 1.50 1.05 0.68 0.40
1000 69 * 4.72 3.80 2.51 1.28 1.00 0.65 0.38
1500 104 * 3.90 3.34 2.38 1.25 0.90 0.60 0.36
2000 138 * 3.00 3.00 2.25 1.21 0.78 0.55 0.34
2500 173 * 1.21 2.56 2.05 1.18 0.75 0.50 0.33
3000 207 * * 1.95 1.85 1.16 0.73 0.48 0.31
4000 276 * * * 1.56 1.02 0.70 0.45 0.29
5000 345 * * * 1.02 0.95 0.67 0.42 0.26
7500 517 * * * * 0.76 0.60 0.40 0.25
10000 690 * * * * 0.44 0.52 0.37 0.24
15000 1034 * * * * * 0.39 0.33 0.21
20000 1379 * * * * * * 0.30 0.20
25000 1724 * * * * * * 0.21 0.16
30000 2069 * * * * * * * 0.13
40000 2760 * * * * * * * 0.05
*Pressure exceeds pump capacity
26
HYDRAULIC PULLER KITS
SCP - SELF CONTAINED
HYDRAULIC PULLERS
SCP103 SCP203
Capacities from 10 to 30 tonnes

Sealed hydraulic system
Operates in any position
Strong and easy to use
High quality, drop forged steel components
Model Capacities Type of Stroke Piston Weight Dia Dia Tip Tip
number tonnes puller mm Ext. mm kg Reach min. max. depth height
SCP103 10 3-Way 82 50 11.6 195 30 250 22 6
SCP203 20 3-Way 82 100 23.7 275 50 360 29 10
SCP303 30 3-Way 110 150 50.0 405 100 410 38 36
ACP - “AUTO-CENTRE” HYDRAULIC PULLER KITS
Capacities from 10 to 30 tonnes

Strong and easy to use
High quality, drop forged steel
components
Multi-purpose hollow cylinder complete
with all hydraulic components (pump,
cylinder, hose, gauge, etc.)
A
ACP10
(pump not shown)
B
Model Capacity Type of Cylinder Pump Weight Dimensions in mm

number tonnes puller model no. model no. kg A B (Min) B (Max)
ACP10 10 2 & 3 jaw HHS102 HP110 24.5 296 50 350
ACP20 20 3 jaw HHS202 HP110 44.0 320 70 480
ACP30 30 3 jaw HHS302 HP110 76.5 407 90 580
ACP50 50 3 jaw HHS603 HP227 181.0 727 120 920
27
HYDRAULIC PULLER KITS
PKS - 2 & 3-WAY PULLER KITS
PKS30-3

Multi-purpose hollow piston cylinder (excl. PKS5-2-3)
Supplied complete with carrying / storage box
Supplied complete with all hydraulic components (pump, cylinder,
hose, gauge, etc.)
High quality, drop forged steel components
Model Capacity Type of Cylinder Pump Weight Dimensions in mm

number tonnes puller Model no. Model no. kg A B
PKS5-2-3 4.5 2 & 3 jaw HSS53 HP145 24 225 240
PKS10-2-3 10 2 & 3 jaw HHS102 HP110 34 296 350
PKS20-2 20 2 jaw HHS202 HP110 29 320 480
PKS20-3 20 3 jaw HHS202 HP110 37 320 480
PKS30-2 30 2 jaw HHS302 HP110 49 407 580
PKS30-3 30 3 jaw HHS302 HP110 58 407 580
PKS50-2 50 2 jaw HHS603 HP227 105 727 920
PKS50-3 50 3 jaw HHS603 HP227 130 727 920
PKS & PKC PKC Kits only
A H
A D
E
B B
C G
PKC - COMPREHENSIVE PULLER KITS

Multi-purpose hollow piston cylinder
Supplied complete with carrying /storage box
Complete with all hydraulic components (pump, cylinder, hose
gauge, etc.)
High quality, drop forged steel components PKC30
Dimensions in mm
Model Capacity Cylinder Pump Weight A B C C D E F F G G H
number tonnes Model no. Model no. kg Min Max Min Max Min Max
PKC10 10 HHS102 HP110 25 296 480 115 260 300 110 10 110 40 145 115
PKC20 20 HHS202 HP110 60 320 480 135 345 265 152 11 134 40 145 115
PKC30 30 HHS302 HP110 116 407 580 180 440 284 260 15 250 60 240 150
PKC50 50 HHS603 HP227 268 727 920 230 580 447 260 15 250 60 240 150
28
NUT SPLITTERS
NS - NUT SPLITTERS
Working pressure 700 Bar A
Capacities from 17 to 75mm AF
Spring assisted return C
360º swivel coupler
Compact & easy to use B
E NS110
Model Hexagon AF Bolt size Weight Dimensions in mm

number sizes in mm mm kg A B C D E
NS104 17 - 32 M10 - M22 4.0 64 132 12.5 30.0 210
NS110 32 - 41 M22 - M27 7.4 78 140 20.0 37.0 270
NS200 41 - 50 M27 - M33 10.6 94 175 21.0 43.0 302
NS206 50 - 60 M33 - M39 15.8 105 161 24.0 52.0 334
NS215 60 - 75 M39 - M48 39.3 156 185 27.0 75.0 418
HMNS - NUT SPLITTER

SELF-CONTAINED A
With integral manual pump C
Capacities from 17 to 50mm AF 45°

Approx.

Compact & easy to use
With carrying handle B
D
E
HMNS161
F

number sizes in mm mm kg A B C D E F
HMNS104 17 - 32 M10 - M22 5.8 64 88 12.5 30.0 380 455
HMNS110 32 - 41 M22 - M27 7.9 78 101 20.0 37.0 440 540
HMNS200 41 - 50 M27 - M33 13.6 94 112 21.0 43.0 471 566
DNS - NUT SPLITTER B
DOUBLE ACTING
C
Suitable for 74 – 136mm AF size
A
Rugged and powerful
Double acting design
D
DNS506
E

number sizes in mm mm kg A B C D E
DNS404 74 - 105 M48 - M70 47 382 161 80.5 183 36
DNS506 108 - 136 M70 - M90 95 463 198 100 243 52
29
HYDRAULIC SPREADER
SFS - SPREADER
475
For use with external pump or
with integral manual pump
360° operating handle 285
Spring assisted return 32
3
Operates in any position
Sealed hydraulic system 152
SFS15
Model Capacity Stroke Access gap in mm Recommended pump/hose Weight

number tonnes mm Min Max not included! kg
SFS12-H 12 53 3 32 HP110 HC2 5.9
SFS15 15 53 3 32 Integral pump design 6.5
SJS - STEPPED JAW SPREADER

Capacity up to 13 tonnes
Maximum spread 60mm
Min. Jaw height only 8mm
Compact, lightweight construction
Complete with safety block and stepped blocks
SJS10
A G
B
C H
D E I
J
F
Model Capacity Oil capacity Weight Dimensions in mm

number tonnes cm³ kg A B C D E F G H I J
SJS10 13 74 5.5 279 60 40 15 8 10 328 60 28 49
JS - JAW SPREADER
Capacity 0.9 tonnes C B
94 mm max. spread
Min jaw height only 9.7mm
A JS4
Model Capacity Oil capacity Weight Dimensions in mm

number tonnes cm³ kg A B C
JS4 0.9 10.0 2.2 223 9.7 94
30
HYDRAULIC AND MECHANICAL FLANGE SPREADERS
HFS - HYDRAULIC
FLANGE SPREADER HFS50
Working pressure 700 Bar HP110
Available as single spreader c/w E
pump and accessories or as H
twin spreader arrangement G
F
Supplied complete with manually J
D
operated pump and hose assembly C

I A
Also available without pump, hose B
and carrying case (suffix “H”)

Specifications :
Max. flange Standard
Model Capacity Stroke Oil capacity thickness Stud size wedge Weight
number tonnes mm cm³ mm mm mm kg
HFS50 4.5 75 48 2 x 57 19 - 29 3 - 29 22.5
HFS100 10 56 81 2 x 92 32 - 41 3 - 29 29.1
HFS50-TK 2 x 4.5 75 2 x 48 2 x 57 19 - 29 3 - 29 27.5
HFS100-TK 2 x 10 56 2 x 81 2 x 92 32 - 41 3 - 29 35.7
Dimensions in mm :
Model A B C C D E F G H I J
number min max
HFS-50 76 210 61 155 10 192 69 129 25 206 18
HFS-100 108 290 61 224 10
30 165 89 178 38 273 31
HFS50-TK 76 210 61 155 10 192 69 129 25 206 18
HFS100-TK 108 290 61 224 30 165 89 178 38 273 31
MFS - MECHANICAL
FLANGE SPREADER G
MFS31 MFS25
Suitable for bolt diameters up MFS16
to 31mm
Maximum spread 231mm H
C
Choice of 6 models available

High grade steel construction
Case hardened spreading wedge F
B
A
I E
D
Model Pin diameter Min flange bolt Min flange A B C C D E F G H I Weight

number mm hole diameter thickness max. min. max. kg
MFS16 16 17 2 x 22 25 28 185 232 65 40 25 30 66 70 2.2
MFS19 19 20 2 x 35 30 50 185 254 65 50 25 30 81 95 2.7
MFS22 22 23 2 x 47 30 50 247 318 80 50 30 36 97 124 4.1
MFS25 25 26 2 x 62 30 85 247 353 80 50 30 36 113 155 6.4
MFS28 28 29 2 x 70 30 80 275 382 90 60 40 46 130 181 8.2
MFS31 31 32 2 x 95 32 84 275 385 90 60 40 46 157 231 9.6
31
HYDRAULIC WIRE ROPE AND CHAIN CUTTERS
HSWC - WIRE ROPE CUTTER
With integral manually operated pump
Cutting capacities up to 44mm diameter
Compact and easy to use
HSWC44
Cutting capacity Dimensions in mm

Model wire rope Weight
number mm Ø kg Length Width Height
HSWC19 19 9.5 345 93 154
HSWC28 28 15.5 374 105 174
HSWC44 44 30.0 490 125 203
HWRC - WIRE ROPE CUTTER

Double acting design
Cuts wire rope and steel bar
Open jaw design cutting head for easy access to the material
to be cut
Maximum cutting capacity 114 mm
Very robust and strong construction HWRC1115
Cutting capacity in mm
Model Output Wire rope Oil capacity Weight Dimensions in mm
number tonnes mm Ø Cable Reinforcing Bar Litres kg Length Width Height
HWRC1115 36 38 38 20 0.35 30 400 155 270
HWRC1125 80 63 63 32 0.90 60 450 200 390
HWRC1136 80 90 90 32 1.20 70 515 200 390
HWRC1145 120 114 114 40 2.40 95 570 280 445
HCC - CHAIN CUTTER
Cutting capacities up to 46mm
Standard blades suitable for high tensile grade 80 chain and
reinforcing bar
Open jaw design with safety guard
Special blades suitable for cutting grade 100 chain are available
HCC34
on request (suffix “-100”)
Cutting Cutting Oil

Model force capacity capacity Weight Dimensions in mm
number tonnes mm Ø cm³ kg Length Width Width
HCC26 70 26 276 23 440 180 180
HCC34 100 34 492 40 410 460 250
HCC46 140 46 980 72 565 635 345
32
HOLE PUNCHERS
HHP - HOLE PUNCHERS B
HHP50 HHP30
Integral carrying handle
Up to 50 tonnes punching force
HHP30 single acting, spring
A
assisted return C
HHP50 double acting

Pump supplied seperately D
Maximum Throat Punch capacity (mm) Standard punch/die Recommended pump & hose Weight
Model force depth Steel Hole punch sets included Manually Pneumatically ex. Pump
number tonnes mm Plate diameter mm operated Operated kg
HP232 AHP1120
10.5, 13.5
HHP30 30 70 10.0 up to 20.5 complete with complete with 19.8
17.5, 20.5 HC3 3m hose HC3 3m hose
10.5, 13.5 HP232D AHP1141

HHP50 50 70 15.0 up to 25.0 complete with complete with 42.0
17.5, 20.5, 25.0
2x HC3 hose 2x HC3 Hose
Dimensions Model A B C D Model A B C D
in mm HHP30 372 216 15 78 HHP50 412 281 15 71
HKP/SKP - KNOCK OUT

PUNCHERS
Capacity up to 10 tonnes
SKP7 with integral manual pump
HKP10 suitable for use with
external manual pump
Supplied complete with standard
SKP7 HKP10-4
set punches/dies
Maximum Plate capacity (mm)

Model force Stainless Mild Pump Hose Complete set
number tonnes Steel Steel Included Included weight kg
HKP10-2 10 1.6 3.2 HP110 HC2 14.6
HKP10-4 10 1.6 3.2 HP110 HC2 26.1
HKP10-2H 10 1.6 3.2 Pump and hose not included 7.0
HKP10-4H 10 1.6 3.2 Pump and hose not included 18.5
SKP7 7 1.6 3.2 Self contained unit with integral pump 9.0
Model
number Description punches / dies included
Std. punch/die A 21.8 27.6 34.1 42.7 48.7 60.5
HKP10-2 Conduit Size 1/
2”
3/
4” 1” 11/4” 11/2” 2”
Length B 306 240 240 240 240 240
Std. punch/die A 21.8 27.6 34.1 42.7 48.7 60.5 76.1 88.9 102.8 115.5
HKP10-4 Conduit Size 1/
2”
3/
”4 1” 1 1/4 ” 1 1/2 ” 2” 2 1/2” 3” 3 1/2 ” 4”
Length B 306 240 240 240 240 240 253 253 253 253
Std. punch/die A 21.8 27.6 34.1 42.7 48.7 60.5
SKP7 Conduit Size 1/
2”
3/
4” 1” 1 1/4” 11/2” 2”
Length B 306 240 240 240 240 240
33
CABLE CRIMPING TOOLS
SC - SELF CONTAINED CABLE CRIMPING TOOLS SC30
Choice of 6 models available open c-jaw or parallel SC60

guide design SC40
Supplied complete with die sets
Automatic pressure release valve
Supplied in steel carrying case
SC18X
SC21
Model Output C - Jaw Applicable range Standard dies Weight

number tonnes opening DIN mm² mm² kg
With die (4pcs) 25, 35-50, 70-185, 240
not
SC21 10 25-240 Female die (1pc) 25-35, 50-70, 95-120, 5.2
applicable
150-185, 240
With die 35, 50, 70, 95, 120, 150,

SC30 12 30 mm 35-400 6.3
185, 240, 300, 400
With die (4pcs) 16, 25-35, 50-120, 150-400
not
SC32 18 16-400 Female die (8pcs) 16-25, 35-70, 95-120, 150, 6.2
applicable
185, 240, 300, 400
With die 35, 50, 70, 95, 120, 150,
SC40 12 38 mm 35-400 7.7
185, 240, 300, 400
not With die 35, 50, 70, 95, 120, 150,
SC60 18 35-630 6.5
applicable 185, 240, 300, 400, 500, 630
not With die 10-16, 25-35, 50-70,
SC18X 6 10-185 2.0
applicable 95-120, 150, 185
Note : Models SC21 & SC32 are supplied with single indent dies, all other models are supplied with hexagonal dies.
SC21 SC30 SC32

E F E
E F
G
H
B B B
C C D
C
A A A
SC40 SC60 SC18X

E F E F
E
G G B
B B
C C D C
A A A
Model Dimensions in mm
number A B C D E F G H
SC21 520 122 86 - 57 27 - -
SC30 602 166 116 - 68 43 - -
SC32 680 137 116 52 50 - 128 63
SC40 630 166 113 - 74 48 - -
SC60 690 140 116 52 50 - 163 -
SC18X 380 142 70 - 21 16 86 -
34
CABLE CRIMPING HEADS
CH - CRIMPING HEADS FOR USE WITH EXTERNAL PUMP
CH30
CH40
7 models with choice of open c-jaw or parallel guide design
Supplied complete with die sets
Fitted with standard quick connect coupler CH32
CH63
Model Output C - Jaw Applicable range Length Weight

number tonnes Opening DIN mm² Standard dies in mm² mm kg
With die (4pcs) 16-25, 35-70, 70-185, 240
CH21 10 not applicable 16-240 Female die (1pc) 25-35, 50-70, 95-120, 210 3.0
150-185, 240
With die 35, 50, 70, 95, 120, 150, 185
CH30 12 30 mm 35-400 220 4.0
240, 300, 400
With die (4pcs) 16, 25-35, 50-120, 150-400
CH32 18 not applicable 16-400 Female die (8pcs) 16-25, 35-70, 95-120, 150 210 3.6
185, 240, 300, 400
With die 35, 50, 70, 95, 120, 150, 185
CH40 12 38 mm 35-400 245 4.8
240, 300, 400
With die 35, 50, 70, 95, 120, 150, 185
CH63 18 not applicable 35-630 240 4.8
240, 300, 400, 500, 630
With die 35, 50, 70, 95, 120, 150, 185
CH80 15 50 mm 35-630 300 7.0
240, 300, 400, 500, 630
CH1000 50 not applicable 500-1000 With die 500, 630, 800, 1000 420 38.0
Notes : Models CH21 & CH32 supplied with single indent dies, all other models supplied with hexagon dies.
BC - BATTERY OPERATED CABLE CRIMPING TOOLS

4 models with choice of open c-jaw or parallel guide
design BP144
Supplied complete with die sets,
battery, charger and carrying case BC30
Battery power warning light
Efficient and quick battery charger
CU220
Model Output C - Jaw Applicable range Standard dies Dimensions in mm Weight

number tonnes opening DIN mm² mm² Length Height Width kg
Not With die 10-16, 25-35, 50-70,
BC18X 6 10-185 320 310 75 3.0
applicable 95-120, 150, 185
With die 35, 50, 70, 95, 120, 150, 185
BC30 12 30 mm 35-400 350 300 78 7.0
240, 300, 400
With die 35, 50, 70, 95, 120, 150, 185
BC40 12 38 mm 35-400 380 300 78 8.0
240, 300, 400
Not With die 35, 50, 70, 95, 120, 150, 185
BC63 18 35-630 420 300 78 7.0
applicable 240, 300, 400, 500, 630
ACCESSORIES
Model Model
number Description number Description
CU110 Charger 110V CCU144 Car cigarette lighter charger unit
CU220 Charger 220/230V BP144 Battery pack 14.4V
MP220 Power supply 220/230V to operate unit directly from mains
35
FOOT OPERATED AND BATTERY POWERED HYDRAULIC PUMP
HP227FPC - FOOT PUMP
Two stage operation
Usable oil capacity 2.3 litres
Rigid steel frame
Foot lever with spring
Complete with 3 metre hose, gauge, gauge block
HP227FPC
and coupler
For our complete range of hydraulic pumps please see pages 8-11
HAND PUMPS
ELECTRIC HYDRAULIC PUMPS
HP - HAND PUMPS
HEP 2/3/5 - ELECTRIC HYDRAULIC PUMPS
The HP manually operated pump range offers a choice of single or two speed operation, and all models HEP207422
are supplied complete with a pre-filled oil reservoir, ready for immediate use. All models have a maximum Working pressure 700 Bar
working pressure of 700 Bar and the range includes pump models suitable for use with either side single Externally adjustable pressure relief valve
or double acting cylinders. The HP range offers the ideal solution for applications where completely Optional protective roll frame
independant, portable hydraulic power is required. With low handle effort characteristics for easy Manual or solenoid valve with load holding feature
operation and lightweight design, all models are of strong durable contruction. Hi-Force HP manually
operated pumps have a proven track record industry wide and offer excellent value for money in portable Please select the model that is most suitable for you application,
using the options as per below table: Example: HEP207422
hydraulic power. A full range of system components suitable for use with HP manually operated pumps is HEP517462
=7.0 l/min, 4-way manual valve, 25 litre usable oil capacity,
detailed on page 12 & 13.
220/240V motor.
C
Flow Rate L/Min.
Motor 1st Stage 2nd Stage Order Valve Order Oil cap. Order Motor Weight
(kW) max 70 bar max 700 bar Code Type Code litres Code voltage (kg)
1 P-T Plate
HEP207
HP110 1 110/115
2 2-Way 1 10 47.5
HP245 1.5 7.0 0.65 2 220/240
3 3-Way 2 25 63.5
4 380/440
4 4-Way
HP227FP ELECTRIC HYDRAULIC PUMP 1 P-T Plate AIR DRIVEN AND PETROL ENGINE DRIVEN HYDRAULIC PUMPS
HEP310
3/
8”-18NPT 1 110/115
2 2-Way 2 25 64.0
2.2 10.0 1.0 2 220/240
3 3-Way 4 40 89.0
HP232 HEP1 - ELECTRIC HYDRAULIC MINI PUMP HEP1212S 4 380/440
E
4 4-Way AHP11 - AIR DRIVEN PUMP - 1ST STAGE AHP1120
D
Working pressure 700 Bar 1 P-T Plate
HEP517
Working pressure 700 Bar C Internal safety overload valve 1 110/115 Working pressure 700 Bar
2 2-Way 4 40 89.0
2.2 17.0 2.0 2 220/240 Choice of 2-way or 4-way control valves
Single or two speed operation Compact, lightweight and powerful 3 3-Way 6 60
4 380/440
120.5
Choice of control valves 4 4-Way Internal safety overload valve
Supplied with remote pendant control as standard
Oil reservoir capacities up to 10 litres B Standard oil reservoir capacities up to 10 litres
Suitable for single acting cylinders and tools Please add suffix “S” for 3-way or 4-way electric valve with load holding feature.
Durable steel or lightweight aluminium construction
Dimensions 333 x 138 x 140 mm (LxWxH) Maximum Maximum Useable Air inlet Oil outlet
External pressure release valve HSP - ELECTRIC DRIVEN SPLIT FLOW MULTI-OUTLET Model pressure flow rate Valve oil capacity connection Connection Weight
A
Factory set internal safety relief valve PUMPS Number bar l/Min type litres G NPTF kg
Max. Max. Flow rate Usable
Model Motor pressure l/min Valve oil cap. Weight Working pressure 700 Bar AHP1120 700 0.8 2-Way 2.4 1/4" 3/8" 4.7
Displacement Useable Handle number Voltage bar 1st stage 2nd stage type litres kg Equal output flow regardless of working pressure AHP1121 700 0.8 2-Way 5.0 1/4" 3/8" 9.0
Model Valve per stroke cm³ oil cap. effort Weight Dimensions in mm HEP1211S 110 V - 1 Ph 700 2.00 0.2 2-Way 7.5
Control panel with selector switches for each individual AHP1122 700 0.8 2-Way 10.0 1/4" 3/8" 17.8
0.8
number type 1st stage 2nd stage litres kg Material kg A B C D E outlet, allowing for single or multiple (synchronised) AHP1141 700 0.8 4-Way 5.0 1/4" 3/8" 9.5
HEP1212S 240 V - 1Ph 700 2.00 0.2 2-Way 0.8 7.5
Single speed hand operated pumps for single acting cylinders and tools operation AHP1142 700 0.8 4-Way 10.0 1/4" 3/8" 18.3
HP145 2-way 2.9 - 0.45 50 Steel 4.6 360 135 145 130 45 Externally adjustable pressure relief valve for control HSP44E104
HEP103 - ELECTRIC HYDRAULIC PUMP - COMPACT SERIES of maximum system pressure HAP2 - AIR DRIVEN PUMP
HP110 2-way 2.9 - 1.0 50 Steel 5.6 560 135 145 130 45 HEP103442LS
Two speed hand operated pumps for single acting cylinders and tools Working pressure 700 Bar
HP212 2-way 12.9 2.3 1.0 40 Alum. 4.0 560 130 115 100 41 Oil Oil flow Motor
Choice of valve options
HP227 2-way 12.9 2.3 2.3 38 Steel 10.5 547 170 142 136 53 Model Valve Valve Capacity per outlet voltage Weight Working pressure 700 Bar
Compact, lightweight and powerful number configuration type Litres l/min. (V) kg
HP232 2-way 12.9 2.3 2.0 40 Alum. 6.9 587 160 155 140 50 Powerful and low noise air motor
Integral carrying handle Version with manual control valve Choice of control valves, all with load holding feature
HP245 2-way 113.0 4.0 10.0 40 Steel 27.0 705 245 206 206 220
Pressure gauge and remote control fitted as standard HSP24M54 2 x 4-Way manual 50 0.9 380 / 440 178 Oil reservoir capacities up to 60 litres
HP252 2-way 12.9 2.3 5.0 40 Alum. 11.6 587 160 150 140 50
HP257 2-way 12.9 2.3 5.0 38 Steel 15.2 570 170 155 136 53 Suitable for single acting or double acting cylinders and tools Versions with low voltage (24 V) control valve, control box and pendant Externally adjustable pressure relief valve
Two speed hand operated pumps for double acting cylinders and tools Dimensions 212 x 212 x 342mm (LxWxH) HSP24E54 2 x 4-Way electric 50 0.9 380 / 440 180 Factory set internal safety relief
HAP21042
HP232D 4-way 12.9 2.3 2.0 40 Alum. 8.7 700 160 155 140 50 HSP34E104 3 x 4-Way electric 100 1.8 380 / 440 335 Optional protective roll frame
HP245D 4-way 113.0 4.0 10.0 40 Steel 27.2 705 245 206 206 240 Max. Max. flow rate Changeover Useable HSP44E104 4 x 4-Way electric 100 1.1 380 / 440 274
Flow Rate L/Min.
50 Model Motor pressure l/min pressure Remote pendant oil cap Weight HSP64E104 6 x 4-Way 100 0.9 380 / 440 335
A
HP252D 4-way 12.9 2.3 5.0 40 Alum. 13.6 700 160 150 140 electric Motor 1st Stage 2nd Stage Order Valve Order Oil cap. Weight
number voltage bar 1st stage 2nd stage Bar functions litres kg HSP84E104 8 x 4-Way electric 100 0.9 380 / 440 370 (kW) max 70 Bar max 700 Bar Code Type Code (litres) (kg)
Two speed foot pump for single acting cylinders and tools
HP227FP 2-way 12.9 2.3 2.3 38 Steel 12.5 716 170 142 200 53 Models featuring 2-way solenoid valve, normally closed (hold function), suitable for use with single acting HSP104E104 10 x 4-Way electric 100 0.7 380 / 440 414 1 P-T Plate 1 10 42.0
HAP210
cylinders and tools, requiring hold. HSP124E104 12 x 4-Way electric 100 0.6 380 / 440 460 2 2-Way 2 25 58.0
8 3.0 10.0 1.3
HEP103241LS 110 V - 1 Ph 700 2.50 0.35 150 advance/retract 4 19.2 3 3-Way 4 40 72.0
10 4 4-Way 6 60 97.0
Models featuring 2-way solenoid valve, normally open (auto retract function), suitable for use with single
acting cylinders and tools, requiring auto retract. HPP - PETROL HYDRAULIC PUMP
HEP103241S 110 V - 1Ph 700 2.50 0.35 150 motor on/off 4 20.5
HEP103242S 240 V - 1 Ph 700 2.50 0.35 150 motor on/off 4 20.5 Working pressure 700 Bar
Powerful four stroke petrol engine
Models featuring 3-way manually operated valve, suitable for use with single acting cylinders and
tools.
HEP103341 110 V - 1Ph 700 2.50 0.35 150 advance/retract 4 18.1
B
HEP103342 240 V - 1 Ph 700 2.50 0.35 150 advance/retract 4 18.1
Models featuring 4-way manually operated valve, suitable for use with double acting cylinders and tools. Protective roll frame fitted as standard HPP21042
HEP103441 110 V - 1Ph 700 2.50 0.35 150 motor on/off 4 18.1
Flow Rate L/Min.
HEP103442 240 V - 1 Ph 700 2.50 0.35 150 motor on/off 4 18.1 Motor 1st Stage 2nd Stage Order Valve Order Oil cap. Weight
Models featuring 4-way solenoid valve, locking feature on A and B port, suitable for use with double (kW) max 70 Bar max 700 Bar Code Type Code (litres) (kg)
acting cylinders and tools, requiring hold. 1 P-T Plate
HPP210
2 25 71.0
HEP103441LS 110 V - 1Ph 700 2.50 0.35 150 advance/retract 4 20.5 2 2-Way
3.35 10.0 1.3 4 40 86.0
HEP103442LS 240 V - 1 Ph 700 2.50 0.35 150 advance/retract 4 20.5 3 3-Way
6 60 114.0
4 4-Way
9
11
Displacement
Useable Handle
Model Valve per stroke cm³
oil cap. effort Weight Dimensions in mm
number Type 1st Stage 2nd Stage litres kg Material kg A B C
HP227FPC 2-Way 12.9 2.3 2.3 39 Steel 14.5 160 720 200
BPP - BATTERY POWERED HYDRAULIC PUMP

Maximum working pressure 700 Bar
2- Speed
Useable oil capacity 0.7 litres
Supplied complete with battery and battery charger
With 2-way auto-retract valve at 700 Bar, suitable
for use with tools that don’t require load holding.
For example crimpers, nut splitters, cutters, etc.
BPP107
Oil Flow
Model Max working Oil Cap litres per min Weight Dimensions in mm
number pressure litres 1st stage 2nd stage kg Length Width Height
BPP107 700 Bar 0.7 0.5 0.15 6.6 355 160 260
ACCESSORIES
Model Model
number Description number Description
CU110 Charger 110V CCU144 Car cigarette lighter charger unit
CU220 Charger 220/230V BP144 Battery pack 14.4V
MP220 Power supply 220/230V to operate unit directly from mains
36
TOUGHLIFT JACKING SYSTEMS
TL - TOUGHLIFT JACKING SYSTEMS
TL50A255 TL100A405
Capacities up to 200 tonnes
Patented multi-positional handle for easy
transportation and positioning
Available with choice of electric or air driven hydraulic
pump unit
Push button remote hand pendant controller with
6 metre control cable
Patented jacking system for safe and correct
positioning prior to load lift
Integral airline filter, lubricator and pressure
regulator unit (air driven models only)
Model Capacity Power Stroke Weight Max additional

number tonnes Supply mm kg stack in mm
TL050A255 50 6 Bar air driven 254 160 680
TL050E255 50 240V electric 254 170 680
TL100E405 100 240V electric 405 317 480
TL100E530 100 240V electric 530 350 180
TL150E390 150 240V electric 390 358 485
TL150E520 150 240V electric 520 404 180
TL200E380 200 240V electric 381 405 500
Handle in parking
position

Handle position for
manoeuvring

D
F
C B E
Model Dimensions in mm
Number A B C D E F
TL050A255 435 775 507 1310 390 1110
TL050E255 435 701 507 1310 464 1110
TL100A405 635 850 600 1500 630 1150
TL100A530 813 850 600 1500 630 1150
TL100E405 635 780 600 1500 630 1150
TL100E530 813 780 600 1500 630 1150
TL150A390 635 850 600 1500 665 1185
TL150A520 813 850 600 1500 665 1185
TL150E390 635 780 600 1500 665 1185
TL150E520 813 780 600 1500 665 1185
TL200A380 635 850 600 1600 700 1220
TL200E380 635 780 600 1600 700 1220
37
TOUGHLIFT JACKING SYSTEM - ACCESSORIES
LOAD BLOCK SETS
Model Capacity Lock out Quantity per set To suit

number tonnes height (mm) block adaptor jack model
TLB50-250 50 250 3 1 TL050A255
TLB50-250 50 250 3 1 TL050E255
TLB100-405 100 400 5 1 TL100A405
TLB100-530 100 525 7 1 TL100A530
TLB100-405 100 400 5 1 TL100E405
TLB100-530 100 525 7 1 TL100E530
TLB150-390 150 385 5 1 TL150A390
TLB150-520 150 515 7 1 TL150A520
TLB150-390 150 385 5 1 TL150E390
TLB150-520 150 515 7 1 TL150E520
TLB200-380 200 375 5 1 TL200A380 TLB50-250
TLB200-380 200 375 5 1 TL200E380
SWIVEL LOAD CAPS
Model Capacity To suit

number tonnes jack model
TLS50 50 TL050A255
TLS50 50 TL050E255
TLS100 100 TL100A405
TLS100 100 TL100A530
TLS100 100 TL100E405
TLS100 100 TL100E530
TLS150 150 TL150A390
TLS150 150 TL150A520
TLS150 150 TL150E390
TLS150 150 TL150E520
TLS200 200 TL200A380 TLS100
TLS200 200 TL200E380
TOOL BOXES
Model Dimensions Model Dimensions
number in mm number in mm To suit
(Small) mm (H x L x W) (Large) mm (H x L x W) jack model
TB50S 180 x 265 x150 TB50L 210 x 380 x 265 TL050A255
TB50S 180 x 265 x150 TB50L 210 x 380 x 265 TL050E255
TB100S 185 x 345 x185 TB100L 215 x 340 x 345 TL100A405
TB100S 185 x 345 x185 TB100L 215 x 340 x 345 TL100A530
TB50S
TB100S 185 x 345 x185 TB100L 215 x 340 x 345 TL100E405
TB100S 185 x 345 x185 TB100L 215 x 340 x 345 TL100E530
TB150S 185 x 345 x185 TB150L 215 x 340 x 345 TL150A390
TB150S 185 x 345 x185 TB150L 215 x 340 x 345 TL150A520
TB150S 185 x 345 x185 TB150L 215 x 340 x 345 TL150E390
TB150S 185 x 345 x185 TB150L 215 x 340 x 345 TL150E520
TB100L
TB200S 185 x 345 x 260 TB200L 250 x 340 x 345 TL200A380
TB200S 185 x 345 x 260 TB200L 250 x 340 x 345 TL200E380
38
TOUGHLIFT JACKING SYSTEM - ACCESSORIES
NON LOCKING EXTENSIONS

Recommended
Length Length Length Length Length To suit max. extension
175mm 200mm 300mm 400mm 500mm jack model Height in mm
NLE-175-50 NLE200-50 NLE300-50 NLE400-50 NLE500-50 TL050A255 680
NLE175-50 NLE200-50 NLE300-50 NLE400-50 NLE500-50 TL050E255 680
NLE175-100 NLE200-100 NLE300-100 NLE400-100 * TL100A405 480
NLE175-100 * * * * TL100A530 180
NLE175-100 NLE200-100 NLE300-100 NLE400-100 * TL100E405 480
NLE175-100 * * * * TL100E530 180
NLE175-150 NLE200-150 NLE300-150 NLE400-150 * TL150A390 485
NLE175-150 * * * * TL150A520 180
NLE175-150 NLE200-150 NLE300-150 NLE400-150 * TL150E390 485
NLE400-100
NLE175-150 * * * * TL150E520 180
NLE175-200 NLE200-200 NLE300-200 NLE400-200 NLE500-200 TL200A380 500
NLE175-200 NLE200-200 NLE300-200 NLE400-200 NLE500-200 TL200E380 500
* = Exceeds recommended maximum extension height
SLIP LOCK EXTENSIONS

Recommended
175mm 200mm 300mm 400mm 500mm jack model Height in mm
SLE-175-50 SLE200-50 SLE300-50 SLE400-50 SLE500-50 TL050A255 680
SLE175-50 SLE200-50 SLE300-50 SLE400-50 SLE500-50 TL050E255 680
SLE175-100 SLE200-100 SLE300-100 SLE400-100 * TL100A405 480
SLE175-100 * * * * TL100A530 180
SLE175-100 SLE200-100 SLE300-100 SLE400-100 * TL100E405 480
SLE175-100 * * * * TL100E530 180
SLE175-150 SLE200-150 SLE300-150 SLE400-150 * TL150A390 485
SLE175-150 * * * * TL150A520 180
SLE175-150 SLE200-150 SLE300-150 SLE400-150 * TL150E390 485 SLE300-100
SLE175-150 * * * * TL150E520 180
SLE175-200 SLE200-200 SLE300-200 SLE400-200 SLE500-200 TL200A380 500
SLE175-200 SLE200-200 SLE300-200 SLE400-200 SLE500-200 TL200E380 500
LOAD LOCK EXTENSIONS

Recommended
175mm 200mm 300mm 400mm 500mm jack model height in mm
LLE-175-50 LLE200-50 LLE300-50 LLE400-50 LLE500-50 TL050A255 680
LLE175-50 LLE200-50 LLE300-50 LLE400-50 LLE500-50 TL050E255 680
LLE175-100 LLE200-100 LLE300-100 LLE400-100 * TL100A405 480
LLE175-100 * * * * TL100A530 180
LLE175-100 LLE200-100 LLE300-100 LLE400-100 * TL100E405 480
LLE175-100 * * * * TL100E530 180
LLE175-150 LLE200-150 LLE300-150 LLE400-150 * TL150A390 485
LLE175-150 * * * * TL150A520 180
LLE175-150 LLE200-150 LLE300-150 LLE400-150 * TL150E390 485
LLE300-100
LLE175-150 * * * * TL150E520 180
LLE175-200 LLE200-200 LLE300-200 LLE400-200 LLE500-200 TL200A380 500
LLE175-200 LLE200-200 LLE300-200 LLE400-200 LLE500-200 TL200E380 500
39
Head Office
Hi-Force Limited
Prospect Way, Daventry
Northants, NN11 8PL
United Kingdom
Tel: +44 1327 301 000

Fax: +44 1327 706 555
daventry@hi-force.com
Your local Hi-Force Distributor :
www.hi-force.com
Cat. Ref. HF0710E
Fluid Power Seal
Design Guide
Catalog EPS 5370
Catalog EPS 5370/USA
This document, along with other information from Parker

Hannifin Corporation, its subsidiaries and authorized distributors,
! provides product and/or system options for further investigation
by users having technical expertise. It is important that you
WARNING: analyze all aspects of your application and review the information
concerning the product or system in the current product catalog.
Due to the variety of operating conditions and applications for
Failure, improper selection or im-
these products or systems, the user, through his or her own
proper use of the products and/or analysis and testing, is solely responsible for making the final
systems described herein or related selection of the products and systems and assuring that all
items can cause death, personal performance, safety and warning requirements of the application
injury or property damage. are met. The products described herein, including without
limitation, product features, specifications, designs, availability and
For safe and trouble-free use of these pricing, are subject to change by Parker Hannifin Corporation and
products, it is important that you read its subsidiaries at any time without notice.
and follow the Parker Seal Group Product
Safety Guide. This Safety Guide can OFFER OF SALE
be referenced and downloaded free of The items described in this document are hereby offered for sale
charge at www.parkerseals.com and can by Parker Hannifin Corporation, its subsidiaries and its authorized
be ordered, without charge, as Parker distributors. This offer and its acceptance are governed by the provisions
stated on the separate page of this document entitled “Offer of Sale.”
Publication No. PSG 5004 by calling
1-800-C-PARKER.
© 2007 Parker Hannifin Corporation. All rights reserved.

Fluid Power Seal
Introduction 1
Design Guide
Table of Contents
Engineering 2
Materials 3
Fluid Power Applications 4
Rod Seals 5
Symmetrical Seals 6
Piston Seals 7
See Appendices A through G for:
A Design Action Request Form

B English / Metric Conversions
C Custom Groove Calculations Wipers 8
D Chemical Compatibility
E ASTM D2000 Compatibility
F ISO Gland Tolerances
G Other Parker EPS Products
Wear Rings / Bearings 9
Back-ups 10
2CTMGT*CPPKſP%QTRQTCVKQP
Engineered Polymer Systems Division
Urethane O-Rings / Head Seals 11
Phone: 801 972 3000
Fax: 801 973 4019
YYYRCTMGTUGCNUEQO
1
Introduction Catalog EPS 5370/USA
2CTMGT*CPPKſPKUVJG Parker EPS Division provides the most complete selection of dynamic
seals for both OEM and MRO hydraulic and pneumatic applications.
KPFWUVT[NGCFGTHQT Our expertise and complete product offering means Parker is your one
UGCNKPIU[UVGO source manufacturer and sealing solution partner. Our innovative tech-
UQNWVKQPUHQTVJGƀWKF nology and value added services allow us to engineer your success with
leading edge material development, experienced design, high quality
RQYGTKPFWUVT[
manufacturing, and outstanding customer service.
4QF5GCNU
Rod Seals, which guard against external leakage, are one of the most
vital components of the sealing system. In recognition of their critical
nature, Parker is pleased to offer the most complete range of materials
and profiles in the industry. Our advanced plastic, rubber and PTFE
material development delivers the highest performance in a wide variety
of rod seal applications. Cutting edge technologies include multiple
sealing lip systems, shock-load resistance, low friction and ultra-dry
capability.
5[OOGVTKECN5GCNU
With thousands of available size and material combinations, Parker
symmetrical profiles are designed to act as either rod or piston seals,
allowing one part number to function in two applications. Often copied
but never equaled, the PolyPak™ for hydraulic applications and the
8400 u-cup for pneumatic applications have revolutionized the fluid
power industry and become trusted standards. Symmetrical u-cups and
squeeze seals are available in a variety of lip shapes and materials.
2KUVQP5GCNU
Our diverse product line of piston seal profiles suits a broad range of
hydraulic and pneumatic applications. Whatever the need, from low
pneumatic pressures to extreme hydraulic shock loading, Parker has the
solution. Profiles are available to meet the demands of uni-directional
and bi-directional pressure, low friction, easy installation, port passing,
and zero-drift scenarios.
9KRGTU
Just as rod seals are designed to keep fluid in, Parker wipers perform
to keep contamination out. Wipers work in conjunction with rod seals
to form the first line of defense in protecting a system and keeping it
free from dirt, mud, water, and other contaminants. Incorporating the
latest technology in aggressive wiping lips and OD exclusion, Parker has
solutions in press-in, snap-in, and double lip profiles.
09/01/07
1-2 2CTMGT*CPPKſP%QTRQTCVKQP
Phone: 801 972 3000
YYYRCTMGTUGCNUEQO
+PVTQFWEVKQP
1
9GCT4KPIUCPF$GCTKPIU
Parker offers a complete line of wear rings and bearing products
to fit any application. The product offering meets the full spectrum
of needs, from heavy duty hydraulic cylinders operating under the
highest temperatures and pressures to pneumatic applications
requiring low friction, long life and self-lubrication. No matter what the
application demands, Parker’s diverse bearing product line ensures that
performance requirements are met with maximized value.
$CEMWR4KPIU
Parker back-up rings offer simple solutions to safely increase system
pressure or solve an existing seal extrusion problem. Standard profiles
are available in a variety of materials to complement virtually any Parker
rod or piston profile.
1TKPIU*GCF5GCNU
Parker is pleased to offer the material advantages of the Resilon™
family of urethanes in standard and custom o-ring sizes. With high
temperature Resilon o-rings, the need for back-ups can be eliminated,
simplifying installation and reducing damage due to spiral failure. Static
head seals are ideal for replacing o-rings and back-ups in hydraulic
cylinder heads, fool-proofing installation and eliminating failures due to
back-up pinching and blow-out.
09/01/07
Phone: 801 972 3000
YYYRCTMGTUGCNUEQO
*OUSPEVDUJPO
1
4QF5GCNU
5GG5GEVKQP
#RRNKECVKQP
&WV[
*[FTCWNKE
2PGWOCVKE
2TQſNG &GUETKRVKQP Page
/GFKWO
*GCX[
.KIJV
Premium non-symmetrical o-ring energized rod seal with a knife
$& trimmed primary lip and molded secondary lip. Standard materials 5-5
are 4300, 4700, 5065. Available with positively actuated back-up.
Premium non-symmetrical u-cup rod seal with a knife trimmed

$6 primary lip and molded secondary lip. Standard material is 4300 5-7
family.
Non-symmetrical u-cup rod seal with knife trimmed primary lip and
$5 molded secondary lip. Standard materials are 4300 family, 4700, 5-9
5065.
$ Non-symmetrical u-cup with knife trimmed lip. Standard materials 5-11

include 4300, 4700, 5065.
UR Standard non-symmetrical u-cup with trimmed lip. Standard material 5-13

is 4615.
E5 Non-symmetrical low friction rounded lip pneumatic rod seal. 5-21

Standard materials include 4274, 4180, 4208, 5065.
Bi-directional rod “T-seal” available in no back-up, single back-up, and

64 two back-up groove sizes. Standard energizer materials include 4111, 5-24
4274, 4205, 4259. Back-ups available in PTFE, Nylon, PEEK.
ON Bi-directional, rubber energized PTFE rod cap seal. Full range of 5-28
energizer and PTFE materials available.
Bi-directional, low profile, rubber energized PTFE cap rod seal

%4 designed to fit standard o-ring glands. Full range of energizer and 5-32
PTFE materials available.
1% Standard bi-directional rubber energized PTFE rectangular cap rod 5-39

seal. Full range of energizer and PTFE materials available.
Premium knife trimmed buffer or secondary seal designed to

$4 work with a primary rod seal for heavy duty or zero-leak systems. 5-45
Standard material is 4300.
Uni-directional rubber energized PTFE rod seal, typically used as

OD a buffer or secondary rod seal. Full range of energizer and PTFE 5-48
materials available.
Pneumatic cushion or check valve rod seal used to cushion the

V6 piston using internal pressure. Standard materials include 4622, 5-54
4180, 4181, 4208.
Bi-directional rubber energized PTFE rod seal used in rotary or

OR oscillating applications. Full rante of energizer and PTFE materials 5-57
available.
09/01/07
Phone: 801 972 3000
YYYRCTMGTUGCNUEQO
*OUSPEVDUJPO
1
5[OOGVTKECN5GCNUHQT4QFQT2KUVQP#RRNKECVKQPU
5GG5GEVKQP
#RRNKECVKQP
&WV[
*[FTCWNKE
&GUETKRVKQP
2PGWOCVKE
2TQſNG Page
/GFKWO
*GCX[
.KIJV
Standard PolyPak. A square shaped symmetrical squeeze seal with
522 a knife trimmed scraper lip. Standard materials include 4615, 4622, 6-6
4651, 4263, 4207, 4266.
Deep PolyPak. A rectangular shaped symmetrical squeeze seal

DPP with a knife trimmed scraper lip. Standard materials include 4615, 6-8
4622, 4651, 4263, 4207, 4266.
Type B PolyPak. A rectangular shaped symmetrical squeeze seal

$22 with a knife trimmed beveled lip. Standard materials include 4615, 6-10
4622, 4651, 4263, 4207, 4266.
A dual lip seal created by the combination of a standard PolyPak

5. square shell and a rubber lip seal/energizer. Standard materials are 6-39
a 4615 shell and 4180 lip seal/energizer. Also known as SCL-Pak.
Standard symmetrical u-cup with trimmed beveled lips. Standard

75 material is 4615. 6-42
Symmetrical rubber u-cups used primarily in pneumatic applications.

8400 8400 series feature knife trimmed with a beveled lip. 8500 series
8500 6-49
feature a scraper lip. Standard materials include 4180, 4274, 4208.
2KUVQP5GCNU
5GG5GEVKQP
AN Industry standard symmetrical u-cups per the old Army Navy (AN) #RRNKECVKQP
&WV[
6226 specification. Standard material is 4295. 6-55
*[FTCWNKE
&GUETKRVKQP
2PGWOCVKE
2TQſNG Page
Spiral v-packing rings typically sold in sets, also known as chevron
/GFKWO
52+
*GCX[
RAL packing. Made from a wide range of materials, v-packing may be 6-59
.KIJV
VEE cut to size, machined, or net molded. Most dynamic v-packing has
been replaced with PolyPak seals or u-cups.
2KUVQP5GCNU
5GG5GEVKQP
Premium bi-directional rubber energized urethane piston cap seal.
$2 Standard material is 4304. 7-5
Standard bi-directional rubber energized urethane piston cap seal.

252 Standard materials include 4300, 4622. 7-8
ChemCast is a heavy duty bi-directional rubber energized hard plas-

%% tic, step-cut piston cap seal. 7-11
Bi-directional rubber energized nylon step-cut piston cap seal.

OK 7-13
Bi-directional piston seal created by the combination of a Pressure

PIP Inverting Pedestal (PIP) back-up ring and Type B PolyPak. Standard 7-15
material is a 4615 PolyPak with a 4617 PIP ring.
09/01/07
Phone: 801 972 3000
YYYRCTMGTUGCNUEQO
+PVTQFWEVKQP
1
2KUVQP5GCNU
5GG5GEVKQP
#RRNKECVKQP
&WV[
*[FTCWNKE
&GUETKRVKQP
2PGWOCVKE
2TQſNG Page
/GFKWO
*GCX[
.KIJV
Premium non-symmetrical u-cup with knife trimmed lip piston seal.
$ Standard materials include 4300, 4700, 5065. 7-19
Standard non-symmetrical u-cup with trimmed beveled lip piston

UP seal. Standard material is 4615. 7-23
Non-symmetrical low friction rounded lip pneumatic piston seal.

E4 Standard materials include 4274, 4180, 4208, 5065. 7-26
Low friction bumper and round lip seal profile for use in pneumatic
$/2 applications. Standard materials include 4274 and 4208. 7-29
Bi-directional piston “T-seal” available in no back-up, single back-up,

62 and two back-up grooves. Standard energizer materials include 4111, 7-31
4274, 4205, 4259. Back-ups available in PTFE, Nylon, PEEK.
Economical medium duty bi-directional o-ring energized PTFE pis-

5 ton seal. Standard material is 15% fiberglass-filled PTFE with nitrile 7-35
energizer. Split option available.
Medium to heavy duty bi-directional lathe cut energized PTFE piston

R5 seal. Full range of energizer and PTFE materials available. Split 7-39
option available.
Four piece capped “T-seal” piston seal made from molded rubber
%6 energizer, PTFE cap, and Nylatron back-ups. 7-43
Bi-directional three piece lathe cut energized PTFE cap piston seal
%3 with an integrated quad seal for zero drift. Also available with dual 7-48
o-ring energizer.
Bi-directional, rubber energized PTFE piston cap seal. Full range of

OE energizer and PTFE materials available. 7-53
Bi-directional low profile, rubber energized PTFE cap piston seal

%2 designed to fit standard o-ring glands. Full range of energizer and 7-62
PTFE materials available.
Standard bi-directional rubber energized PTFE rectangular cap pis-

OA ton seal. Full range of energizer and PTFE materials available. 7-68
Bi-directional rubber energized PTFE piston seal used in rotary or

13 oscillating applications. Full range of energizer and PTFE materials 7-74
available.
09/01/07
Phone: 801 972 3000
YYYRCTMGTUGCNUEQO
+PVTQFWEVKQP
1
9KRGTU
5GG5GEVKQP
#RRNKECVKQP
&WV[
*[FTCWNKE
&GUETKRVKQP
2PGWOCVKE
2TQſNG Page
/GFKWO
*GCX[
.KIJV
Premium snap-in wiper with OD exclusion lip and a knife trimmed
YD wiping lip. Standard material is 4300. 8-5
Slotted heel snap-in wiper for pneumatics and light to medium duty
5*& hydraulics. Standard materials are 4615, 5065, 4263, 4208, 4207. 8-6
Slotted heel snap-in wiper with OD exclusion feature. Designed

5*: to upgrade SHD wipers without changing the groove. Standard 8-7
materials are 4615, 5065.
An industry standard slotted heel Army Navy (AN) wiper designed

5* to fit MS-28776 (MS-33675) grooves. Standard materials are 4615, 8-11
5065, 4263, 4208, 4207.
An industry standard slotted heel Army Navy (AN) wiper with an OD

5: exclusion feature designed to fit MS-28776 (MS-33675) grooves. 8-12
Designed to upgrade SH959 wipers without changing the groove.
Standard materials are 4615, 5065, 4263, 4208, 4207.
Double-lip, press in place, metal canned wiper with knife trimmed

AH sealing lip for heavy duty hydraulics. Standard materials are 4300, 8-15
4700, 4615.
Standard single-lip, press in place, metal canned wiper with a

J knife trimmed lip for medium and heavy duty hydraulics. Standard 8-17
materials are 4300, 4700, 4615.
Premium snap-in place double-lip wiper for hydraulic applications.

AY Standard materials are 4300, 4301, 4700. 8-19
Standard snap-in place double-lip wiper. Standard materials for H

H/ wiper are 4615, 5065. Standard material for 8600 wiper is 4181.
8600 8-21
Light load snap-in wiper with double-lip designed for low friction,
K light load applications. Standard material is 4615. 8-27
Double acting, double-lip, rubber energized PTFE wiper. Full range

of energizer and PTFE materials available. 8-30
AD
Metal scraper with rubber energizer for excluding abrasive

5) contaminants. 8-36
09/01/07
Phone: 801 972 3000
YYYRCTMGTUGCNUEQO
+PVTQFWEVKQP
1
9GCT4KPIU$GCTKPIU
5GG5GEVKQP
#RRNKECVKQP
&WV[
*[FTCWNKE
&GUETKRVKQP
2PGWOCVKE
2TQſNG Page
/GFKWO
*GCX[
.KIJV
Tight tolerance piston wear ring with chamfered corners. Standard
926 material is 4733 WearGard™. 9-7
Tight tolerance rod wear ring with chamfered corners. Standard

946 material is 4733 WearGard. 9-11
Standard commercial wear ring for rod and piston applications. .

WN Standard material is 4650 MolyGard™. 9-14
PTFE wear strip/bearing available cut to length or in bulk rolls. A

2&6 variety of PTFE compounds are available. 9-18
Precision cut wear ring/bearing machined from PTFE billet material.

PDW Rod and piston chamfer may apply. 9-27
$CEMWRU
5GG5GEVKQP
Heavy cross-section modular back-up for PolyPak seals. Standard
/$ materials are 4617, 4652. 10-4
Light cross-section back-up for PolyPak and u-cup seals. Standard

8700 materials are 4651, 4729. 10-10
Back-up rings designed for o-ring grooves. Standard materials are

5100 4651, 4729. 10-13
Positively actuated back-up ring incorporated into common seal

2#$ profiles to extend a seal’s pressure range. Sold as an assembly with 10-21
the seal.
Anti-extrusion PTFE ring offered in solid and split configurations.

2&$ Full PTFE material range applies. 10-22
7TGVJCPG14KPIU*GCF5GCNU
5GG5GEVKQP
High performance urethane o-ring made from the Resilon™ family
568 of high temperature, low compression set urethanes. 11-2
Static head seals designed to replace o-rings and back-up in static

*5 applications. Standard material is 4700. 11-15
09/01/07
Phone: 801 972 3000
YYYRCTMGTUGCNUEQO
+PVTQFWEVKQP
1
)GPGTCN#RRNKECVKQP)WKFGNKPGU
Parker’s selection of products is the broadest offering in the industry for hydraulic and pneumatic sealing
systems. Table 1-1 provides “General Application Guidelines” to help define possible differences between light,
medium and heavy duty applications. The product profile charts beginning on page 1-4 show corresponding
application duty recommendations for each profile.
Table 1-1. General application guidelines.
Hydraulic Pneumatic
Application
Parameter
Light Duty Medium Duty Heavy Duty Light Duty Heavy Duty
Pressure <1200 psi <3500 psi >3500 psi 1 to 200 psi Above 200 psi
Range (<83 bars) (<241 bars) (>241 bars) (0 to 14 bar) (Above 14 bars)
None or low Not to exceed Pressure spikes Because of the Because of the
twice the system that may be compressive compressive
pressure. Short several times nature of gases nature of gases
duration such as the system pressure spikes pressure spikes
Pressure valve shifting. pressure and of are typically not a are typically not a
Spikes a longer duration. problem. problem.
These are often
mechanically
induced by forcing
the rod in or out.
Temperature Cryogenic to
0°F to 160°F -20°F to 200°F -45°F to 225°F 0°F to 72°F
Range 450°F
(-18°C to 71°C) (-29°C to 93°C) (-43°C TO 107°C) (-18°C to 22°)
(232°C)
Low or non Moderate with Moderate to high Low or non Moderate to high
Contamin- existing cylinder in with the cylinder existing with the cylinder
ation horizontal or upright - vertical upright - vertical
inverted position.
None to light Moderate side Longer stroke None to light with Longer stroke
with shorter load with cylinder lengths. Cylinder shorter stroke and lengths. Cylinder
stroke and mounted towards mounted cylinder mount mounted
Side Loading
vertical the vertical horizontal, heavy vertical. horizontal, heavy
cylinder mount. position. Medium side loading. side loading.
stroke.
It is not uncommon for the requirements of a sealing system to fall into multiple duty columns. When this
situation occurs you should select the majority of your components from the lesser duty range.
When selecting a wiper, focus on contamination section.
In selecting a sealing component you will evaluate the temperature, pressure and pressure spike variables of
the application. With a wear ring, you will want to look at the temperature and side loading section. This does
not preclude the need to consider such things as fluid being sealed and stroke speed.
09/01/07
Phone: 801 972 3000
YYYRCTMGTUGCNUEQO
+PVTQFWEVKQP
1
6JG2CTMGT#FXCPVCIG
Parker is the world’s leading diversified manufacturer of motion and control technologies and systems,
providing precision-engineered solutions for a wide variety of commercial, mobile, industrial and aerospace
markets. The Engineered Polymer Systems (EPS) Division of Parker Seal Group, has over 40 years experience
designing and manufacturing elastomeric, polymeric and plastic seals, materials, and sealing systems for
dynamic applications. Working with Parker EPS Division gives you access to all of Parker’s Seal Group in North
America, Europe, and Asia.
9QTNFYKFG/CPWHCEVWTKPI
Parker Seal Group and EPS Division’s manufacturing
facilities for dynamic seals include:
0QTVJ#OGTKEC
'25&KXKUKQP5CNV.CMG%KV[ '25&KXKUKQP5CNV.CMG%KV[1RGTCVKQPU
Division Headquarters
Plastic & Rubber Operations
2220 South 3600 West
Salt Lake City, UT 84119
'25&KXKUKQP0CEQIFQEJGU
Clipper Operations
Oilfield Rubber Operations
Expansion Joint Operations '25&KXKUKQP%JKECIQ
'NIKP
403 Industrial Blvd.
Nacogdoches, TX 75964
Ph: (800) 233-3900
'25&KXKUKQP26('1RGTCVKQPU
EPS Division, Elgin Operations
2565 Northwest Parkway
Elgin, IL 60124
Ph: (847) 783-4300 '25&KXKUKQP0CEQIFQEJGU
EPS Division, Marion Operations

3967 Buffalo Street
Marion, NY 14505
Ph: (315) 926-4211
EPS Division, Baja Operations

Baja, Mexico
Ph: (619) 671-3257 '25&KXKUKQP/CTKQP
'25&KXKUKQP$CLC
09/01/07
Phone: 801 972 3000
YYYRCTMGTUGCNUEQO
+PVTQFWEVKQP
1
'WTQRG
R
2CEMKPI1RGTCVKQPU
PU
Prädifa,, S
Stut
Stuttgart,
ttg
ga
art, G
a Germa
ermany
Ph: (+49)
499) 7
7142
42
4 2 351-
351-0
351
5 0
51
26('1RGTC
('
'1RGTCVKQPU
Polarr Seals ApS, Espergaerde,
Esperg
g Denmark
marrk
Ph: (+45
45) 49 1
4 121700
170 $KGVKIJGKO
Ad
Advanced
ed
d Products
P d t NV NV, B
Boom, B
Belgiu
lgium
i
Ph: (+32) 3 880 81
8 550
Sadska, Czech Rep

epublic
Ph: (+420) 325 555
55 111
#UKC
&GPOCTM
Parker Hannifin Motion & Control
ont
n Co., Ltd.
Shanghai, China
Ph: (+86) 21 28995181
$GNIKWO
%\GEJ4GRWDNKE
09/01/07
Phone: 801 972 3000
YYYRCTMGTUGCNUEQO
+PVTQFWEVKQP
1
/CPWHCEVWTKPI'ZEGNNGPEG Resilon™ family offers the highest temperature
performance of any urethane in the industry. Our
Parker’s manufacturing capabilities accommodate commitment to quality and research and development
a wide range of dynamic sealing needs, providing the remains a top priority to ensure leading edge status in
following value benefits to our customers: new material development. With in-house processing,
• All manufacturing operations offer state of the art from manufacturing the plastic pellet to molding the
processes and procedures that enable Parker to finished product, Parker maintains strict controls which
provide world class products, in both standard and ensure the delivery of quality products from quality
custom profiles. materials — start to finish.
• Specialized cellular manufacturing and lean con-
cepts enable Parker to handle both low and high
volume runs with equal efficiency.
• Breadth of tooling capability produces diameters
as small as 1/16 inch and as large as 9 feet with-
out splicing.
• Custom high speed trim machines ensure a sharp
sealing edge for the ultimate seal performance
wherever possible.
4WDDGT1RGTCVKQPU
With over 400 unique rubber compounds, Parker 2NCUVKE/CPWHCEVWTKPI

has the largest selection of materials available in the
industry. Our material offering includes custom blends
of nitrile, ethylene propylene and fluorocarbons, 26('1RGTCVKQPU
among others. If an application demands unique
material specifications, our in-house chemists have Parker’s PTFE operations manufacture high
the expertise and capability to assist in specifying quality machined seals from ¼ inch to 72 inches in
and validating optimal materials to meet system diameter, utilizing virgin and proprietary blends of filled
requirements. State of the art rubber molding PTFE. A wide variety of PTFE fluid power seals are
processes such as compression, transfer, injection manufactured on state of the art CNC equipment with
and injection-compression are used to manufacture live tooling and multi-axis capabilities. Automated
the highest quality products. processing allows the efficient handling of both low
and high volume runs. PTFE production at Parker
is entirely an internal system, from material blending
and molding to sintering and CNC machining. Our
commitment to quality and service is supported
by investment in advanced technology, test and
inspection methods.
4WDDGT+PLGEVKQP2TGUU
2NCUVKE1RGTCVKQPU
Our plastics material offering includes such seal
industry standards as Molythane™, PolyMyte™,
WearGard™, MolyGard™, and many more. Parker’s 26('/CPWHCEVWTKPI
09/01/07
Phone: 801 972 3000
YYYRCTMGTUGCNUEQO
+PVTQFWEVKQP
1
#RRNKECVKQPU'PIKPGGTKPI
Our team of application engineers can help you find

the most reliable, cost-effective sealing solution for
your product. These engineers are experts, combining
decades of sealing experience in real-world applica-
tions with a full complement of technology-driven tools
to produce the answers you need.
('#
.QYRTGUUWTGNKHGE[ENGVGUVKPI
Utilizing advanced non-linear Finite Element Analysis
(FEA) software our engineers can perform extremely
accurate virtual simulations of material performance
based on actual physical test data. These simulations
eliminate the need for multiple iterations of costly proto-
type tooling, and dramatically reduce development lead
times. They also ensure first-time selection of the best
material and geometry for your application.
/GEJCPKECN6GUV.CD
Parker’s mechanical test lab is an important asset

for validating new designs and qualifying seals to cus-
tomers’ performance specifications. Our sophisticated
mechanical testing lab utilizes several breakthrough 2PGWOCVKEE[NKPFGTVGUVKPI
technologies, enabling engineers to validate seals and
sealing systems for hydraulic, pneumatic and rotary
systems. All product testing is carried out in accor-
dance with ASTM and SAE specifications as well as
customer-specific requirements.
Hydraulic testing capabilities include pressures up

to 10,000 psi with environmental chambers to control
temperatures from -40 to 300 °F. Tests can be per-
formed on assembled cylinders or can be configured
on test stands which isolate performance of rod seals,
piston seals and wipers for troubleshooting and fine
tuning. For heavy contamination situations, our dust
chamber can be used to simulate the most rigorous
operating environments, putting seals to the ultimate *KIJRTGUUWTGJ[FTCWNKENGCMCIGVGUVKPI
test.
Pneumatic testing is also environmentally controlled

to simulate a variety of operating conditions. Endur-
ance and life cycle tests can be performed on applica-
tions of all speeds and pressures, from automation and
assembly cylinders to high speed pneumatic hand tools.
Rotary testing capabilities range from low speed,

high pressure hydraulic swivels to high speed gear box
and bearing applications in extreme operating condi-
tions, validating seal performance across a wide range
of industries.
4QVCT[J[FTCWNKEVGUVKPI
09/01/07
Phone: 801 972 3000
YYYRCTMGTUGCNUEQO
+PVTQFWEVKQP
1
2TGOKGT%WUVQOGT5WRRQTV
Worldwide and local support is just a phone call

away. Our local Parker sales representatives provide
a single point of contact for local sealing support. Our
established worldwide network of over 300 distributor
and service center locations combined with factory
direct representatives, including global sales and
engineering, ensures access to quality products and
engineering services anytime, anywhere.
Customer service is a key component of the

Parker package. Electronic ordering systems such
as EDI and PHconnect make placing and tracking
orders easy. Our knowledgeable customer service
%//%QQTFKPCVGOGCUWTKPIVQQNKPURGEVKQP
representatives are only a phone call away at
801 972 3000.
Parker is consistently willing to explore new

ideas with the companies and individuals we serve.
Customers come to Parker for different reasons, but
our role is always the same . . . working to use our
expertise and help our customers engineer their
success.
5OCTV5EQRGŠKPURGEVKQP
3WCNKV[%QOOKVOGPV
Parker is committed to consistently delivering
excellence in quality and service through continuous
improvement of our people, products and systems.
Our manufacturing facilities are registered to either
AS9100, ISO/9000, or TS16949 standards.
Our commitment to quality and service is supported

by our investment in advanced test and inspection
methods and equipment. Parker constantly strives
to improve customer satisfaction and product quality
through the implementation of:
• Six Sigma
• Lean manufacturing
• Kaizen events
• TQM
• Advanced product quality planning (APQP)
• Feasibility studies
09/01/07
Phone: 801 972 3000
YYYRCTMGTUGCNUEQO
Engineering Catalog EPS 5370/USA
2
%QPVGPVU Parker fluid power seals for all application technologies
Sealing Theory ........................... 2-1 Seals have been used since ancient times and have evolved into a
Static vs. Dynamic Sealing .... 2-1 wide variety of shapes and materials. For those who are not familiar with
sealing technology, the number of options available can be confusing.
Leakage Control .................... 2-2
Selecting the most suitable product for a given application can be
Lip vs. Squeeze Seals ........... 2-2 difficult. This engineering section will assist in product selection by
Effects of Lip Geometries ...... 2-3 explaining the fundamentals of seal design and material technology.
Friction................................... 2-3
Pressure Effects & Extrusion... 2-4
Sealing Theory
Seal Wear.............................. 2-5
Seal Stability.......................... 2-6
Static vs. Dynamic Sealing
Surface Speed....................... 2-6
Compression Set................... 2-7 Every seal, whether static or dynamic, must seal against at least two
contacting surfaces. In static applications, both surfaces are non-moving
Influence of Temperature....... 2-7
relative to one another. In dynamic applications at least one surface
General Guidelines for Hardware is in motion relative to the other sealing surface(s). For example, in a
Design ........................................ 2-8 standard hydraulic cylinder, the rod and piston seals would be classified
Hardware Surface Finish as dynamic seals, while the seal between the bore and the head gland
would be considered a static seal.
Surface Finish Guidelines ....... 2-9
Surface Finish FAQs.............. 2-13 In both static and dynamic applications, a certain amount of squeeze
Installation or compression is required upon installation to maintain contact with
the sealing surfaces and prevent fluid leakage. Dynamic applications in
Considerations ...................... 2-14 particular involve other variables and require that additional factors be
Installation Tools - Piston....... 2-16 evaluated to ensure proper system performance. These variables are
discussed in the following sections.
Installation Tools - Rod .......... 2-17
Finite Element Analysis ............ 2-18
Fig. 2-1. Hydraulic cylinder
09/01/07
Phone: 801 972 3000
YYYRCTMGTUGCNUEQO
Engineering
Leakage Control Lip vs. Squeeze Seals

When choosing a sealing system, the desired result The cross-sectional shape of a seal dramatically
is ultimately leakage control. Seal design and material affects how it functions, especially at low pressure.
2 improvements have made it possible not only to have seal The greatest trade-off in dynamic sealing is low friction
combinations that provide zero leakage, but also provide performance vs. low pressure sealability. At low
extended life in a variety of applications. Aside from the pressure, friction, wear and sealing ability are affected
seals themselves, a thorough understanding of system by whether or not the seal is a lip or squeeze profile
parameters is necessary to obtain the best results. (see Figure 2-3). With this in mind, seals are often
categorized as either “lip seals” or “squeeze seals,”
Optimal sealing is best achieved by taking a systems and many fall somewhere in between. Lip seals are
approach to the seal package rather than considering characterized by low friction and low wear; however,
components individually. Our profiles have been they also generate poor low pressure sealability.
designed specifically to complement one another Squeeze seals are characterized by just the opposite:
to create high performance systems. For example, high friction and high wear, but better low pressure
pairing a Parker rod seal with a Parker wiper minimizes sealability.
fluid leakage and maximizes contamination exclusion.
Our rod seals are designed with knife-trimmed lips -JQWT4RVFF[F4FBM
to ensure the best possible film breaking. This dry
rod technology permits the wiper to be extremely
aggressive, excluding contamination without building
Decreasing Sealability
up oil leakage around the wiper. Another systems
at Low Pressure
approach to effectively control leakage is to incorporate
multiple sealing lips. Parker’s BR buffer ring, BT u-cup
and AH double-lip canned wiper are designed to work
together to give optimized performance and the driest
sealing available in the industry (see Figure 2-2).
Increasing Friction
Figure 2-3. Lip seal vs. squeeze seal
As described above, a squeeze type seal will

generate much more sealing force than a lip type seal.
The assumption here is that both seals are under
zero or low pressure. However, as fluid pressure
increases, the differences between seal types
become insignificant due to the force from the fluid
pressure overcoming the designed squeeze. Pressure
generally improves leakage control, but increases
friction and its associated heat, wear and potential for
extrusion.
In pneumatic applications, low friction is of the

Figure 2-2. BR, BT, AH sealing system for leakage control utmost importance. As such, lip seals are an
excellent choice for these low pressure applications.
Conversely, in hydraulic cylinders, where high system
Even when appropriate seals are specified, it is pressures easily overcome frictional forces, squeeze
still possible to experience leakage due to factors seals are often the appropriate choice. An example of
extending beyond the seals themselves. Examples a hydraulic application in which a squeeze seal would
are hardware considerations like surface finish and not be appropriate is a gravity returned hydraulic ram.
installation damage, seal storage, chemical wash In this case, a lip type hydraulic seal would generate
downs, maintenance and contamination. Adhering to lower friction, allowing the gravity return to function
the design recommendations found herein not only for properly.
seals, but also for the mating hardware will provide the
greatest likelihood of minimized leakage.
09/01/07
Phone: 801 972 3000
YYYRCTMGTUGCNUEQO
Engineering
Effects of Lip Geometries Factors that affect the radial force are:
• Pressure
Lip geometry will determine several functions of the • Material modulus
seal. Force concentration on the shaft, film breaking • Temperature
ability, hydroplaning characteristics and contamination • Lip geometry 2
exclusion are all factors dependent on lip shape. • Squeeze vs. lip seal
Table 2-1 shows four different lip shapes and provides
helpful insights for choosing an appropriate lip Factors that affect the coefficient of friction are:
geometry. • Seal material
• Dynamic surface roughness
Table 2-1. Seal lip contact shape • Temperature
Contact Straight • Lubrication
Rounded Beveled Square
Shape Cut
When the proper seal selection is made, most
Seal Lip seals will function such that friction is not a concern.
Shape However, when friction becomes critical, there are
several ways to reduce it:
Shape of
Contact • Reduce the lip cross-section
Force/ • Decrease lip squeeze
Stress
Profile • Change seal material
• Evaluate the hardware’s surface finish
Film
• Reduce system pressure
Breaking Low High Very High Medium • Improve lubrication
Ability
Lowering friction increases seal life by reducing
Contamin- wear, increasing extrusion resistance, decreasing
ation Low Very High Low High
Exclusion compression set and the rate of chemical attack.
Tendency to High Very Low Low Medium

Hydroplane
Breakaway friction must be overcome for movement to
Typical Pneumatic Wipers and
Piston Rod Seals Piston begin. It is influenced by the duration in which an application
Uses U-cups Seals Seals remains stationary. The longer the duration, the more
lubrication will be forced out from between the seal and
the contacting surface. The seal material then conforms
Friction to the profile of the surface finish. These events increase
breakaway friction.
Friction is a function of the radial force exerted by
the seal and the coefficient of friction between the seal
and the dynamic sealing surface. Reducing friction is
generally desirable, but not always necessary. Friction Stick-slip is characterized by distinct stop-start
is undesirable movement of the cylinder, and may be so rapid that
because of heat it resembles severe vibration, high pitched noise or
#TTQYUTGRTGUGPVTCFKCNHQTEGU chatter. Seals are often thought to be the source of
generation, seal
wear and reduced the stick-slip, but other components or hardware can
system efficiency. create this issue.
Causes of stick-slip include swelling of wear rings or

back-up rings, extreme side-loading, valve pulsation,
poor fluid lubricity, external sliding surfaces or seal
pressure trapping. This condition can be puzzling
or difficult to resolve. Possible causes and trouble-
shooting solutions are listed in the following Table 2-2.
Figure 2-4. Radial force 09/01/07
Phone: 801 972 3000
YYYRCTMGTUGCNUEQO
Engineering
Table 2-2. Stick-slip causes & troubleshooting tips Careful design considerations should be evaluated
Possible to prevent extrusion. For example, minimizing
Causes Troubleshooting Tips clearance gaps and selecting a proper material based
Surface finish out of Verify surface is neither too smooth or too on system temperature, pressure and fluid are both
2 specification rough helpful in reducing the risk of extrusion. As clearance
Poor fluid lubricity Change fluid or use oil treatments or
gaps increase, less pressure is required in order for
friction reducers extrusion to occur. Higher temperatures can also play
a role in this effect by causing seal materials to soften,
Binding wear rings Check gland dimensions, check for
thermal or chemical swell encouraging extrusion at lower pressures. If the
seal material chosen is not suitable to be used in the
Side loading Review cylinder alignment, incorporate
adequate bearing area system fluid, softening due to chemical attack can also
decrease its ability to resist extrusion.
Seal friction Use material with lower coefficient of
friction
The following Table 2-3 lists possible causes of
Cycle speed Slow movement increases likelihood of extrusion and troubleshooting tips for preventative or
stick-slip
corrective measures.
Temperature High temperature softens seals, expands
wear rings, and can cause thermal Table 2-3. Extrusion causes and troubleshooting tips
expansion differences within hardware
Valve pulsation Ensure valves are properly sized and
Possible Causes
adjusted Large extrusion gaps
External hardware Review system for harmonic resonance High operating temperature
Soft materials
High system pressure
Pressure spikes
Pressure Effects and Extrusion
Side loading
Extrusion occurs when fluid pressure forces Wear rings
the seal material into the clearance gap between Chemical compatibility
mating hardware. Dynamic motion further promotes
Troubleshooting Tips
extrusion, as surfaces in motion tend to pull material
Reduce extrusion gaps
into the extrusion gap, generating additional frictional
forces and heat. This can cause premature failure Check gland dimensions
via several modes. Extruded seal material can break Replace commercial grade wear rings with tight tolerance wear
away and get caught underneath sealing lips, creating rings
leak paths. As material continues to break away, seal Incorporate back-up rings
geometry erodes, causing instability and eventual Evaluate size and positioning of wear rings for side load
leakage. Additionally, heat generated from added resistance
friction will cause the seals to take a compression set, Consider harder, higher modulus and tensile strength compound
dramatically shortening their life. Match seal compound for pressure, temperature and fluid
compatibility
By definition, the radial gap is one-half of the

diametrical gap. The actual extrusion gap is often
mistaken as the radial gap. This is too optimistic
in most cases because side loading of the rod and
piston will shift the diametrical clearance to one side.
Often, gravity alone is sufficient for this to occur. Good
practice is to design around worst case conditions so
that extrusion and seal damage do not occur. Table 2-
4 provides maximum radial extrusion gaps for various
seal compounds.
As a general rule of thumb, the pressure rating of dynamic

Figure 2-5. Extrusion damage seals will be approximately one-half that of static seals.
09/01/07
Phone: 801 972 3000
YYYRCTMGTUGCNUEQO
Engineering
Table 2-4. Typical pressure ratings for standard seal compounds in reciprocating applications at 160°F (see Note)
0.005” (0.13mm) Maximum radial gap (typical gland

dimensions without wear rings)
Tight tolerance wear rings 2
Standard tolerance wear rings
Pressure (psi)
Urethane
filled PTFE
Rubber
Rubber
Rubber
Polyurethane
(Plastic)
(Plastic)
PTFE
filled PTFE
Low Temp
Nylon
Glass-
70 Shore A
80 Shore A
90 Shore A
90 Shore A
60 Shore D
65 Shore D
Virgin
40% Bronze-
P5065A88
15%
Compounds
Note: Pressure ratings are based upon a test temperature of Table 2-5. Factors influencing seal wear
160° F (70 °C). Lower temperatures will increase a material’s
pressure rating. Higher temperatures will increase pressure Factors that Influence Seal Wear
ratings. Maximum radial gap is equal to the diametrical gap Rough surface finish Excessive abrasion may occur above
when wear rings are not used. Wear rings keep hardware
12 μin Ra
concentric, but increase extrusion gaps to keep metal-to-metal
contact from occurring, thereby decreasing pressure ratings Ultra smooth surface Surface finishes below 2 μin Ra can
when used. finish create aggressive seal wear due to
lack of lubrication
As noted in Table 2-4, pressure ratings decrease
High pressure Increases the radial force of the seal
when wear rings are used due to the larger against the dynamic surface
extrusion gaps required to eliminate metal-to-metal
High temperature While hot, materials soften, thus
contact. If wear rings are used, be sure to consult reducing tensile strength
Section 9 (Wear Rings) and Section 10 (Back-ups)
for appropriate hardware dimensions. Wear ring Poor fluid lubricity Increases friction and temperature at
JCTFYCTGFKOGPUKQPUHQTVJGRKUVQPCPFTQFVJTQCV sealing contact point
FKCOGVGTUCNYC[UUWRGTUGFGVJQUGFKOGPUKQPU Tensile strength of seal Higher tensile strength increases the
ECNNGFQWVHQTVJGUGCNUVJGOUGNXGU compound material’s resistance to tearing and
abrading
Seal Wear Fluid incompatibility Softening of seal compound leads to

reduced tensile strength
Seals will inevitably wear in dynamic applications, Coefficient of friction of Higher coefficient materials generate
but with appropriate design considerations, this can seal compound higher frictional forces
be minimized. The wear pattern should be even and Abrasive fluid or Creates grooves in the lip, scores the
consistent around the circumference of the dynamic contamination sealing surface and forms leak paths
lip. A small amount of even wear will not drastically
Extremely hard sealing Sharp peaks on hard surfaces will
affect seal performance; however, if the wear patterns
surface not be rounded off during normal
are uneven or grooved, or if the amount of wear is contact with the wear rings and seals,
excessive, performance may be dramatically reduced. accelerating wear conditions
There are many factors that influence seal wear, many
of which are described in the following Table 2-5.
09/01/07
Phone: 801 972 3000
YYYRCTMGTUGCNUEQO
Engineering
Seal wear may be indicated by flattening out of • Rough surfaces which create high friction
the contact point, or, in extreme circumstances, may • Cross-section (larger is better)
appear along the entire dynamic surface as shown in • Design features of a seal (i.e. stabilizing lip, non-
Figure 2-6. symmetrical design). Figure 2-8 illustrates how
2 design features can make a seal more stable. In
the first FEA plot, the seal is centered in the gland
and does not incorporate a stabilizing lip. In the
second plot, the seal is loaded against the static
gland and includes a stabilizing lip. Stability has
been enhanced by the design changes.
Figure 2-6. Seal wear on dynamic surface
Seal Stability Plot 1 Plot 2

Figure 2-8. Design improvements for increased stability
Dynamic stability is integral to a seal’s performance,
allowing the lip to effectively contact the sealing
surface, eliminating rocking and pumping effects 4VSGBDF4QFFE
and promoting an even wear pattern at the sealing
contact point. Instability can create leakage and seal The surface speed of a reciprocating shaft can affect
damage. A typical instability malfunction known as the function of a seal. Hydroplaning and frictional
“spiral failure” can occur when o-rings are used in heat may occur with excessive speed, while stick-slip,
reciprocating applications. Due to frictional forces discussed previously in the friction section, is most
that occur while the system is cycling, the o-ring will often associated with slow speed.
tend to roll or twist in the groove, causing leakage
Hydroplaning occurs when hydrodynamic forces
and even possible breakage. A square geometry
lift the sealing lip off of the dynamic surface, allowing
will tend to resist this better than a round profile, but
fluid to bypass the seal. The lip geometry, as well as
is not impervious to instability failure. Rectangular
the overall force on the lip, will influence its ability to
geometries provide the best stability in dynamic
resist hydroplaning. Most hydraulic seals are rated
applications.
for speeds up to 20 inches/second (0.5 m/second),
Other less obvious factors that influence the stability but this may be too fast for certain lip geometries or
of a seal are: when the seal has a lightly loaded design. Table 2-1
• Percent gland fill on page 2-3 shows which lip geometries are subject to
• hardness or stiffness of the seal material hydroplaning. Straight cut and beveled lip geometries
are the most effective at resisting hydroplaning so long
as sufficient lip loading is present to overcome the
hydrodynamic forces.
High surface speeds can create excessive frictional

heat. This can create seal problems when the
dynamic surface is continuously moving. The under-lip
temperature of the seal will become much hotter than
the system fluid temperature, especially when the seal
is under pressure. If the heat being generated cannot
be dissipated, the seal will experience compression
set, wear, extrusion and/or increased chemical attack.
Fig. 2-7. Instability failure of a square

RTQſNGRKUVQPUGCN 09/01/07
Phone: 801 972 3000
YYYRCTMGTUGCNUEQO
Engineering
Compression Set The seal shown in Figure 2-9 exhibits nearly 100%
compression set with minimal wear. Note how the lips
Compression set is the inability of a seal to return to flare out very little.
its original shape after being compressed. As defined
by ASTM, it is the percent of deflection by which the 2
seal fails to recover after a specific deflection, time
and temperature. Compression set is calculated using
the following equation:
HI - HR
Compression Set = X 100
HI - HC
where
Compression
Deflected Recovered Set
HI HC HR
Figure 2-9. Seal exhibiting nearly 100%

compression set
HI = Initial height
HC = Compressed height
Influence of Temperature
HR = Recovered height
All seal materials have a specified operating
temperature range (see Section 3, Materials). These
Compression set reduces sealing forces, resulting temperatures are provided as guidelines and should
in poor low pressure sealability. It takes place not be used as specification limits. It is wise practice
primarily because of excessive exposure to a high to stay well within this range, knowing that physical
temperature. A material’s upper end temperature properties are severely degraded as either limit is
limit may give an indication of its compression set approached.
resistance. Although compression set always reduces
the seal’s dimensions, chemical swell or shrinkage Temperature affects extrusion, wear, chemical
can either positively or negatively impact the final resistance and compression set, which ultimately
geometry of the seal. If material shrinkage occurs influences the sealing ability of a product. High
due to the system fluid, the deflection of the seal will temperatures reduce abrasion resistance, soften
decrease, accelerating leakage. If chemical swell is materials, allowing them to extrude at lower pressures,
present, it can negate or offset the negative effects increase compression set and can accelerate chemical
of compression set. While it is true that swelling can attack. Low temperatures can cause materials to
offset compression set, extreme fluid incompatibility shrink and harden, reducing resiliency and sealability.
can break down the polymer’s chemical structure and Some of these problems can be solved by using
cause the material to be reformed in its compressed low temperature expanders or metal springs as a
state. component
of the seal
selection
(see
Lip wear is also a dimensional loss, but is not related to
Section 3,
compression set. Dimensional loss due to lip wear will
Materials).
increase the final compression set value.
Figure 2-10. Progressive effect (hydrolysis) of

high temperature water on standard urethane
seals (yellow) vs. Parker Resilon WR (4301)
seals (aqua).
09/01/07
Phone: 801 972 3000
YYYRCTMGTUGCNUEQO
Engineering
General Guidelines for Hardware Design

For easy assembly and to avoid damage to the seal during assembly, Parker recommends that designers
adhere to the tolerances, surface finishes, leading edge chamfers and dimensions shown in this catalog.
2
Table 2-6.
Installation Chamfer, Gland Radius, and Taper Installation Chamfer, Gland Radius, and Taper
Seal “A” “R” Seal “A” “R”
Cross Section Dimension Dimension Cross Section Dimension Dimension
1/16 0.035 0.003 9/16 0.130 0.030
3/32 0.050 0.015 19/32 0.135 0.040
1/8 0.050 0.015 5/8 0.145 0.040
5/32 0.070 0.015 21/32 0.150 0.040
3/16 0.080 0.015 11/16 0.160 0.040
7/32 0.080 0.015 23/32 0.165 0.040
1/4 0.080 0.015 3/4 0.170 0.040
9/32 0.085 0.015 25/32 0.180 0.060
5/16 0.085 0.015 13/16 0.185 0.060
11/32 0.085 0.015 27/32 0.190 0.060
3/8 0.090 0.015 7/8 0.200 0.080
13/32 0.095 0.015 29/32 0.205 0.080
7/16 0.105 0.030 15/16 0.215 0.080
15/32 0.110 0.030 31/32 0.220 0.080
1/2 0.120 0.030 1 0.225 0.080
17/32 0.125 0.030
Figure 2-10.
09/01/07
Phone: 801 972 3000
YYYRCTMGTUGCNUEQO
Engineering
Hardware Surface Finish The three surface finishes shown in Figure 2-11 all
have the same Ra value but very unique characteristics.
The first profile (A)
Understanding and applying the benefits of
is an example of
appropriate surface finish specifications can RMS = Rq. The Root Mean
a proper surface 2
dramatically affect the longevity of a sealing system. Square (RMS) as defined
finish for dynamic
In a dynamic surface, microscopic variations form by ISO 4287:1997 and other
seals in which the
recesses which hold an oil film between the seal lip standards is often defined
sharp peaks have
and the moving surface. If the surface is too smooth, as Rq. These terms are
been minimized
friction and seal wear will be high because this oil interchangeable.
or removed. The
film will not be present. If the surface is too rough,
second profile (B)
the variations will create leak paths and accelerate Rq =/ Ra. Confusion has
will exhibit high
lip wear. For these reasons, it is critical to have an typically surrounded surround-
wear character-
in depth understanding of surface finishes as they ing these values, leading to
istics because of
pertain to dynamic sealing systems. As such, Parker misconceptions that they are
the wide spac-
recommends following the guidelines for surface finish interchangeable. Rq and Ra
ing between the
as outlined below or conducting individual testing will never be equal on typical
peaks. The third
for specific applications to validate seal function and surfaces. Another misconcep-
profile (C) will also
expected life. tion is that there is an approxi-
wear out the seals
quickly because of mate 11% difference between
Over the years, greater attention has been given to
its extremely sharp the two. Ground and polished
this subject as realizations about warranty savings and surfaces can have Rq val-
peaks.
system life become more prevalent. As equipment ues that are 20 to 50 percent
required to measure and maintain a proper surface higher than Ra. The 11% dif-
Ra is sufficient
finish has evolved and improved, the subject of ference would only occur if the
to define the
surface finish has become more complex. Traditional surface being measured took
magnitude of
visual inspection gauges are no longer sufficient to
surface roughness, the form of a true sine wave.
effectively measure surface finish. Profilometers A series of tests conducted at
but is insufficient
are now commonly used to achieve precise Parker have shown Rq to be
to define a surface
measurements with repeatable results. In the same 30% higher than Ra on aver-
entirely in that it
way, the terms used to define a surface finish have age.
only describes the
also advanced.
average deviation
from the mean line, What’s the Significance?
For many years, a single surface parameter has
not the nature of the Specifications previously
often been used to quantify surface finish. RMS (also based on a maximum surface
peaks and valleys
known as Rq) stands for Root Mean Square and finish of 16 μin RMS for ground
in a profile. To
has historically been the most typical value. In more and polished rods should
obtain an accurate
recent years, the Arithmetic Average Roughness, Ra,
surface description, specify a maximum finish of
has become more frequently specified. Using either 12 μin Ra.
parameters such
of these parameters by itself is inadequate to define
as Rp, Rz and
a proper reciprocating sealing surface. Figure 2-11
Rmr (tp) can be
depicts why this parameter alone cannot accurately
used to define the relative magnitude of the peaks
describe a surface finish.
and the spacing between them. These parameters
are defined in Table 2-7, and their combination can
identify if a surface is too rough or even too smooth for
18 μin Ra reciprocating applications.
A
There are other parameters that can be considered

for surface finish evaluation. For example, the
18 μin Ra
B limitation of Rt is that it considers only one
measurement, while Rz, Rp and Rmr consider the full
profile.
18 μin Ra
C
(KIWTG&KHHGTGPVUWTHCEGſPKUJGU[KGNFKPIUCOG4CXCNWG
09/01/07
Phone: 801 972 3000
YYYRCTMGTUGCNUEQO
Engineering
Table 2-7. Roughness parameter descriptions Figure 2-12 graphically represents Ra. The shaded
area, which represents the average height of the
Parameter Descriptions profile, Ra, is equal to the area of the hatched portion.
The mean line, shown in red, splits the hatched area
Roughness parameters are defined per ISO in half and forms the center line for Ra. The graph
2 4287:1997 and ISO 4288:1996. also shows Rq, which is higher than Ra.
Ra* – Arithmetic average or mean deviation from Figure 2-13 shows the actual surface profile of a
the center line within a sampling length. polished chrome rod.
Rq* – Root mean square deviation from the center Upon examination of the profile, it can be seen
line within a sampling length. that the polishing operation has removed or
rounded the peaks producing a positive affect on the
Rp* – Maximum profile peak height within a characteristics of the sealing surface, as described
sampling length. Also known as Rpm in ASME B46.1 below by Ra, Rp, Rz and Rmr.
– 2002.
Rv* – Maximum profile valley depth within a • Ra = 8.9 μin

sampling length. Also known as Rvm in ASME B46.1 • Rp = 14.8 μin (which is 1.7 x Ra, less than the 3x
– 2002.
guideline)
Rz* – Maximum height of profile within a sampling • Rz = 62.9 μin (which is 7.1 x Ra, less than the 8x
length (Rz = Rp + Rv). guideline)
• Rmr = 74%
NOTE: ISO 4287:1984, which measured five
peaks and five valleys within a sampling length,
is now obsolete. This value would be much lower
Figure 2-13 also illustrates how Rp and Rz are
because additional shorter peaks and valleys are
calculated using the following equations:
measured. Over the years there have been several
Rz definitions used. Care needs to be taken to
identify which is used. Rp = Rp1 + Rp2 + Rp3 + Rp4 + Rp5
5
Rt – Maximum height of the profile within the
evaluation length. An evaluation length is typically
five sampling lengths.
Rz = Rz1 + Rz2 + Rz3 + Rz4 + Rz5
Rmr – Relative material ratio measured at a given 5
height relative to a reference zero line. Indicates the
amount of surface contact area at this height. Also
NOTE: In the profile shown in Figure 2-13, Rt = Rz2
known as tp (bearing length ratio) in ASME B46.1
because the tallest peak and deepest valley occur in
– 2002.
the same sampling length.
*Parameters are first defined over a sampling
Figure 2-14 considers the same surface and
length. When multiple sampling lengths are
illustrates how the Rmr value of 74% is determined.
measured, an average value is calculated, resulting
To accomplish this, locate the height of the curve at
in the final value of the parameter. The standard
5% material area (this is the reference line or “zero
number of sampling lengths per ISO 4287:1997 and
line”). From this height, move down a distance of 25%
ISO 4288:1996 is five.
Rz and locate the new intersection point along the
curve. This new intersection point is the actual Rmr
value of 74%.
09/01/07
Phone: 801 972 3000
YYYRCTMGTUGCNUEQO
Engineering
Figure 2-12.
Figure 2-13.
Figure 2-14.
Surface Finish Guidelines for Reciprocating Seals Four parameters have been selected to define a
proper surface finish for hydraulic and pneumatic
Recommendations for surface roughness are reciprocating applications. These parameters are
different for static and dynamic surfaces. Static Ra, Rp, Rz and Rmr. For descriptions of these
surfaces, such as seal groove diameters, are parameters, please consult Table 2-8.
generally easier to seal and require less stringent
roughness requirements; however, the type of fluid
being sealed can affect the guidelines (see Table Grinding as a final process for dynamic sealing surfaces
2-8). It is important to remember that surface finish is rarely sufficient. In order to obtain an acceptable Rmr
recommendations will vary depending upon the seal value, the surface must often be ground and polished. If the
material of choice. PTFE seals require smoother surface is not polished in addition to being ground, the ratio
finishes than seals made from polyurethane and most of Rp and Rz to Ra will be too high or Rmr ratio too low.
rubber compounds.
09/01/07
Phone: 801 972 3000
YYYRCTMGTUGCNUEQO
Engineering
Table 2-8. Surface Finish Guidelines

Ra Guidelines
Thermoplastic and Rubber Seals PTFE Seals
Application
2 Dynamic Surfaces Static Surfaces Dynamic Surfaces Static Surfaces
4 μin (0.1 μm) 8 μin (0.2 μm)
Cryogenics - -
Maximum Maximum
Helium Gas
3 to 10 μin 12 μin (0.3 μm) 6 μin (0.15 μm) 12 μin (0.3 μm)
Hydrogen Gas
(0.08 to 0.25 μm) Maximum Maximum Maximum
Freon
Air
Nitrogen Gas
Argon 3 to 12 μin 16 μin (0.4 μm) 8 μin (0.2 μm) 16 μin (0.4 μm)
Natural Gas (0.08 to 0.3 μm) Maximum Maximum Maximum
Fuel (Aircraft and
Automotive)
Water
Hydraulic Oil 3 to 12 μin 32 μin (0.8 μm) 12 μin (0.3 μm) 32 μin (0.8 μm)
Crude Oil (0.08 to 0.3 μm) Maximum Maximum Maximum
Sealants
Rp Guidelines
Application
Dynamic Surfaces Static Surfaces Dynamic Surfaces Static Surfaces
If Ra r 5 μin If Rar 5 μin
(0.13 μm), then (0.13 μm), then
Rp b 3 × Ra Rpb 3 × Ra
- -
All media/fluids If Ra < 5 μin If Ra < 5 μin
(0.13 μm), then (0.13 μm), then
Rp b 3.5 × Ra Rpb 3.5 × Ra
Example: If Ra = 4 μin, then Rpb 14 μin.
Rz Guidelines
Application
Rzb 8 × Ra and Rzb 8 × Ra and
70 μin (1.8 μm) Rzb 6 × Ra 64 μin (1.6 μm) Rz b 6 × Ra
Maximum Maximum
All media/fluids
Example: If Ra = 4 μin, then Rzb 32 μin (dynamic calculation)
Note: Rz values above maximum recommendations will increase seal wear rate.
Rmr Guidelines
Application
45% to 70%
(thermoplastic)
- 60% to 90% -
55% to 85% (rubber
All media/fluids materials)
Rmr is measured at a depth of 25% of the Rz value based upon a reference level (zero
line) at 5% material/bearing area.
09/01/07
Phone: 801 972 3000
YYYRCTMGTUGCNUEQO
Engineering
Surface Finish FAQs *QYECPCF[PCOKEUWTHCEGſPKUJDGVQQ

UOQQVJ!
There are two areas of concern that have been
9JCVKUVJGFKHHGTGPEGDGVYGGP4/5
4S observed on extremely smooth surfaces, the first
CPF4C! being seal wear, the second being leakage. When 2
RMS which stands for Root Mean Square (and surface finishes have been measured at or below 1
now known as Rq), is one way of quantifying the μin Ra, an extremely accelerated seal wear rate has
average height of a surface. The Arithmetic Average, been observed. A small jump to 1.8 to 2 μin Ra shows
Ra, quantifies the surface in a different manner, significant improvement, indicating that the extremely
providing a true mean value. These parameters will low range should be avoided. With higher values
almost always be different, but there is not an exact showing even greater life extension, the optimal range
relationship between the two for a typical sealing for Ra has been determined to be 3 to 12 μin.
surface of random peaks and valleys. If a surface
were to perfectly resemble a sine wave, the result Regarding leakage, some seal designs that function
would place the RMS value 11% higher than Ra, but well with 6 to 12 μin Ra finishes begin to leak when
this is not a very realistic scenario. On various ground the finish falls below 3 μin Ra. Due to technological
and polished surfaces, RMS has been observed to be advances, there are many suppliers who manufacture
as much as 50% higher than Ra, but on average, runs rods with finishes this smooth. It is always necessary
about 30% higher. If this 30% average difference is to validate seal performance, especially if using an
applied to a 16 μin RMS specification, the maximum ultra-smooth dynamic surface.
recommended value would be 12 μin Ra.
9J[CTG4RCPF4\URGEKſGFCUCHWPEVKQP 9JGPFQGUCF[PCOKEUWTHCEGſPKUJ
QH4CCPFPQVUKORN[CTCPIG! DGEQOGVQQTQWIJ!
Take a shaft with the minimum recommended value Although it is possible for some seals to function
of Ra = 3 μin, for example. Using the formula for Rz, when running on rough finishes, there are always
the maximum value would be calculated as 24 μin concerns with accelerated wear and leakage control.
(8 x 3). If the requirement simply stated a range that Certain seals have been able to function at 120 μin
allowed Rz values up to 70 μin, this large difference Ra finishes for short periods of time, but seal life in
indicates that the surface profile could have many these cases can be reduced up to five or six times.
large, thin surface peaks which would abrade the seal On the contrary, some seals have failed at surface
quickly. By the same regard, a maximum Ra value of finishes as low as 16 μin Ra when pressure was
12 μin would result in an Rz value of 96 μin (12 x 8), insufficient to effectively energize the sealing lips as
which is beyond the recommended maximum value they rapidly wore out. Even though a rough finish is
of 70 μin. The same principle applies for Rp: peaks not a guaranteed failure mode, it is always best to stay
should be removed to reduce seal wear via a polishing within the recommended specifications. Remember
process. Grinding without polishing can leave many that a proper finish also meets the recommendations
abrasive surface peaks. for Rp, Rz and Rmr listed in the surface roughness
guidelines.
9J[KU4[
CNUQMPQYPCU4OCZPQVWUGF
KP2CTMGTŏUTQWIJPGUUURGEKſECVKQP!
Ry only provides a single measurement (a vertical
distance from one peak to valley) within the whole
evaluation length. In actuality, there may be several
peaks and valleys of similar height, or there may only
be one large peak or valley. Rp and Rz provide much
more accurate results, showing the average of five
peak to valley measurements (one measurement in
each of the five sampling lengths). Furthermore, ISO
4287:1997 and ISO 4288:1996 standards no longer
incorporate the use of Ry.
09/01/07
Phone: 801 972 3000
YYYRCTMGTUGCNUEQO
Engineering
Installation
-VCSJDBUJPO Both the seal and its installation
path must be lubricated prior to insertion. The
Considerations lubricant should be selected for its compatibility with
2 the seal compound and the working fluid it will later
Installation techniques may vary considerably encounter. Often, the working fluid itself can be used
from case to case, depending on whether a seal is
being replaced as a maintenance procedure or being
Table 2-9. Seal installation lubricants
installed in the original manufacture of reciprocating
assemblies. Variations also arise from differences Temp. Seal Material
in gland design. A two-piece, split gland design, Type Range Seal Use Compatibility
although rarely used, poses fewer problems than a °F (°C)
“snap-in” groove positioned deep inside the body Petro- -20 to 180 Hydrocarbon Molythane, Resilon,
of a long rod gland. In production situations, or leum (-29 to 82) fluids; Polymyte, Nitroxile,
where frequent maintenance of similar or identical base Pneumatic HNBR, NBR, FKM,
(Parker systems (DO NOT use with
assemblies is performed, it is customary to utilize
O Lube) under 200 EPR)
special tools to permit fitting a seal into its groove psi
without overstressing it or subjecting it to nicks and
Silicone -65 to 400 General Molythane, Resilon,
cuts during insertion. grease (-54 to 204) purpose; Polymyte, Nitroxile,
or oil High HNBR, NBR, EPR,
The common issues associated with all installation (Parker pressure FKM
procedures are: Super O pneumatic
Lube)
$MFBOMJOFTT. The seal and the hardware it must Barium -20 to 300 Pneumatic Molythane, Resilon,
grease (-29 to 149) systems Polymyte, Nitroxile,
traverse on its way into the groove, as well as the tools
under 200 HNBR, NBR, FKM
used to install the seal, must be cleaned and wiped psi
with lint-free cloths.
Fluoro- -65 to 400 Oxygen EPR
carbon (-54 to 204) service
/JDLBOE$VU1SPUFDUJPO Threads, sharp fluid
corners and burrs can damage the seal. Care should
be taken to avoid contact with these surfaces. Burrs
must be removed, sharp corners should be blunted or
radiused, and threads should be masked or shielded
with special insertion tooling (see Figure 2-15). as the lubricant (see Table 2-9).
Although it is good practice to take extra care in the -FBEJO$IBNGFS A generous lead-in chamfer
handling and manipulation of the seal, this is seldom will act as a guide to aid in seal installation. With the
sufficient and it usually requires either a safety tool or proper lead-in chamfer, the seals can be installed
masking to protect the seal against such damage. without lip damage. Refer to Figure 2-16 below and
Table 2-6 on page 2-8 for proper lead-in chamfer
dimensions.
Lead-in
Chamfer
Rod or
Bore Dia
Figure 2-15. Thread protection installation tool cutaway view Figure 2-16. Seal installation lead-in chamfer
09/01/07
Phone: 801 972 3000
YYYRCTMGTUGCNUEQO
Engineering
)FBUJOH Where harder or fabric-reinforced

compounds are used in snap-in applications, elasticity
of the seal may fall short of that required for stretching
or compressing onto (or into) the groove. Since seal
compounds characteristically exhibit a high thermal 2
coefficient of expansion, and tend to soften somewhat
when heated, it is sometimes possible to “soak” the
seals in hot lubricant to aid installation. Be sure to
observe the compound temperature limits, and avoid
heating the seals while stretched. Heating a seal
while stretched will invoke the Gow-Joule effect and
actually shrink the seal.
$SPTT4FDUJPOWT%JBNFUFS Care must be

taken to properly match a seal’s cross-section to its
diameter. If the cross-section is too large in relation
to the diameter, it will be difficult to snap-in or stretch
the seal into the groove. This condition is typically
only associated with polyurethane, PolyMyte and other
high modulus materials. The data shown in Table 2-10
may be used as a guide to determine this relationship
for ease of installation.
Table 2-10. Seal cross section vs. diameter installation guide

Installation Guide
Cross Section vs. Diameter
Minimum Diameter Minimum Diameter
Cross Rod Seal Piston Seal
Section
Poly- Polymyte Poly- Polymyte
urethane urethane
1/8" .750 I.D. 1.000 I.D. 1.250 I.D. 1.750 I.D.
3/16" 1.000 I.D. 1.750 I.D. 1.750 I.D. 2.750 I.D.
1/4" 1.750 I.D. 2.750 I.D. 3.000 I.D. 4.500 I.D.
3/8" 3.000 I.D. 5.000 I.D. 6.000 I.D. 8.000 I.D.
1/2" 6.000 I.D. 8.000 I.D. 10.000 I.D. 12.000 I.D.
3/4" 8.000 I.D. 9.000 I.D. 15.000 I.D. 17.000 I.D.
1" 10.000 I.D. 10.000 I.D. 20.000 I.D. 25.000 I.D.
*OTUBMMBUJPO5PPMT Use installation tools as

recommended (see pages 2-16 and 2-17).
*UFNJ[FBOE6TFB$IFDL-JTU All components

required to complete a sealing assembly should be
itemized and checked off as they are installed. The
absence of any single component can cause the entire
system to fail.
09/01/07
Phone: 801 972 3000
YYYRCTMGTUGCNUEQO
Engineering
Installation Tools - Piston Seals

16 (0.4)
The installation of piston seals
can be greatly improved with the Blend Radius
2 use of installation tooling. Tool-
5° - 10°
ing not only makes the installation
easier, but also safer and cost
effective for high volumes as seals
are less likely to be damaged when 0.015 in. Max
(0.038mm)
using proper tooling. For piston seal Min. Seal ID
installation using tooling, use the minus 0.100
following steps: in. (2.54mm)
1. Inspect all hardware and

tooling for any contamination, burrs
or sharp edges. Clean, debur, Figure 2-17. Expanding mandrel
chamfer, or radius where necessary.
Make sure the piston and groove
are undamaged.
2. If using a two-piece energized Piston Ring Expanding

Piston Mandrel
cap seal, install the o-ring or rubber
energizer into the groove per vendor
specifications.
3. Install the expanding mandrel

onto the piston (Figure 2-17).
4. Place the seal onto the

expanding mandrel, and using the
pusher, gently push the seal up the
ramp until it snaps into place (Figure
Piston Ring
2-18). Groove Pusher
5. If back-up rings are to be used, Figure 2-18. Installation of piston seal with tooling
install split versions into their proper
location or use the mandrel method
in Step 4 for non-split rings.
6. For PTFE cap seals, slide

the resizing tool over the seal to
compress the seal to its original
diameter (Figures 2-19, 2-20).
Resizing Tool Resizing Tool
5° - 10° Piston
16 (0.4)
Max. Seal OD +
2x Seal Cross
Section
Blend Radius
Seal
Figure 2-19. Resizing tool Figure 2-20. Resizing 09/01/07
Phone: 801 972 3000
YYYRCTMGTUGCNUEQO
Engineering
Installation Tools - Rod Seals

Many rubber, plastic and PTFE
rod seals can be manipulated by
hand for installation into the seal 2
groove. Small diameter parts or
parts with large cross sections may
require a two piece (split) groove for
installation. Special tooling can be
utilized to help the installation pro-
cess; however, PTFE and PolyMyte
seals in particular require caution
to ensure the sealing component Seal normal state Seal folded state
is not nicked, dented or damaged.
The following guidelines provide the Figure 2-21. Rod seal folding
steps for proper rod seal installation.
If needed, please call your local
Parker representative for recom-
mendations.
1. Inspect all hardware and tooling

for any contamination, burrs or sharp
edges. Clean, debur, chamfer or ra-
dius where necessary. Make sure the
bore, groove and rod are undamaged.
2. If using a two-piece, energized

cap seal, first carefully install the
o-ring or rubber energizer into the
groove to ensure proper seating.
Figure 2-22. Three-leg installation tool for polyurethane and rubber seals
3. By hand, gently fold the seal
into a kidney shape (Figure 2-21) and
install into the groove. For rubber
and polyurethane seals, the use of a
three-prong installation tool can be
helpful for folding the seal and install-
ing it into the groove (Figure 2-22).
Housing
4. Unfold the seal into the groove,
and using your finger, feel the inside
diameter of the seal to make sure it is
properly seated. Resizing rod
5. For PTFE seals, after unfolding

the seal in the groove, use a resizing Seal
tool (Figure 2-23) to re-expand the
seal.
6. If a back-up ring is to be used

with the rod seal, position the seal to-
ward the internal side of the groove to
allow space for the b (See ring before Figure 2-23. Rod seal installation
installing it into place.
09/01/07
Phone: 801 972 3000
YYYRCTMGTUGCNUEQO
Engineering
Finite Element Analysis

Finite Element Analysis (FEA) is a powerful
computer simulation tool that allows engineers
2 to evaluate product designs and materials and to
Stress (psi)
consider “what if” scenarios in the development phase.
FEA helps minimize time and cost by optimizing a 0
design early in the process, reducing pre-production

tooling and testing. Within the simulation program, Urethane
the product being evaluated is divided into “finite Rubber
elements,” and model parameters such as pressure
Steel*1000
and seal lip squeeze are defined. The program
then repeatedly solves equilibrium equations for 2- 5 0 0
each element, creating an overall picture of seal Strain (in/in)

( )
deformation, stress and contact forces (see Figure Figure 2-25. Stress/Strain relationship of steel vs. elastomers
2-24). These results can then be linked to application
testing to predict performance.
Once this baseline is established, design iterations
can be performed within FEA until the desired results
are achieved and an optimum design is predicted.
This evaluation process enables engineers to antici-
pate the performance of new seal designs by minimiz-
ing the time and cost associated with prototype tooling
investments (see Figure 2-26).
Like any computer simulation, FEA has its limita-

tions. The cost of performing FEA should always
be justified by its results. FEA can provide relative
information on leakage performance and wear life, but
Installed in gland With system cannot give concrete answers to questions like, “Will
pressure applied this seal leak, and if so, how much?” and “How many
Figure 2-24 cycles can be expected before failure occurs?”
Precise material characterization

is an essential component of accu-
rately modeling elastomeric prod-
Traditional Procedure Modern Method
ucts with FEA. Due to the complex (main loop) (side loop)
nature of elastomers, multiple tests Design Design
must be performed in order to deter-
mine their behavior under stress and
strain. Figure 2-25 shows the typical C
Cutting a Mold C Investigation by FEA H
nonlinear stress-strain curves for 1
H A
A N
elastomers compared to the linear N G
property of steel. These nonlinear 2 Sample –Production G E
E Does the Design
complexities make performing FEA Probably fulfill
for elastomers much more difficult 3 Functional Testing
The given
requirements ?
than for metal materials. Advances
in material characterization are con-
tinually being made to improve the Requirements?
ability to capture and predict thermo-
viscoelastic effects of elastomers. 1 Cutting a Mold
Development successfully finished

FEA results must be linked with
lab and field testing to create a Figure 2-26. Traditional process vs. modern seal development process using FEA
baseline to predict seal performance.
09/01/07
Phone: 801 972 3000
YYYRCTMGTUGCNUEQO
Materials Catalog EPS 5370/USA
Contents Parker engineered materials for the fluid power industry

Material Classifications............... 3-1 There are two basic considerations in specifying a well-designed
sealing system, both of which are equally integral to system
Thermoplastics
Elastomers ......................... 3-2
performance: seal configuration, discussed in Section 2, and material, 3
TPU - Polyurethanes discussed herein. When selecting from the wide range of material
TPCE - PolyMyte options that Parker offers, there are a number of considerations to be
Engineered Resins............. 3-3 made:
Nylons
UltraCOMP • Typical Physical Properties
Thermoset Elastomers give a broad picture of a material’s performance.
Rubber................................ 3-4 • Chemical Compatibility
Nitriles (NBR) matches the sealing material with the system fluid and operating
Nitroxile (XNBR) environment.
Hydrogenated Nitrile (HNBR) • Thermal Capabilities and Extrusion Resistance
Ethylene Propylene (EPR)
define limits of application parameters.
Fluorocarbon (FKM)
PTFE ....................................... 3-6 • Friction and Wear
Non-filled PTFE help to determine the performance and life of the seal package.
Filled PTFE • Storage, Handling and Installation guidelines
ensure seal integrity for optimal performance.
Typical Physical Properties......... 3-7
Hardness ................................. 3-7 With in-house material development and compounding for thermoplastic,
thermoset and PTFE materials, the ability to maintain control over all
Modulus of Elasticity................ 3-8 variables during the manufacturing process allows Parker to achieve optimal
Ultimate Tensile Strength......... 3-8 physical properties of its thermoplastic materials. Parker’s commitment to
offering the highest quality sealing materials is unsurpassed in the industry.
Ultimate Elongation ................. 3-9 To ensure long life and system integrity, it is critical to consider all variables
Resilience................................ 3-9 in an application before specifying a material.
Compression Set..................... 3-9
Parker Materials Typical Physical
Properties
Thermoplastics - Elastomers.... 3-11
Thermoplastics - Resins........ 3-12
Thermoset Elastomers ........... 3-14
PTFE ..................................... 3-16
Energizers for PTFE seals ... 3-18
Back-ups for PTFE seals...... 3-19
Chemical Compatibility ............. 3-20
Temperature Limits ................... 3-20 Materials Test Lab
Storage and Handling............... 3-20
Parker EPS Material Classifications
Classes of materials offered by Parker for fluid power profiles include:
• Thermoplastics — Elastomers & Engineered Resins
• Thermoset Elastomers — Rubber (Nitrile, Nitroxile, EPR, FKM, etc.)
• PTFE — Non-filled & filled TFE materials.
09/01/07
Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parkerseals.com
Materials
Thermoplastics
All thermoplastics are resins designed to soften
and melt when exposed to heat. Utilizing an injection
molding process, thermoplastics are melted at high
temperature and injected into the mold. It is then
cooled causing the plastic to solidify. If high heat
is introduced again, the molded part will melt. The
molecules of thermoplastics are held together by
3 physical bonds rather than chemical bonding.
Elastomers — Polyurethane (TPU)
Polyurethanes exhibits outstanding mechanical

and physical properties in comparison with other Figure 3-1. Resilon WR (P4301A90)
elastomers. Specifically, its wear and extrusion
resistance make it a popular choice for hydraulic
applications. Its temperature range is generally -65°F
to +200°F (-54°C to +93°C), with some compounds, 1"3FTJMPO)3
such as Resilon HT, having higher temperature ratings 90 Shore A hardness polyurethane with high resil-
up to +275°F (+135°C). Polyurethanes are highly ience. This formulation resists internal heat generated
resistant to petroleum oils, hydrocarbon fuels, oxygen, through hysteresis making this compound ideal for
ozone and weathering. On the other hand, they will shock applications such as bumpers.
deteriorate quickly when exposed to acids, ketones
and chlorinated hydrocarbons. Unless specifically
formulated to resist hydrolysis (Resilon WR), many 1"1PMZVSFUIBOF
types of polyurethanes are sensitive to humidity and 90 Shore A hardness polyurethane with good abra-
hot water. Other acronyms polyurethane may be sion and extrusion resistance to improve the life of the
known by are AU, EU, PU, and TPU or may simply be seal. It also has excellent rebound which enhances
known as urethanes. For typical physical properties, response time to shock and side loading.
see Table 3-1 on page 3-11.
1"1%.PMZUIBOF
1"3FTJMPO)5
P4615A90 is a 90 Shore A hardness, general purpose
90 Shore A hardness polyurethane manufactured by polyurethane, offering high abrasion and extrusion
Parker specifically for sealing applications. This pro- resistance and is an industrial standard sealing com-
prietary compound was developed to offer extended pound.
temperature capability, excellent resistance to com-
pression set and high rebound characteristics that are P4617D65 is a harder, 65 Shore D, version of
unparalleled in the industry. Molythane ideal for use in anti-extrusion devices.
1"3FTJMPO83 1"6MUSBUIBOF
90 Shore A hardness polyurethane formulated for wa- 90 Shore A hardness polyurethane formulated with
ter resistance. This Parker proprietary compound can internal lubricants for lower friction to help reduce heat
be used for both water and petroleum based fluids. build-up and wear.
1%3FTJMPO&3 1"1PMZVSFUIBOF
60 Shore D hardness polyurethane formulated to 90 Shore A hardness polyurethane formulated to offer
resist extrusion. This compound offers higher extrusion enhanced physical properties over Molythane with im-
resistance for seals and anti-extrusion devices. proved sealing capabilities due to lower compression
set and higher rebound.
09/01/07
Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parkerseals.com
Materials
1"-PX5FNQFSBUVSF1PMZVSFUIBOF auxiliary devices for extrusion resistance. For typical

88 Shore A hardness polyether based polyurethane physical properties, see Table 3-2 on page 3-12.
formulated for an improved low temperature range
and higher resilience than Molythane. This compound
offers a softer feel for easy installation and is a more Engineered Resins — Nylons
cost effective option when compared to P4700A90. 8.PMZ(BSE
Heat stabilized, internally lubed, 30% glass-reinforced
1"1PMZVSFUIBOF nylon for standard tolerance wear rings.
94 Shore A hardness polyurethane formulated for an 3
improved abrasion, extrusion, and compression set 8/ZMBUSPO¡
resistance, as well as higher temperature range than
P4700A90. Wear resistant nylon loaded with molybdenum di-
sulfide (MoS2) for reduced friction. This compound
is ideally suited for use in back-up rings. Nylatron is
Elastomers — PolyMyte (TPCE) susceptible to water absorption.
PolyMyte is a Parker proprietary polyester

88FBS(BSE
elastomer. It has exceptionally high tear strength,
abrasion resistance, modulus, and a wide temperature
Heat stabilized, internally lubricated, 35% glass rein-
range of -65°F to +275°F (-54°C to +135°C). PolyMyte
forced nylon for tight-tolerance wear rings. WearGard
is resistant to petroleum fluids, some phosphate
is a dimensionally stable compound with high com-
ester and chlorinated fluids, common solvents and
pressive strength and is featured in Parker’s distinctive
water below 180°F. It is not compatible with cresols,
green color.
phenols, and highly concentrated acids. Due to its
higher hardness and modulus, seals made from this
material can be difficult to install. Also, care must be
taken not to damage the seal lips during assembly into Engineered Resins — UltraCOMPTM (PEEK)
the gland.
UltraCOMP engineered thermoplastics are semi-
crystalline materials manufactured for extreme tem-
;%1PMZ.ZUF peratures, chemicals and pressures. Their excellent
60 Shore D hardness PolyMyte is used for seals in fatigue resistance and stability in high temperature
applications requiring extended extrusion resistance environments make them the material of choice where
and/or fluid compatibility. other materials fail. With a melt temperature of over
600°F, UltraCOMP can be used at continuous op-
;%1PMZ.ZUF erating temperatures of -65° up to 500° F. Superior
65 Shore D hardness PolyMyte is ideal for back-ups
and other anti-extrusion devices.
;%)ZUSFM¡
Standard 55 Shore D hardness Hytrel for back-ups
and other anti-extrusion devices.
Engineered Resins
Engineered resins such as Nylons and P.E.E.K.,
sometimes called hard plastics, are generally
categorized as compounds with hardness measured
on the Rockwell M or R scale. These compounds
exhibit high tensile and compressive strength and are Figure 3-2. UltraCOMP HTP
typically used in wear rings for bearing support and in
Draft 08/24/07
1 Hytrel® is a trademark of DuPont 2 Nylatron® is a trademark of Quadrant Enginnering.
Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parkerseals.com
Materials
strength and wear resistance properties make it an Nitrile (NBR)

ideal alternative to metal or metal alloys in applica-
tions where weight, metal-to-metal wear or corrosion Nitrile rubber (NBR) is the general term for
issues exist. Such capabilities translate into reduced acrylonitrile butadiene copolymer. Nitrile compounds
equipment down time and increased productivity. For offer good resistance to abrasion, extrusion, and
example, UltraCOMP back-up rings exhibit optimum compression set. The acrylonitrile (ACN) content
strength-flexibility for ease of installation and high ten- influences the physical properties of the compound.
sile strength properties for premiere extrusion resis- As the ACN content increases, oil and solvent
tance. UltraCOMP is available in molded geometries, resistance improve, tensile strength, hardness and
machined geometries and tube stock. abrasion resistance increase, while permeability, low
3 temperature flexibility, and resilience decrease. Parker
offers a variety of nitrile compounds, formulated with
86MUSB$0.1)51 varying ACN content, to provide the best physical
An unfilled engineered thermoplastic material speci- properties for a wide range of applications. Typical
fied for use in extreme conditions spanning multiple temperature ratings are -40°F to +250°F (-40°C to
industries. Its excellent tensile strength facilitates its +121°C).
successful use as back-up rings and anti-extrusion
devices. In addition, UltraCOMP HTP’s elongation
properties (>60% per ASTM D638) allow it to be flexed
and twisted without breaking.
86MUSB$0.1('
30% glass filled blend provides enhanced compres-
sive strength over UltraCOMP HTP.

86MUSB$0.1$'
30% carbon fiber blend provides enhanced tensile and
compressive strength over UltraCOMP GF.

86MUSB$0.1$(5
Figure 3-3. Thermoset elastomers
10% carbon, 10% glass, and 10% PTFE blend for
enhanced compressive strength and reduced friction.
/"/#3
80 Shore A hardness low temperature nitrile. This is
Thermoset Elastomers - Rubber a premium, low ACN nitrile for use when low tempera-
ture sealability is the primary requirement.
Unlike thermoplastic elastomers, thermosetting
elastomers gain their strength from an irreversible
cross linking process that occurs when the compound /"/#3
is subjected to pressure and heat. During this
process, or “cure”, special chemical agents within the 75 Shore A hardness low temperature nitrile. This is
compound react to the heat and pressure to vulcanize a low ACN nitrile with an extended upper end tem-
the molecules together. Once cured, thermoset perature formulated for aerospace T-seal applications.
compounds obtain the necessary physical properties N0304A75 is compliant with AMS-P-83461 which
needed to function in fluid sealing applications. supersedes MIL-P-25732.
Reheating thermoset compounds will not cause them
to melt as thermoplastics do. For typical physical /"/#3
properties, see Table 3-3 on page 3-14.
75 Shore A hardness general purpose nitrile with medi-
um ACN content for use where a softer seal is needed.
09/01/07
Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parkerseals.com
Materials
/"/#3 Hydrogenated Nitrile (HNBR)

80 Shore A hardness general purpose nitrile with
medium ACN content. N4180A80 has good chemi- Hydrogenated nitrile offers improved chemical
cal compatibility, sealability and moderate extrusion compatibility and heat resistance over standard nitrile
resistance. N4180A80 has excellent compression set by using hydrogen in the formulation to saturate
resistance even at higher temperatures. the backbone of the nitrile molecule. However,
the compound usually becomes less flexible at low
temperatures. This can be offset to some degree
/"/#3 by adjusting the ACN content as is done with NBR.
Typical temperature ratings are -25°F to +320°F
80 Shore A hardness, medium ACN nitrile with fiber
(-32°C to +160°C). 3
added for reinforcement. The fibers also help to retain
lubrication for reduced friction. N4181A80 is often
used in the 8600 wiper seal to resist extrusion. /" ,#
)/#3
80 Shore A hardness hydrogenated nitrile.
/"/#3
90 Shore A hardness, high ACN nitrile with an ex- /" ,#
)/#3
ceptionally high modulus which gives this compound
outstanding extrusion resistance. N4121A90 also has 85 Shore A hardness hydrogenated nitrile formulated
good compression set properties. for low temperatures.
/" ,#
)/#3
Nitroxile™ (Carboxylated Nitrile) (XNBR)
90 Shore A hardness hydrogenated nitrile formulated
Carboxylated nitriles are formed by exposing for improved chemical compatibility.
nitrile polymer to carboxylic acid groups during
polymerization. This forms an improvement over nitrile
by producing a more wear resistant seal compound /")/#3
with enhanced modulus and tensile strength. Nitroxile 90 Shore A hardness hydrogenated nitrile featuring
offers exceptionally low friction characteristics and has excellent resistance to extrusion and explosive decom-
excellent resistance to petroleum oils, hydrocarbon pression to meet Norsok M-710.
fuels and water. The typical temperature range for
Nitroxile is -10°F to +250°F (-23°C to +121°C).

/"9/#3 Ethylene propylene has excellent dimensional
85 Shore A hardness carboxylated nitrile that has an stability in water-based fluids and steam; however,
internal lubricant as an aid to reduce friction. It is ideal it should never be exposed to petroleum lubricants,
for pneumatic applications with excellent compression water / oil emulsions, solvents or other petroleum
set properties. based fluids (CAUTION! Do not lubricate the seals
with petroleum oils or greases during installation).
Ethylene propylene rubber is compatible with Skydrol®4
/"9/#3 and other phosphate ester fluids used in aircraft
85 Shore A hardness carboxylated nitrile that is formu- hydraulic systems. EPR is also the recommended
lated with a proprietary internal lubricant for exception- seal material for automotive brake fluids (DOT 3, 4 and
ally low friction operation. This is the premier carbox- 5) as well as many commercial refrigerants. Ethylene
ylated nitrile in the sealing industry. propylene rubber is also useful in sealing weak alkalis,
acids, and methyl ethyl ketone (MEK). The typical
temperature range is -65°F to +300°F (-54°C to
/"9/#3 +149°C).
90 Shore A hardness carboxylated nitrile that is for-
mulated for increased hardness, modulus and tensile
3 Compound numbers in parenthesis refer to Parker Seal
strength to provide extra toughness in applications Group material numbers.
requiring nitrile seals. This compound has excellent 4 Skydrol® is a registered trademark of Solutia Inc.
resistance to extrusion, explosive decompression and
abrasion. 09/01/07
Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parkerseals.com
Materials
&"&13
80 Shore A hardness general purpose EPR with

excellent dimensional stability in water-based fluids
and steam. This compound has excellent chemical
compatibility and compression set resistance.
&"&13
90 Shore A hardness general purpose EPR with
3 excellent dimensional stability in water-based fluids
and steam. With its additional hardness it is able to
be used at higher pressures than the 80 Durometer
compounds. It has excellent compression set proper- Figure 3-4. PTFE
ties as well as excellent compatibility with such fluids
as DOT 3 brake fluid.
PTFE
&"&13 PTFE (Polytetrafluoroethylene) offers the following
90 Shore A hardness EPR formulated for steam/geo- characteristics over thermoplastic and thermoset
thermal environments with an upper temperature compounds, making it a unique problem solving
range of +600°F (+315°C). Excellent compression set solution for sealing applications:
resistance. • Low coefficient of friction
The low coefficient of friction (.06) of PTFE mate-
rial results from low interfacial forces between its
Fluorocarbon Elastomers (FKM) surface and other materials that come in contact.
This behavior of PTFE material eliminates any
Fluorocarbon elastomers are highly specialized possibility of stick-slip effects in dynamic sealing
polymers that show the best resistance of all rubbers applications.
to chemical attack, heat and solvents. FKM is of • Wide temperature range
critical importance in solving problems in aerospace, PTFE’s high melting point and morphological char-
automotive, chemical and petroleum industries. FKM is acteristics allow components made from the resin
suitable for use in most hydraulic fluids except Skydrol® to be used continuously at service temperatures to
types and ester-ether fluids. Standard temperatures 600°F (315°C). For sealing cryogenic fluids below
range from -20°F to +400°F (-29°C to +204°C). -450°F (-268°C), special designs using PTFE and
other fluoropolymers are available.
• Chemically inert
7"',. • Dry running capability
75 Shore A hardness general purpose fluorocarbon. • Resist temperature cycling
• High surface speeds
• Low water absorption
7"',. • Low dielectric constant and dissipation factor
75 Shore A hardness fluorocarbon formulated for
improved low temperature performance of -40°F to
+400°F (-40°C to +204°C). Enhancing Performance of PTFE with Fillers
In fluid power applications, it can be beneficial to

7"',. add fillers to PTFE compounds in order to enhance its
physical characteristics. Specific fillers can be incor-
90 Shore A hardness general purpose fluorocarbon.
porated to provide improved compression strength,
wear, creep and extrusion resistance.
7"',.
95 Shore A hardness extended wear and extrusion
resistant fluorocarbon.
09/01/07
Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parkerseals.com
Materials
Non-Filled PTFE m#SPO[F'JMMFE

Bronze is a self lubricated, long-wearing material that
offers superior frictional characteristics and high tem-
7JSHJO15'&
perature capabilities.
Virgin PTFE has no fillers and is considered FDA and
potable water safe.
$BSCPO'JCFS'JMMFE
Carbon fiber lowers creep, increases flex and com-
pressive modulus and raises hardness. Coefficient of
Filled PTFE
thermal expansion is lowered and thermal conductivity 3
is higher for compounds of carbon fiber filled PTFE.
.PEJGJFE7JSHJO15'& This is ideal for automotive applications in shock ab-
sorbers and water pumps.
Virgin PTFE modified with custom pigmentation
features similar basic properties as virgin, but offers
increased wear and creep resistance and lower gas "SPNBUJD1PMZFTUFS'JMMFE
permeability.
Aromatic polyester is excellent for high tempera-
tures and has excellent wear resistance against soft,
.JOFSBM'JMMFE dynamic surfaces. This filler is not recommended for
sealing applications involving steam.
Mineral is ideal for improved higher temperatures and
offers low abrasion to soft surfaces. PTFE with this
filler can easily be qualified to FDA and other food-
grade specifications.
'JCFSHMBTT'JMMFE
Glass fiber is the most common filler with a positive
impact on creep performance of PTFE. Glass fiber
adds wear resistance and offers good compression
strength.
.PMZCEFOVN%JTVMGJEFBOE'JCFS
HMBTT'JMMFE
Molybdenum disulfide (MoS2) increases the hard-
ness of the seal surface while decreasing friction. It is
normally used in small proportions and combined with
other fillers such as glass. MoS2 is inert towards most
chemicals.
(SBQIJUF'JMMFE
Graphite filled PTFE has an extremely low coeffi-
cient of friction due to the low friction characteristics
of graphite. Graphite is chemically inert. Graphite
imparts excellent wear properties and high PV values
to PTFE.
$BSCPO(SBQIJUF'JMMFE
Carbon reduces creep, increases hardness and
elevates the thermal conductivity of PTFE. Carbon-
graphite compounds have good wear resistance and
perform well in non-lubricated applications.
09/01/07
Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parkerseals.com
Materials
Typical Physical Property Information
There are six significant typical physical properties

that affect seal performance. It is important to
understand how the physical properties of a
compound relate to each sealing application and to
know that the fluid being sealed may change these
original characteristics. The six critical properties
3 identified below each show detail concerning their
impact on sealing as well as measurement techniques.
1 — Hardness.
Hardness, also referred to as durometer, is
a property frequently associated with extrusion
resistance (see Table 2-4 on page 2-5). It is not
a good indication of extrusion resistance when
comparing different material classifications. For
example, a polyurethane and a nitrile compound with
the same hardness will not share the same extrusion
resistance. Hardness also relates to low pressure
sealability, since the ability of a seal to conform to
a mating surface depends, to a high degree, on the
hardness of the material. The harder a material,
Figure 3-5. Hardness Scale Comparison Between Shore A,
the less it will conform to a sealing surface at low
Shore D, and Rockwell R
pressure. As hardness increases, modulus and
compressive strengths typically increase as well. This
means that harder seals are typically more difficult to 1414/1415, Din 53519, and ISO 1400/1818. The
install and often have greater friction. IRHD and Shore methods do not provide comparable
values and should not be used to relate one material
Hardness is measured by how easily a specified to another.
surface is deformed by an indenter. “Shore A” and
“Shore D” are the two most common scales for seal 2 — Modulus
materials. Both scales use a rounded indenter to
impact the surface being measured. Shore A is Modulus is truly what gives a seal material its
typically used to measure softer materials, while extrusion resistance. It is a measure of the force
harder materials are measured on the Shore D scale. required to stretch an elastomer a certain percentage
Although the Shore A scale has a max value of 100, it of its original length. Modulus of a material can
is recommended to switch to the Shore D scale past more simply be thought of as its stiffness and is
95 Shore A. These two scales overlap one another as also an indication of the ease of installation. Higher
shown in Figure 3-5. modulus materials resist stretching and compression,
increasing installation difficulty. (ASTM method D412)
Standardized test methods for this physical property
are ASTM 2240 and DIN 53505, which corresponds
to ISO 48. This test procedure has a repeatability of
±5 points, because its accuracy is dependant on the
3 — Ultimate Tensile Strength
flatness of the specimen and the skill of the technician.
Ultimate tensile strength is closely related to wear
For this reason, measuring material hardness on a
resistance, toughness and therefore service life of the
seal itself, with its irregular surface, is discouraged and
seal. This property is the amount of force required
can only be used with caution as a relative value.
to reach ultimate elongation, physically breaking the
material. Polyurethane and filled PTFE compounds
A second method of measuring hardness that
generally have very high tensile strength, providing
is seldom used and is only presented here for
the associated excellent tear and abrasion resistance.
informational purposes is the International Rubber
Hardness Degree (IRHD), as described in ASTM 09/01/07
Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parkerseals.com
Materials
small diameter seals because it can limit the amount

of stretch available for installation. Elongation is also
a good indicator of chemical compatibility. If changes
are observed after a material sample is soaked in
a fluid, it is possible that the seal is being adversely
affected. In this situation, the fluid will typically attack
and break the polymeric chain, reducing the ultimate
elongation. (ASTM method D412)
5 — Resilience 3
Resilience, also known as rebound, strongly
correlates to how quickly a seal will respond to
changing conditions in a dynamic environment. This
property measures the ability of a material to return to
its original shape after being deformed, as well as the
speed at which it can achieve this.
Figure 3-6. Modulus of Elasticity Examples of conditions that require seals to exhibit
excellent resilience are out-of-round cylinders and
rapid side loading situations that cause the rod
to move sideways quickly. Applications with high
vibration or high stroke speed can also benefit from
high resiliency seals. (ASTM method D2632, DIN
53512)
Figure 3-7. Tensile Strength
Most rubber compounds have much lower tensile

strength values, often resulting in one fifth the wear life
of higher tensile materials. (ASTM method D412 and
DIN 53504) It should be noted that values obtained from the
DIN standard are typically higher than those from the ASTM Figure 3-8. Rebound Resilience
standard as there is a difference in the test specimen and the
pull rate.
6 — Compression Set
4 — Ultimate Elongation
Compression set is the inability of a seal to return
Ultimate elongation is most closely associated
to its original shape after being compressed. It
with installation, but can also be a good indicator of
is associated with a sealing material’s “long-term
chemical compatibility. This property is the distance a
memory” and is considered to be one of the most
material will stretch before breaking, expressed as a
critical properties of the seal. For a seal to maintain
percentage of its original length. It can be important in
09/01/07
Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parkerseals.com
Materials
radial pressure and establish a continuous sealing Parker Materials Typical Physical Properties
line, it must resist stress relaxation during the time
and at the temperature to which it is exposed. As
the seal begins to take a compression set, it loses Typical physical properties for Parker fluid power
its inherent ability to seal and may require other product materials are shown in the corresponding
influences to maintain a positive sealing force. tables:
Examples of such factors would be system pressure
or an expander working to energize the sealing lips.
Material Classification Table
The lowest possible compression set value is always
(page)
advantageous because it represents the least amount
3 of lost sealing force over time. Thermoplastics
Elastomers
As defined by ASTM, compression set is the
TPU
percent of deflection by which the seal fails to recover Table 3-1,
Polyurethanes
after a specific deflection, time and temperature (see (pg 3-11)
Fig. 3-9). When comparing compression set values TPCE
between two materials, it is important to note both the PolyMyte
time and temperature of the tests being compared. Engineered Resins Table 3-2,
Even though a typical compression set value is based Nylons (pgs. 3-12,
on a 70 hour period, many times a 22 hour period may 3-13)
UltraCOMP
be used for time and convenience sake. A 22 hour
compression set value will always be dramatically Thermoset Elastomers
better than that of a 70 hour test under the same Rubber
temperature condition. It is also important to know that Nitriles Table 3-3
each elastomer family is generally tested at a different Nitroxile (pgs. 3-14,
temperature or series of temperatures. Be sure that Ethylene Propylene 3-15)
the temperatures of the test data closely approximate Fluorocarbon
the temperature the seal will be used in. (ASTM PTFE for Fluid Power Seals
method D395, DIN 53517)
Non-filled PTFE Table 3-4
Filled PTFE (pgs. 3-16,
3-17)
HI - HR
Compression Set = X 100 Rubber energizer materials for Table 3-5
HI - HC
PTFE fluid power seals (pg 3-18)
where: Back-up ring materials for Table 3-6
PTFE fluid power seals (pg 3-19)
Compression
Deflected Recovered Set
HI HC HR
HI = Initial height
HC = Compressed height
HR = Recovered height
Figure 3-9. Compression set calculation
09/01/07
Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parkerseals.com
Materials
Table 3-1. Typical Physical Properties: Thermoplastics — Elastomers
Service Tensile Shore 100% Compression

Parker Material Ultimate Hardness Set Abrasion
Typical Applications Temperature Strength Modulus Re-
Material Trade Name Elong- Rating
& Description Range at Break psi bound
Code (Color) ation at°F Best = 10
°F (°C) psi (MPa) A D (MPa) Set (°C)
Thermoplastic Elastomers — TPU, Polyurethanes
P4300A90 Polyurethane Proprietary compound offering -65 to +275 8625 560% 92 - 1793 28.9% 212 63% 10
Resilon HT extended temperature range, high (-54 to +135) (59.5) (12.4) (100)
rebound.
(Tan) 3
P4301A90 Polyurethane For water or petroleum based -35 to 225 7129 514% 90 - 2029 24.8% 158 45% 8.1
Resilon WR fluids. (-37 to +107) (49.2) (13.9) (70)
(Aqua Blue)
P4304D60 Polyurethane Offers higher extrusion resistance -65 to +275 6521 556% - 55 2940 32.2% 158 46% 7.3
Resilon ER for seals and anti-extrusion (-54 to +135) (44.9)
devices. (20.3) (70)
(Brown)
P4311A90 Polyurethane Formulation resists internal heat -65 to +275 7229 632% 91 - 1732 33.3% 212 63% 8.2
Resilon HR generated through hysteresis, (-54 to +135) (49.8) (11.9) (100)
ideal for shock applications.
(Red)
P4615A90 Polyurethane General purpose industrial poly- -65 to +200 8134 565% 95 - 1755 30.8% 158 34% 9.4
Molythane urethane offering high abrasion (-54 to +93) (56.1) (12.1) (70)
resistance
(Black)
P4617D65 Polyurethane General purpose industrial poly- -65 to +250 5973 544% - 62 3914 - - - 6.7
Molythane urethane offering high extrusion (-54 to +121) (41.2) (26.9)
resistance.
(Black)
P4622A90 Polyurethane Formulated with internal lubri- -65 to +225 6757 466% 94 - 1755 31.0% 158 34% 7.6
Ultrathane cants for lower friction to help (-54 to +107) (46.6) (12.1) (70)
reduce heat build up.
(Yellow)
P4500A90 Polyurethane Offers good abrasion and extru- -65 to +200 6740 586% 92 - 1774 32.9% 158 42% 7.6
sion resistance with excellent (-54 to +93) (46.5) (12.2) (70)
(Light Green) rebound.
P4700A90 Polyurethane Enhanced properties over 4615 to -65 to +200 5660 511% 92 - 1665 24.7% 158 35% 6.3
improve sealing capabilities from (-54 to +93) (39.0) (11.5) (70)
(Green) lower compression set.
P5065A88 Polyurethane Formulated for an improved low -70 to +200 5033 660% 86 - 1073 27.2% 158 50% 5.5
temperature range and higher (57 to +93) (34.7) (70)
(Dark Blue) resilience than 4615.
(7.4) (70)
P6000A90 Polyurethane Improved abrasion, extrusion and -31 to +230 6513 491% 93 - 1941 26.2% 158 44% 7.3
compression resistance as well (-35 to +110) (44.9) (13.4) (70)
(Dark Gray) as higher temp. than 4700.
Thermoplastic Elastomers — TPCE, PolyMyte

Z4651D60 PolyMyte Used in applications requiring -65 to +275 5748 775% - 58 2231 43.0% 158 - 6.4
extended extrusion resistance and (-54 to +135) (39.6) (15.4) (70)
(Orange) fluid compatibility.
Z4652D65 PolyMyte Primarily used for back-up rings -65 to +275 6175 700% - 62 2611 45.4% 158 - 6.9
and other anti-extrusion devices. (-54 to +135) (42.6) (18.0) (70)
(Orange)
Z4729D55 Hytrel Primarily used for back-up rings -65 to +275 5609 837% - 56 2212 46.0% 158 - 6.9
and other anti-extrusion devices. (-54 to +135) (38.7) (15.2) (70)
(Tan)
09/01/07
Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parkerseals.com
Materials
Table 3-2. Typical Physical Properties: Thermoplastics — Engineered Resins
Tensile
Parker Service Flexural
Strength
Material Material Color Typical Applications & Description Temperature Range Strength
at Break
Code °F (°C) Kpsi (MPa)
psi (MPa)
Nylons
W4650 MolyGard Gray Heat stabilized, internally lubed 30% glass- -65 to +275 17500 22600
reinforced nylon for standard tolerance wear (-54 to +135) (121.0) (156.0)
rings.
3
W4655 Nylatron Gray Wear resistant nylon with molybdenum -65 to +275 13000 16000
disulfide for lower friction, suited for back-up (-54 to +135) (89.6) (110.3)
rings.
W4733 WearGard Green High compressive strength, 35% glass-rein- -65 to +275 18300 25500
forced nylon for tight tolerance wear rings. (-54 to +135) (126.0) (176.0)
UltraCOMP
W4685 UltraCOMP HTP Tan A homogenous engineered thermoplastic -65 to +500 14000 23600
used for extreme conditions in many markets. (-54 to +260) (97.0) (163.0)
W4686 UltraCOMP GF Tan 30% glass filled engineered thermoplastic -65 to +500 22600 30700
with enhanced compressive strength. (-54 to +260) (156.0) (212.0)
W4737 UltraCOMP CF Black 30% carbon fiber blend, provides enhanced -65 to +500 32400 43200
tensile and compressive strength. (-54 to +260) (224.0) (298.0)
W4738 UltraCOMP CGT Gray Thermoplastic material blended with carbon, -65 to +500 20400 26900
glass and PTFE for reduced friction. (-54 to +260) (141.0) (186.0)
Composite Resins
0871-0874 Composite Fabric- Multiple Fabric-reinforced resins to handle severe -40 to +250 9500 -
Reinforced Resins sideloads, high heat and swell from moisture. (-40 to +121) (65.5)
09/01/07
Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parkerseals.com
Materials
Table 3-2. Typical Physical Properties: Thermoplastics — Engineered Resins (cont’d)
Rockwell
Parker Notched IZOD Tensile Shear Flexural Compressive Permissible
Hardness Water Absorption
Material Impact Strength Modulus Strength Modulus Strength Compressive Load
(24 Hour) %
Code Ft-Lbs/In. Kpsi (MPa) psi (MPa) Kpsi (MPa) psi (MPa) psi (MPa)
M R
Nylons
W4650 77 114 1.37 952 9390 860 21000 21700 0.80
(6.6) (65.0) (5929.0) (145.0) (150.0)
3
W4655 - 119 1.69 536 9,500 406 12000 - 0.50
(3.7) (65.5) (2.8) (82.7)
W4733 87 117 1.15 899 9820 1,100 21500 21700

(6.2) (68.0) (7584.0) (148.0) (150.0)
UltraCOMP
W4685 - 126 2 507 7687 579 17100 - 0.50
(3.5) (53.0) (4.0) (118.0)
W4686 - 124 2 1653 14068 1334 31100 - 0.11

(114.0) (97.0) (9.2) (215.0)
W4737 - 124 2 3234 12328 2697 34800 - 0.06

(22.3) (85.0) (18.6) (240.0)
W4738 - 100 2 1464 - 1189 21700 - 0.06

(10.1) (8.2) (150.0)
Composite Resins
0871-0874 100 - 10 470 - 280 35000 65200 0.10
(3.24) (1.9) (241.3) (449.54)
09/01/07
Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parkerseals.com
Materials
Table 3-3. Typical Physical Properties — Thermoset Elastomers

Tensile Shore Compression Abrasion
Parker Service Ultimate 100% Set
Typical Applications & Strength A Rating (1)
Material Material Color Temperature Elonga- Modulus
Description at Break Hard- at°F Worst to
Code Range°F (°C) tion psi (MPa) Set
psi (MPa) ness (°C) (10) Best
Nitrile (NBR)
N4115A75 Nitrile Black General purpose nitrile with -40 to +225 2215 328% 74 641 23.6% 212 1.9
medium ACN content for use (-40 to +107) (15.3) (4.4) (100)
where a softer seal is required.
3 N4180A80 Nitrile Black General purpose nitrile with -40 to +250 2199 275% 80 1007 19.4% 302 1.9
good chemical compatibility, (-40 to +121) (15.2) (6.9) (150)
seal ability and compression
set.
N4181A80 Flocked Black Fiber added reinforcement -40 to +250 2437 345% 80 663 19.4% 302 2.2
Nitrile helps retain lubrication for (-40 to +121) (16.8) (4.6) (150)
reduced friction. Used in 8600
wipers.
N4121A90 Nitrile Black High modulus for outstanding -40 to +250 2415 247% 89 1447 24.0% 212 2.2
extrusion resistance plus good (-40 to +121) (9.9) (100)
compression set.
(16.7)
N4008A80 Nitrile Black Premium, low ACN nitrile for -70 to +275 2141 177% 79 1031 26.4% 212 1.8
use when low temperature (-57 to +135) (7.1) (100)
sealability is required.
(14.8)
N0304A75 Nitrile Black Extended temperature range -65 to +275 1790 213% 75 567 19.4% 212 1.4
formulated for aerospace T-seal (-54 to +135) (12.3) (3.9) (100)
applications.
Carboxylated Nitroxile (XNBR)
N4257A85 Nitroxile Black XNBR with internal lubricant 0 to +250 2845 249% 80 1223 20.0% 212 2.7
to reduce friction. Ideal for (-18 to +121) (19.6) (100)
pneumatic applications.
(8.4)
N4274A85 Nitroxile Black Premier XNBR in the industry -10 to +250 3016 241% 83 1404 31.0% 212 2.9
formulated with proprietary (-23 to +121) (20.8) (9.7) (100)
internal lubricant.
N4263A90 Nitroxile Black Extra tough XNBR with -20 to +275 3103 117% 90 2902 26.4% 212 3
increased hardness, modulus (-29 to +135) (21.4) (20.0) (100)
and tensile strength.
Hydrogenated Nitrile (HNBR)

N4031A85 HNBR Black Equivalent to Seal Group com- -40 to +320 1800 100% 88 1500 25.0% 212 1.4
(KA183) pound KB183A85, offers low (-40 to +160) (12.4) (10.3) (100)
temperature improvement.
N4032A80 HNBR Black Equivalent to Seal Group -25 to +320 3335 164% 82 2358 23.0% 302 3.3
(KB162) compound KB162A80 offering (-32 to +160) (22.9) (16.3) (150)
improved chemical compat-
ibility.
N4033A90 HNBR Black Equivalent to Seal Group -25 to +320 3219 107% 88 3329 22.0% 302 3.2
(KB163) compound KB163A90 offering (-32 to +160) (22.2) (22.9) (150)
improved chemical compat-
ibility
N4007A90 HNBR Black Excellent extrusion resistance -20 to +320 4698 207% 92 2006 14.9% 212 5.0
and explosive decompression (-29 to +160) (32.4) (13.8) (100)
to meet Norsok M-710
09/01/07
Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parkerseals.com
Materials
Table 3-3. Typical Physical Properties — Thermoset Elastomers (cont’d)

Tensile Shore Compression Abrasion
Parker Service Ultimate 100% Set
Typical Applications & Strength A Rating (1)
Material Material Color Temperature Elonga- Modulus
Description at Break Hard- at°F Worst to
Code Range°F (°C) tion psi (MPa) Set
psi (MPa) ness (°C) (10) Best

E4207A90 Ethylene Black General purpose 90A EPR, has -65 to +300 2285 135% 87 1453 13.0% 257 2.0
Propyl- excellent dimensional stability in (-54 to +149) (15.8) (10.0) (125)
ene water-based fluids and steam.
E4259A80 Ethylene Black General purpose 80A EPR, has -65 to +300 2142 162% 79 1057 12.8% 257 1.8
3
Propyl- excellent dimensional stability in (-54 to +149) (14.8) (7.3) (125)
ene water-based fluids and steam.
E4270A90 Ethylene Black Formulated for geothermal -65 to +400 3047 145% 89 1800 27.1% 302 3.0
Propyl- environments and steam up to (-54 to +204) (21.0) (12.4) (150)
ene +600°F.
Fluorocarbon Elastomers (FKM)

V1289A75 Fluoro- Black Fluorocarbon material -40 to +400 1497 163% 78 920 17.0% 392 1.0
elasto- formulated for improved low (-40 to +204) (10.3) (6.3) (200)
mer temperature applications.
V4205A75 Fluoro- Black 70 Shore A general purpose -20 to +400 2161 202% 76 803 6.5% 302 1.8
elasto- fluorocarbon resistant to chemi- (-29 to +204) (14.9) (5.5) (150)
mer cal attack and heat.
V4208A90 Fluoro- Black 90 Shore A general purpose -5 to +400 1954 152% 90 1327 13.4% 302 1.6
elasto- fluorocarbon resistant to chemi- (-21 to +204) (13.5) (9.2) (150)
mer cal attack and heat.
V4266A95 Fluoro- Black Features extended wear and -5 to +400 2442 102% 92 2210 17.6% 302 2.2
elasto- extrusion resistance over gen- (-21 to +204) (16.8) (15.2) (150)
mer eral purpose fluorocarbons.
09/01/07
Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parkerseals.com
Materials
Table 3-4. Typical Physical Properties — PTFE
Tensile
Service
Parker Strength
Typical Applications & Descrip- Temperature Elongation Hardness
Material Material Color in psi at
tion Range °F in % Shore D
Code Break
(°C)
(bar)
Non-Filled PTFE
0100 Virgin PTFE White Excellent for cryogenic applications. -425 to 450 4575 400 60
3 Good for gases. (-254 to 233) (316)
Filled PTFE
0102 Modified PTFE Turquoise Lower creep, reduced permeability -320 to 450 4600 390 60
and good wear resistance. (-195 to 282) (317)
0120 Mineral Filled PTFE White Excellent low abrasion to soft sur- -360 to 550 4070 270 65
faces & improved upper temperature (-218 to 288) (281)
performances. FDA materials.
0203 Fiberglass Filled Gold Excellent compressive strength and -200 to 575 3480 190 67
PTFE good wear resistance. (-129 to 302) (240)
0204 Fiberglass & Moly Gray Excellent for extreme conditions -200 to 575 3100 245 62
Filled PTFE such as high pressure , temperature (-129 to 302) (214)
and longer wear life on hardened
dynamic surfaces.
0205 Fiberglass & Moly Gray Improved compressive strength and -200 to 575 3480 190 67
Filled PTFE wear in rotary applications (-129 to 302) (240)
0301 Graphite Filled PTFE Black Excellent for corrosive service. Low -250 to 550 3200 260 60
abrasion to soft shafts. Good in (-157 to 288) (221)
unlubricated service.
0307 Carbon-Graphite Black Excellent wear resistance and -360 to 575 2250 100 64
Filled PTFE reduces creep. (-218 to 302) (155)
0401 Bronze Filled PTFE Bronze Excellent extrusion resistance and -200 to 575 3200 250 63
high compressive loads. (-129 to 302) (221)
0502 Carbon Fiber Filled Brown Good for strong alkali and hydrofluo- -200 to 550 3200 312 60
PTFE ric acid. Good in water service. (-129 to 288) (221)
0601 Aromatic Polyester Tan Excellent high temperature -200 to 575 2500 200 61
Filled PTFE capabilities and excellent wear (-129 to 302) (172)
resistance.
09/01/07
Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parkerseals.com
Materials
Table 3-4. Typical Physical Properties — PTFE (cont’d)
Coefficient of Wear High Pressure

Permanent Deformation Chemical Com-
Parker Thermal Thermal Resistance Extrusion
Coefficient of Under Load (70°F patibility Rating FDA/NSF
Material Conductivity Expansion (in/in/°F Rating Resistance Rating
Friction 2000 psi Compliant
Code (in W/mK) x 10-5
in %)
at 203°F) 5 = Excellent
1 = Fair
Non-Filled PTFE
0100 0.05 - 0.10 0.30 11 7.0 5 1 1 Y
3
Filled PTFE
0102 0.05 - 0.10 0.29 11 6.9 5 2 2 Y
0120 0.08 - 0.12 0.23 11 4.2 5 3 4 Y
0203 0.08 - 0.12 0.27 10 6.0 5 5 5 N
0204 0.08 - 0.12 0.28 11 6.0 5 4 4 N
0205 0.08 - 0.12 0.27 10 6.0 5 5 5 N
0301 0.07 - 0.09 0.39 11 3.5 5 4 3 N
0307 0.08 - 0.11 0.35 8 2.5 5 4 4 N
0401 0.18 - 0.22 0.45 10 4.4 4 4 4 N
0502 0.09 - 0.12 0.31 13 1.8 4 5 5 N
0601 0.09 - 0.13 0.32 9 5.5 4 4 4 N
Note: We emphasize that this tabulation should be used as a guide only.
The above data is based primarily on laboratory and service tests, but does not take into account all variables that can be encountered
in actual use. Therefore, it is always advisable to test the material under actual service conditions before specifying. If this is not practical,
tests should be devised that simulate service conditions as closely as possible.
Parker also offers unique material blends and recipes along with a wide variety of other PTFE filler combinations and colors to enhance
seal performance in the most extreme application needs. For guidance on material selection for extreme applications, please contact
Application Engineering at 801-972-3000.
09/01/07
Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parkerseals.com
Materials
The following table lists material codes that apply to the rubber energizer used with PTFE fluid power seals.
List the corresponding material code in the appropriate location in the part number. Parker has a full range
of rubber compounds to suit various temperature, pressure and chemical compatibility requirements. If your
application requires an alternate rubber compound, not listed, please consult a Parker application engineer.
Table 3-5. Typical Application Ranges & Recommendations — Rubber Energizers for PTFE fluid power seals
Material Material Shore A Temperature Recommended Use Not Recommend For Use
Code Description Hardness Range
3
-30°F to 250°F • Petroleum oils and fluids
A Nitrile (NBR) 70
(-34°C to 121°C) • Diesel fuel and fuel oils
• Cold water
• Silicone oil and grease
• Mineral oil and grease
Low Temperature -65°F to 225°F • Vegetable oil
B 75 • HFA, HFB and HFC fluids • Aromatic hydrocarbons
Nitrile (NBR) (-55°C to 107°C) • Chlorinated hydrocarbons
• Polar solvents (MEK,
ketone, acetone)
• Phosphate ester fluids
Clean Grade -30°F to 250°F • Potable water • Strong acids
C 70 • Automotive brake fluid
Nitrile (NBR) (-34°C to 121°C) • Food service
Hydrogenated -23°F to 300°F • Diesel fuel and fuel oils

D 70
Nitrile (HNBR) (-32°C to 149°C) • Dilute acids and bases
• Petroleum oils and fluids

• Cold water • Glycol based brake fluids
• Silicone greases and oils • Ammonia gas, amines,
Fluorocarbon -15°F to 400°F
F 70 • Aliphatic hydrocarbons alkalis
(FKM) (-26°C to 205°C)
• Aromatic hydrocarbons • Superheated steam
• Fuels • Low molecular organic acids
• Fuels with methanol content
• Engine and transmission oil

• Superheated steam
• Animal and vegetable oil and
• Acids and Alkalis
grease
Silicone HT -65°F to 450°F • Aromatic mineral oil
H 70 • Brake fluid
(VMQ) (-55°C to 232°C) • Hydrocarbon-based fuels
• Fire-resistant hydraulic fluid
• Aromatic hydrocarbons
• Ozone, aging and weather
resistant
Ethylene
-70°F to 250°F
K Propylene 70 • Hot water
(-57°C to 121°C)
Rubber (EPDM) • Glycol based brake fluids
• Many organic and inorganic
acids • Petroleum oils and fluids
• Cleaning agents • Mineral oil products
• Soda and potassium alkalis
Ethylene • Phosphate ester based fluids
-70°F to 250°F
L Propylene 80 • Many polar solvents
(-57°C to 121°C)
Rubber (EPDM)
09/01/07
Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parkerseals.com
Materials
The following table is a list of back up ring materials for use with PTFE fluid power seals. List the
corresponding back up ring material code in the appropriate location in the part number.
Table 3-6. Typical Application Ranges & Recommendations — Back-up rings for PTFE fluid power seals
Material Material Description Pressure Temperature Range Recommended Use
Code Rating *
• Petroleum oils and fluids

• Diesel fuel and fuel oils
Nylon, Molybdenum Di-Sulfide 7,500 psi -40°F to 250°F
A • Phosphate ester fluids
Filled (517 bar) (-40°C to 121°C)
• Silicone oil and grease
3
Nylon 7,500 psi -40°F to 275°F • Reduced water absorption

B
Glass Filled (517 bar) (-40°C to 135°C) • Improved thermal stability
• HFA, HFB and HFC fluids

• Water
6,000 psi -40°F to 250°F
C Acetal • Petroleum oils and fluids
(414 bar) (-40°C to 121°C)
• Diesel fuel and fuel oils
5000 psi -100°F to 450°F • Extended temperature, pressure

D PTFE PPS Filled
(345 bar) (-73°C to 232°C) and media resistance
PEEK 10,000 psi -40°F to 450°F • Extended temperature, pressure

E
Virgin (690 bar) (-40°C to 232°C) and media resistance
* Pressure ratings are a general guide only. Pressure ratings are reduced if wear rings are used.
Table 3-7. Standard ( ) vs. Optional ( ) materials for PTFE fluid power seal profiles
PTFE Fluid Power Seal Profile
PTFE
Material
Code S5 R5 CT CQ OE CP OA OD ON CR OC AD OQ OR
0100
0102
0120
0203
0204
0205
0301
0307
0401
0502
0601
09/01/07
Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parkerseals.com
Materials
Chemical Compatibility by many as the industry standard; however, Parker

has taken a conservative approach to ensure to our
It is essential to select seal compounds that are customers the highest quality. Both the ARP 5316 and
compatible with the environment in which they are Parker standards for shelf life are shown below in Table
used. Even if the proper seal material is chosen based 3-8.
on system temperature and pressure, exposure to
certain fluids can drastically reduce seal performance
by altering a compound’s typical physical properties. Table 3-8. Recommended storage standards
Chemical
Parker has tested thousands of fluids and is Polymer ARP 5316 Parker
Name
3 continuously testing many new, popular chemicals to
ensure seal material compatibility. Appendix D shows Aflas® FEPM Unlimited 7 Years
the results of many common seal materials in popular
test fluids. This information compares the changes in Ethylene EP, EPR,
Unlimited 7 Years
Propylene EPDM
physical properties of each seal material after it has
been soaked in a specific fluid for a given temperature Fluorocarbon FKM Unlimited 7 Years
and time. For additional compatibility reports not
shown, please contact your local Parker representative. NBR,
Nitrile HNBR, 15 Years 7 Years
XNBR
Temperature Limits Polyurethane AU or EU - 10 Years
When selecting a seal material, temperature is a key PolyMyte TPCE - 10 Years

factor. Heat affects the seal material in several ways:
• Softens the material which accelerates wear Polytetra-
• Accelerates any chemical reaction between the PTFE - Unlimited
fluoroethylene
fluid and the seal
• Damages the bond structure of the material
• Increases compression set The values above assume that proper guidelines for
• Higher temperatures for extended periods of time storage conditions are followed. If plastic and rubber
may harden thermoset (rubber) materials products are stored improperly, their physical properties
may change. Prior to use, all parts should be checked
Lower end temperature may be as important as the for hardness, surface cracking or peeling. If any of
upper end temperature. This is especially true in mobile these conditions are observed, the parts should be
hydraulics. As the temperature lowers, the following discarded. Some compounds can exhibit a build-up of
takes place: powdery film on their surface over time. This natural
• The seal hardens and is less responsive. occurrence is referred to as bloom and does not in
• The coefficient of thermal expansion and any way negatively impact the function of the seal.
contraction is approximately ten times that of Guidelines for proper seal storage are shown in Table
metals. Therefore the seal lips could start to pull 3-9, page 3-21.
away from the surface of the bore. This loss of lip
compression against the colder sealing surfaces
can be offset by seal design and proper material
selection.
• The opposite is also true. As a bearing or wear ring
heats up, binding can occur if there is not a gap
designed into the wear ring.
Storage and Handling

In 1998, the Society of Automotive Engineers (SAE)
issued an Aerospace Recommended Practice (ARP)
for the storage of elastomer seals and seal assemblies
prior to installation. ARP 5316 has been considered
09/01/07
Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parkerseals.com
Symmetrical Seal
%333URÀOH7\SH%3RO\3DN Catalog EPS 5370/USA
BPP Profile, Type B PolyPak

O-ring Energized Lip Seal with Beveled Lip Design
Parker’s Type B PolyPak is a squeeze seal with a symmetrical profile
for use in either rod or piston applications. The rectangular shape of its
cross section ensures stability in the gland. The standard Molythane
shell provides high wear resistance and the o-ring energizer functions
as a spring to maintain sealing contact under low pressure or vacuum
applications. The beveled lip design of the Type B PolyPak is excellent
for cutting fluid film. The sharp beveled lip is formed by a precision knife
trimming process. A wide selection of sizes and alternate compounds
allow this profile to match up with many hydraulic applications. The
Type B PolyPak is an economical choice as a stand-alone seal or can
be used in tandem with a buffer seal. In piston applications, this seal
will function as a unidirectional seal. Instead, for bi-directional piston
sealing, incorporate a PIP ring (see page 7-15). Type B PolyPaks should
not be installed back to back, in bi-directional pressure applications, as a
pressure trap between the seals may occur.
Technical Data
6 Standard Temperature Pressure Surface
Materials* Range Range† Speed
Shell
P4615A90 -65°F to 200°F 5,000 psi < 1.6 ft/s
(-54°C to 93°C) (344 bar) (0.5 m/s)
P4622A90 -65°F to 225°F 5,000 psi < 1.6 ft/s
(-54°C to 107°C) (344 bar) (0.5 m/s)
Z4651D60 -65°F to 275°F 7,000 psi < 1.6 ft/s
(-54°C to 135°C) (482 bar) (0.5 m/s)
N4263A90 -20°F to 275°F 7,000 psi < 1.6 ft/s
(-29°C to 135°C) (482 bar) (0.5 m/s)
Type B PolyPak Type B PolyPak
Cross-Section with Back-up E4207A90 -65°F to 300°F 2,000 psi < 1.6 ft/s
Cross-Section (-54°C to 149°C) (137 bar) (0.5 m/s)
V4208A90 -5°F to 400°F 2250 psi < 1.6 ft/s
(-21°C to 204°C) (155 bar) (0.5 m/s)
V4266A95 -5°F to 400°F 2,250 psi < 1.6 ft/s
(-21°C to 204°C) (155 bar) (0.5 m/s)
Energizer
For Seals With... Standard Energizer Material*
4615 or 4622 PolyPak shell Standard energizer is a nitrile o-ring
4651 PolyPak shell O-spring energizer code must be identified
Rubber PolyPak shell Standard energizer is an o-ring from the
same rubber material family as the shell
*Alternate Materials: For custom energizer materials, see Table 6-3.
For applications that may require an alternate shell material, please see
Section 3 or contact your local Parker Seal representative.
†Pressure Range without wear rings (see Table 2-4, page 2-5).
09/01/07
6-10 Parker Hannifin Corporation

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parkerseals.com
Type B PolyPak Profile
Type B PolyPak installed in Rod Gland Type B PolyPak installed in Piston Gland
Part Number Nomenclature — Type B PolyPak Profile

Table 6-6. Type B PolyPak Profile — Inch
Optional*
- - -
4 6 1 5 2 5 0 0 2 0 0 0 - 3 7 5 B
4 Digit Material Code Seal Nominal I.D. (x1000) Profile 6

Example: Example:
4615 = 90A Molythane 2.000 x 1000 = 02000
Seal Nominal Axial Width
Gland Depth (x1000) or Seal (x1000)
Nominal Radial Cross-Section Positively-Actuated Example:
Example: .250 x 1000 = 250 Back-up Ring .375 x 1000 = 375
Rod:
R0 = Virgin PTFE
R1 = Nylatron Energizer Material Code
R12 = PEEK Example:
*Tooling may be required. Do not include this option Piston: - (Dash) = 70A Nitrile O-ring
in the part number if the back-up ring is not required. P0 = Virgin PTFE For custom energizer options,
See Section 10, page 10-21 for a description of P1 = Nylatron see Table 6-3.
positively-actuated back-ups. P12 = PEEK
Gland Dimensions — Type B PolyPak Profile

Type B PolyPak gland dimensions are provided in Table 6-8, page 6-12.
09/01/07

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parkerseals.com
6WDQGDUG'HHSDQG7\SH%
PolyPak Gland Dimensions Catalog EPS 5370/USA
Gland Dimensions — Standard, Deep and Type B PolyPak Profiles
Standard
C
PolyPak
C Gland Depth
Deep
PolyPak Gland
Depth
A D B
Type B
PolyPak
A D B
Type B
PolyPak
with
Back-up
Table 6-7A. Rod Gland Dimension Tolerances Table 6-7B. Piston Gland Dimension Tolerances
Nominal A B C D Nominal B A C D
Gland Rod Groove Groove Throat Gland Bore Groove Groove Piston
Depth Diameter Diameter Width Diameter Depth Diameter Diameter Width Diameter
6
1/8 +.000/-.001 +.002/-.000 +.002/-.000 1/8 +.002/-.000 +.000/-.002 +.000/-.001
3/16 +.000/-.002 +.002/-.000 +.002/-.000 3/16 +.002/-.000 +.000/-.002 +.000/-.002
1/4 +.000/-.002 +.003/-.000 +.003/-.000 1/4 +.003/-.000 +.000/-.003 +.000/-.002
5/16 +.000/-.002 +.004/-.000 +.003/-.000 5/16 +.003/-.000 +.000/-.004 +.000/-.002
3/8 +.000/-.002 +.005/-.000 +.004/-.000 3/8 +.004/-.000 +.000/-.005 +.000/-.002
+.015/-.000
7/16 +.000/-.003 +.006/-.000 +.004/-.000 7/16 +.005/-.000 +.000/-.006 +.000/-.002
+.015/-.000
1/2 +.000/-.003 +.007/-.000 +.005/-.000 1/2 +.005/-.000 +.000/-.007 +.000/-.003
5/8 +.000/-.003 +.009/-.000 +.006/-.000 9/16 +.006/-.000 +.000/-.008 +.000/-.003
3/4 +.000/-.004 +.011/-.000 +.007/-.000 5/8 +.006/-.000 +.000/-.009 +.000/-.003
1 +.000/-.005 +.015/-.000 +.009/-.000 3/4 +.007/-.000 +.000/-.010 +.000/-.004
7/8 +.008/-.000 +.000/-.011 +.000/-.005
Please refer to Engineering Section 2,
1 +.009/-.000 +.000/-.012 +.000/-.005
page 2-8 for surface finish and additional
hardware considerations.
Table 6-8. Standard, Deep and Type B PolyPak Gland Dimensions
Compound Codes
A B C D Part Number
(X = Standard Offering)†
(Rod)
Rod Throat Standard Deep Type
Energizer Code
Groove
Diameter Diameter Diameter* PP PP B Add to
(Std. (Deep the part Add to
Com- number the part
PP) & B)
pound for Type number
Rubber
Rubber
Rubber
Plastic
Plastic
Plastic
(Bore) Groove Groove Code

Bore Width Width Piston B or for Type
Groove Diameter Diameter** Deep B only
Diameter only
0.062 0.312 0.138 0.275 0.063 0.311 X XXXX 12500062 – 250 B

0.093 0.343 0.138 0.275 0.094 0.342 X X XXXX 12500093 – 250 B
0.125 0.375 0.138 0.275 0.126 0.374 X X X X XXXX 12500125 – 250 B
0.140 0.390 0.138 0.275 0.141 0.389 X XXXX 12500140 – 250 B
†For plastic compounds, see Table 3-1, page 3-11. For rubber compounds, see Table 3-3, page 3-14.
*If used with wear rings, refer to wear ring throat diameter, see Section 9.
**If used with wear rings, refer to wear ring piston diameter, see Section 9.
For custom groove calculations, see Appendix C. 09/01/07

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parkerseals.com
Standard, Deep and Type B PolyPak Profile
Table 6-8. Standard, Deep and Type B PolyPak Gland Dimensions — Inch (Continued)
Compound Codes
A B C D Part Number
Rod (Rod) Throat Standard Deep Type
Energizer Code
Diameter Groove Diameter* PP PP B Add to
Diameter the part Add to
(Std. (Deep
PP) & B) Com- number the part
Rubber
Rubber
Rubber
Plastic
Plastic
Plastic
(Bore) Groove Groove
Bore Width Width Piston Code B or for Type
Diameter only
0.187 0.437 0.138 0.275 0.188 0.436 X X X X XXXX 12500187 – 250 B

0.187 0.562 0.206 0.343 0.188 0.561 X X XXXX 18700187 – 312 B
0.187 0.750 0.309 0.550 0.188 0.749 X XXXX 28100187 – 500 B
0.218 0.468 0.138 0.275 0.219 0.467 X XXXX 12500218 – 250 B
0.250 0.500 0.138 0.275 0.251 0.499 X X X X X XXXX 12500250 – 250 B
0.250 0.625 0.206 0.343 0.251 0.624 X X X X XXXX 18700250 – 312 B
0.250 0.750 0.275 0.413 0.251 0.749 X X XXXX 25000250 – 375 B
0.250 0.875 0.343 0.550 0.252 0.873 X XXXX 31200250 – 500 B
0.312 0.562 0.138 0.275 0.313 0.561 X X X X X XXXX 12500312 – 250 B
0.312 0.687 0.206 0.343 0.313 0.686 X X XXXX 18700312 – 312 B
0.312 0.750 0.240 0.413 0.313 0.749 X XXXX 21800312 – 375 B
0.312 0.812 0.275 0.413 0.313 0.811 X X XXXX 25000312 – 375 B
0.359 0.609 0.138 0.275 0.360 0.608 X XXXX 12500359 – 250 B
0.375 0.625 0.138 0.206 0.376 0.624 X X X XXXX 12500375 – 187 B
0.375 0.625 0.138 0.275 0.376 0.624 X X XXXX 12500375 – 250 B
0.375 0.750 0.206 0.293 0.376 0.749 X X X XXXX 18700375 – 266 B 6
0.375 0.750 0.206 0.343 0.376 0.749 X X X XXXX 18700375 – 312 B
0.375 0.875 0.275 0.413 0.376 0.874 X X X X XXXX 25000375 – 375 B
0.375 1.000 0.343 0.550 0.377 0.998 X XXXX 31200375 – 500 B
0.437 0.687 0.138 0.275 0.438 0.686 X X X X XXXX 12500437 – 250 B
0.437 0.750 0.172 0.275 0.438 0.749 X XXXX 15600437 – 250 B
0.437 0.812 0.206 0.343 0.438 0.811 X X X X XXXX 18700437 – 312 B
0.437 0.875 0.240 0.413 0.438 0.874 X XXXX 21800437 – 375 B
0.437 0.937 0.275 0.413 0.438 0.936 X X X X XXXX 25000437 – 375 B
0.437 1.062 0.343 0.550 0.439 1.060 X XXXX 31200437 – 500 B
0.500 0.750 0.138 0.138 0.501 0.749 X X X X XXXX 12500500 – 125 B
0.500 0.750 0.138 0.275 0.501 0.749 X X X X XXXX 12500500 – 250 B
0.500 0.875 0.206 0.343 0.501 0.874 X X X X XXXX 18700500 – 312 B
0.500 1.000 0.275 0.413 0.501 0.999 X X X XXXX 25000500 – 375 B
0.500 1.125 0.343 0.550 0.502 1.123 X X XXXX 31200500 – 500 B
0.500 1.250 0.413 0.688 0.502 1.248 X XXXX 37500500 – 625 B
0.531 0.781 0.138 0.275 0.532 0.780 X XXXX 12500531 – 250 B
0.562 0.812 0.138 0.138 0.563 0.811 X X X XXXX 12500562 – 125 B
0.562 0.812 0.138 0.275 0.563 0.811 X X XXXX 12500562 – 250 B
0.562 0.936 0.206 0.343 0.563 0.935 X X X XXXX 18700562 – 312 B
0.562 1.000 0.240 0.413 0.563 0.999 X XXXX 21800562 – 375 B
0.562 1.062 0.275 0.413 0.563 1.061 X X XXXX 25000562 – 375 B
0.625 0.875 0.138 0.138 0.626 0.874 X X X XXXX 12500625 – 125 B
0.625 0.875 0.138 0.206 0.626 0.874 X X X XXXX 12500625 – 187 B
0.625 0.875 0.138 0.227 0.626 0.874 X XXXX 12500625 – 206 B
0.625 0.875 0.138 0.275 0.626 0.874 X X X X XXXX 12500625 – 250 B
0.625 1.000 0.206 0.343 0.626 0.999 X X X X X X XXXX 18700625 – 312 B
For custom groove calculations, see Appendix C.
09/01/07

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parkerseals.com
Compound Codes
A B C D Part Number
Energizer Code
(Std. (Deep
Rubber
Rubber
Rubber
Plastic
Plastic
Plastic
Diameter only
0.625 1.125 0.275 0.413 0.626 1.124 X X X X X X XXXX 25000625 – 375 B

0.625 1.250 0.343 0.550 0.627 1.248 X XXXX 31200625 – 500 B
0.625 1.375 0.413 0.688 0.627 1.373 X XXXX 37500625 – 625 B
0.656 1.031 0.206 0.343 0.657 1.030 X XXXX 18700656 – 312 B
0.687 0.937 0.138 0.275 0.688 0.936 X X X X X XXXX 12500687 – 250 B
0.687 1.061 0.206 0.206 0.688 1.060 X X X XXXX 18700687 – 187 B
0.687 1.061 0.206 0.343 0.688 1.060 X XXXX 18700687 – 312 B
0.687 1.187 0.275 0.413 0.688 1.186 X X XXXX 25000687 – 375 B
0.687 1.250 0.309 0.550 0.688 1.249 X XXXX 28100687 – 500 B
0.687 1.312 0.343 0.550 0.689 1.310 X XXXX 31200687 – 500 B
0.750 1.000 0.138 0.138 0.751 0.999 X X X XXXX 12500750 – 125 B
0.750 1.000 0.138 0.206 0.751 0.999 X XXXX 12500750 – 187 B
0.750 1.000 0.138 0.275 0.751 0.999 X X X X XXXX 12500750 – 250 B
0.750 1.062 0.172 0.275 0.751 1.061 X XXXX 15600750 – 250 B
0.750 1.125 0.206 0.275 0.751 1.124 X X XXXX 18700750 – 250 B
6 0.750 1.125 0.206 0.343 0.751 1.124 X X X X X XXXX 18700750 – 312 B
0.750 1.188 0.240 0.413 0.751 1.187 X XXXX 21800750 – 375 B
0.750 1.250 0.275 0.413 0.751 1.249 X X X X X X XXXX 25000750 – 375 B
0.750 1.375 0.343 0.550 0.752 1.373 X X X X XXXX 31200750 – 500 B
0.750 1.500 0.413 0.688 0.752 1.498 X X XXXX 37500750 – 625 B
0.800 1.050 0.138 0.275 0.801 1.049 X XXXX 12500800 – 250 B
0.812 1.062 0.138 0.138 0.813 1.061 X X X XXXX 12500812 – 125 B
0.812 1.062 0.138 0.275 0.813 1.061 X XXXX 12500812 – 250 B
0.812 1.186 0.206 0.343 0.813 1.185 X X X X X XXXX 18700812 – 312 B
0.812 1.312 0.275 0.413 0.813 1.311 X XXXX 25000812 – 375 B
0.812 1.436 0.343 0.550 0.814 1.434 X X XXXX 31200812 – 500 B
0.875 1.125 0.138 0.138 0.876 1.124 X X X X XXXX 12500875 – 125 B
0.875 1.125 0.138 0.206 0.876 1.124 X X XXXX 12500875 – 187 B
0.875 1.125 0.138 0.275 0.876 1.124 X X X X XXXX 12500875 – 250 B
0.875 1.250 0.206 0.275 0.876 1.249 X XXXX 18700875 – 250 B
0.875 1.250 0.206 0.343 0.876 1.249 X X X X X XXXX 18700875 – 312 B
0.875 1.250 0.206 0.413 0.876 1.249 X XXXX 18700875 – 375 B
0.875 1.375 0.275 0.413 0.876 1.374 X X X X XXXX 25000875 – 375 B
0.875 1.500 0.343 0.550 0.877 1.498 X XXXX 31200875 – 500 B
0.875 1.625 0.413 0.688 0.877 1.623 X XXXX 37500875 – 625 B
0.906 1.156 0.138 0.275 0.907 1.155 X XXXX 12500906 – 250 B
0.937 1.187 0.138 0.275 0.938 1.186 X X X XXXX 12500937 – 250 B
0.937 1.250 0.172 0.275 0.938 1.249 X X XXXX 15600937 – 250 B
0.937 1.312 0.206 0.343 0.938 1.311 X X X X XXXX 18700937 – 312 B
0.937 1.375 0.240 0.413 0.938 1.374 X XXXX 21800937 – 375 B
0.937 1.437 0.275 0.413 0.938 1.436 X XXXX 25000937 – 375 B
0.937 1.687 0.413 0.688 0.939 1.685 X XXXX 37500937 – 625 B
09/01/07

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parkerseals.com
Compound Codes
A B C D Part Number
Energizer Code
(Std. (Deep
Rubber
Rubber
Rubber
Plastic
Plastic
Plastic
Diameter only
1.000 1.250 0.138 0.138 1.001 1.249 X X X XXXX 12501000 – 125 B

1.000 1.250 0.138 0.172 1.001 1.249 X XXXX 12501000 – 156 B
1.000 1.250 0.138 0.189 1.001 1.249 X XXXX 12501000 – 172 B
1.000 1.250 0.138 0.206 1.001 1.249 X XXXX 12501000 – 187 B
1.000 1.250 0.138 0.275 1.001 1.249 X X X X XXXX 12501000 – 250 B
1.000 1.312 0.172 0.172 1.001 1.311 X X X XXXX 15601000 – 156 B
1.000 1.312 0.172 0.257 1.001 1.311 X XXXX 15601000 – 234 B
1.000 1.375 0.206 0.275 1.001 1.374 X X XXXX 18701000 – 250 B
1.000 1.375 0.206 0.343 1.001 1.374 X X X X X X XXXX 18701000 – 312 B
1.000 1.500 0.275 0.275 1.001 1.499 X X X XXXX 25001000 – 250 B
1.000 1.500 0.275 0.413 1.001 1.499 X X X X XXXX 25001000 – 375 B
1.000 1.625 0.343 0.550 1.002 1.623 X X X X XXXX 31201000 – 500 B
1.000 1.750 0.413 0.688 1.002 1.748 X X X XXXX 37501000 – 625 B
1.000 1.875 0.481 0.688 1.002 1.873 X XXXX 43701000 – 625 B
1.000 2.000 0.550 0.825 1.002 1.998 X XXXX 50001000 – 750 B
1.000 2.000 0.550 0.825 1.002 1.998 X XXXX 50001000 – 750 B 6
1.062 1.312 0.138 0.187 1.063 1.311 X X X XXXX 12501062 – 170 B
1.062 1.312 0.138 0.275 1.063 1.311 X XXXX 12501062 – 250 B
1.062 1.375 0.172 0.275 1.063 1.374 X XXXX 15601062 – 250 B
1.062 1.436 0.206 0.343 1.063 1.435 X X X X X XXXX 18701062 – 312 B
1.062 1.562 0.275 0.413 1.063 1.561 X XXXX 25001062 – 375 B
1.062 1.687 0.343 0.550 1.064 1.685 X XXXX 31201062 – 500 B
1.093 1.593 0.275 0.413 1.094 1.592 X XXXX 25001093 – 375 B
1.125 1.375 0.138 0.129 1.126 1.374 X X X XXXX 12501125 – 117 B
1.125 1.375 0.138 0.195 1.126 1.374 X XXXX 12501125 – 177 B
1.125 1.375 0.138 0.275 1.126 1.374 X X X XXXX 12501125 – 250 B
1.125 1.500 0.206 0.206 1.126 1.499 X X X XXXX 18701125 – 187 B
1.125 1.500 0.206 0.343 1.126 1.499 X X X X XXXX 18701125 – 312 B
1.125 1.625 0.275 0.413 1.126 1.624 X X X X X X XXXX 25001125 – 375 B
1.125 1.750 0.343 0.550 1.127 1.748 X X X X XXXX 31201125 – 500 B
1.125 1.875 0.413 0.688 1.127 1.873 X X XXXX 37501125 – 625 B
1.125 2.000 0.481 0.550 1.127 1.998 X XXXX 43701125 – 500 B
1.125 2.000 0.481 0.688 1.127 1.998 X XXXX 43701250 – 625 B
1.187 1.437 0.138 0.196 1.188 1.436 X X X XXXX 12501187 – 178 B
1.187 1.437 0.138 0.206 1.188 1.436 X XXXX 12501187 – 187 B
1.187 1.437 0.138 0.275 1.188 1.436 X X XXXX 12501187 – 250 B
1.187 1.500 0.172 0.275 1.188 1.499 X X XXXX 15601187 – 250 B
1.187 1.562 0.206 0.343 1.188 1.561 X X X XXXX 18701187 – 312 B
1.187 1.687 0.275 0.413 1.188 1.686 X X XXXX 25001187 – 375 B
1.187 1.812 0.343 0.550 1.189 1.810 X X XXXX 31201187 – 500 B
1.187 2.000 0.447 0.688 1.189 1.998 X XXXX 40601187 – 625 B
1.250 1.500 0.138 0.206 1.251 1.499 X X X X X XXXX 12501250 – 187 B
09/01/07

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parkerseals.com
Compound Codes
A B C D Part Number
Energizer Code
(Std. (Deep
Rubber
Rubber
Rubber
Plastic
Plastic
Plastic
Diameter only
1.250 1.500 0.138 0.275 1.251 1.499 X X X XXXX 12501250 – 250 B

1.250 1.563 0.172 0.275 1.251 1.562 X X XXXX 15601250 – 250 B
1.250 1.625 0.206 0.275 1.251 1.624 X X X XXXX 18701250 – 250 B
1.250 1.625 0.206 0.343 1.251 1.624 X X X X XXXX 18701250 – 312 B
1.250 1.625 0.206 0.413 1.251 1.624 X XXXX 18701250 – 375 B
1.250 1.750 0.275 0.275 1.251 1.749 X X X XXXX 25001250 – 250 B
1.250 1.750 0.275 0.413 1.251 1.749 X X X X XXXX 25001250 – 375 B
1.250 1.875 0.343 0.550 1.252 1.873 X X X X XXXX 31201250 – 500 B
1.250 2.000 0.413 0.688 1.252 1.998 X X X X XXXX 37501250 – 625 B
1.250 2.063 0.447 0.688 1.252 2.061 X XXXX 40601250 – 625 B
1.250 2.250 0.550 0.825 1.252 2.248 X XXXX 50001250 – 750 B
1.250 2.500 0.688 0.963 1.253 2.497 X XXXX 62501750 – 875 B
1.312 1.562 0.138 0.206 1.313 1.561 X X X XXXX 12501312 – 187 B
1.312 1.625 0.172 0.275 1.313 1.624 X XXXX 15601312 – 250 B
1.312 1.686 0.206 0.206 1.313 1.685 X X X XXXX 18701312 – 187 B
6 1.312 1.686 0.206 0.343 1.313 1.685 X XXXX 18701312 – 312 B
1.312 1.812 0.275 0.413 1.313 1.811 X X X X XXXX 25001312 – 375 B
1.312 1.937 0.343 0.550 1.314 1.935 X XXXX 31201312 – 500 B
1.312 2.000 0.377 0.688 1.314 1.998 X XXXX 34301312 – 625 B
1.312 2.062 0.413 0.481 1.314 2.060 X X XXXX 37501312 – 437 B
1.312 2.312 0.550 0.825 1.314 2.310 X XXXX 50001312 – 750 B
1.375 1.625 0.138 0.138 1.376 1.624 X X X XXXX 12501375 – 125 B
1.375 1.625 0.138 0.196 1.376 1.624 X XXXX 12501375 – 178 B
1.375 1.625 0.138 0.275 1.376 1.624 X X X X XXXX 12501375 – 250 B
1.375 1.687 0.172 0.172 1.376 1.686 X X X XXXX 15601375 – 156 B
1.375 1.750 0.206 0.343 1.376 1.749 X X X X X X XXXX 18701375 – 312 B
1.375 1.750 0.206 0.413 1.376 1.749 X XXXX 18701375 – 375 B
1.375 1.875 0.275 0.413 1.376 1.874 X X X X X X XXXX 25001375 – 375 B
1.375 2.000 0.343 0.550 1.377 1.998 X X X X X X XXXX 31201375 – 500 B
1.375 2.125 0.413 0.688 1.377 2.123 X X X XXXX 37501375 – 625 B
1.375 2.250 0.481 0.688 1.377 2.248 X XXXX 43701375 – 625 B
1.375 2.375 0.550 0.825 1.377 2.373 X XXXX 50001375 – 750 B
1.437 1.687 0.138 0.275 1.438 1.686 X X X X X XXXX 12501437 – 250 B
1.437 1.812 0.206 0.343 1.438 1.811 X X X X X XXXX 18701437 – 312 B
1.437 1.937 0.275 0.413 1.438 1.936 X XXXX 25001437 – 375 B
1.437 2.061 0.343 0.550 1.439 2.059 X XXXX 31201437 – 500 B
1.437 2.187 0.413 0.688 1.439 2.185 X XXXX 37501437 – 625 B
1.437 2.312 0.481 0.688 1.439 2.310 X XXXX 43701437 – 625 B
1.500 1.750 0.138 0.138 1.501 1.749 X X X XXXX 12501500 – 125 B
1.500 1.750 0.138 0.206 1.501 1.749 X XXXX 12501500 – 187 B
1.500 1.750 0.138 0.275 1.501 1.749 X X X XXXX 12501500 – 250 B
1.500 1.750 0.138 0.343 1.501 1.749 X XXXX 12501500 – 312 B
09/01/07

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parkerseals.com
Compound Codes
A B C D Part Number
Energizer Code
(Std. (Deep
Rubber
Rubber
Rubber
Plastic
Plastic
Plastic
Diameter only
1.500 1.812 0.172 0.343 1.501 1.811 X X XXXX 15601500 – 312 B

1.500 1.875 0.206 0.206 1.501 1.874 X X X XXXX 18701500 – 187 B
1.500 1.875 0.206 0.275 1.501 1.874 X X X XXXX 18701500 – 250 B
1.500 1.875 0.206 0.309 1.501 1.874 X XXXX 18701500 – 281 B
1.500 1.875 0.206 0.343 1.501 1.874 X XXXX 18701500 – 312 B
1.500 1.875 0.206 0.413 1.501 1.874 X X X X XXXX 18701500 – 375 B
1.500 2.000 0.275 0.275 1.501 1.999 X X X XXXX 25001500 – 250 B
1.500 2.000 0.275 0.413 1.501 1.999 X X X X XXXX 25001500 – 375 B
1.500 2.125 0.343 0.550 1.502 2.123 X X X X X XXXX 31201500 – 500 B
1.500 2.250 0.413 0.688 1.502 2.248 X X X X XXXX 37501500 – 625 B
1.500 2.375 0.481 0.688 1.502 2.373 X XXXX 43701500 – 625 B
1.500 2.500 0.550 0.825 1.502 2.498 X X X XXXX 50001500 – 750 B
1.562 1.812 0.138 0.275 1.563 1.811 X XXXX 12501562 – 250 B
1.562 1.937 0.206 0.275 1.563 1.936 X X X X XXXX 18701562 – 250 B
1.562 2.312 0.413 0.688 1.564 2.310 X XXXX 37501562 – 625 B
1.625 1.875 0.138 0.275 1.626 1.874 X XXXX 12501625 – 250 B 6
1.625 1.875 0.138 0.275 1.626 1.874 X XXXX 12501625 – 250 B
1.625 2.000 0.206 0.206 1.626 1.999 X X X XXXX 18701625 – 187 B
1.625 2.000 0.206 0.275 1.626 1.999 X XXXX 18701625 – 250 B
1.625 2.000 0.206 0.293 1.626 1.999 X XXXX 18701625 – 266 B
1.625 2.000 0.206 0.343 1.626 1.999 X X XXXX 18701625 – 312 B
1.625 2.000 0.206 0.413 1.626 1.999 X X X X XXXX 18701625 – 375 B
1.625 2.125 0.275 0.413 1.626 2.124 X X X X XXXX 25001625 – 375 B
1.625 2.250 0.343 0.550 1.627 2.248 X X X XXXX 31201625 – 500 B
1.625 2.375 0.413 0.413 1.627 2.373 X X X XXXX 37501625 – 375 B
1.625 2.375 0.413 0.688 1.627 2.373 X XXXX 37501625 – 625 B
1.687 1.937 0.138 0.275 1.688 1.936 X XXXX 12501687 – 250 B
1.687 2.062 0.206 0.413 1.688 2.061 X XXXX 18701687 – 375 B
1.687 2.312 0.343 0.550 1.689 2.310 X X XXXX 31201687 – 500 B
1.750 2.000 0.138 0.138 1.751 1.999 X X X XXXX 12501750 – 125 B
1.750 2.000 0.138 0.275 1.751 1.999 X XXXX 12501750 – 250 B
1.750 2.125 0.206 0.206 1.751 2.124 X X X XXXX 18701750 – 187 B
1.750 2.125 0.206 0.253 1.751 2.124 X X XXXX 18701750 – 230 B
1.750 2.125 0.206 0.275 1.751 2.124 X XXXX 18701750 – 250 B
1.750 2.125 0.206 0.293 1.751 2.124 X X XXXX 18701750 – 266 B
1.750 2.125 0.206 0.343 1.751 2.124 X X XXXX 18701750 – 312 B
1.750 2.125 0.206 0.413 1.751 2.124 X X X X XXXX 18701750 – 375 B
1.750 2.188 0.240 0.413 1.751 2.187 X XXXX 21801750 – 375 B
1.750 2.250 0.275 0.275 1.751 2.249 X X X XXXX 25001750 – 250 B
1.750 2.250 0.275 0.413 1.751 2.249 X X X X XXXX 25001750 – 375 B
1.750 2.375 0.343 0.550 1.752 2.373 X X X X X X XXXX 31201750 – 500 B
1.750 2.500 0.413 0.688 1.752 2.498 X X X X XXXX 37501750 – 625 B
09/01/07

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parkerseals.com
Compound Codes
A B C D Part Number
Energizer Code
(Std. (Deep
Rubber
Rubber
Rubber
Plastic
Plastic
Plastic
Diameter only
1.750 2.563 0.447 0.688 1.752 2.561 X XXXX 40601750 – 625 B

1.750 2.625 0.481 0.688 1.752 2.623 X XXXX 43701750 – 625 B
1.750 2.750 0.550 0.825 1.752 2.748 X XXXX 50001750 – 750 B
1.750 3.000 0.688 0.963 1.753 2.997 X XXXX 62501812 – 875 B
1.812 2.187 0.206 0.343 1.813 2.186 X XXXX 18701812 – 312 B
1.812 2.500 0.377 0.688 1.814 2.498 X XXXX 34301812 – 625 B
1.875 2.125 0.138 0.138 1.876 2.124 X X X XXXX 12501875 – 125 B
1.875 2.125 0.138 0.275 1.876 2.124 X X XXXX 12501875 – 250 B
1.875 2.250 0.206 0.275 1.876 2.249 X XXXX 18701875 – 250 B
1.875 2.250 0.206 0.308 1.876 2.249 X XXXX 18701875 – 280 B
1.875 2.250 0.206 0.413 1.876 2.249 X X X X X X XXXX 18701875 – 375 B
1.875 2.375 0.275 0.413 1.876 2.374 X X X X XXXX 25001875 – 375 B
1.875 2.500 0.343 0.550 1.877 2.498 X X X X X XXXX 31201875 – 500 B
1.875 2.625 0.413 0.688 1.877 2.623 X X X XXXX 37501875 – 625 B
1.875 2.750 0.481 0.688 1.877 2.748 X XXXX 43701875 – 625 B
6 1.875 2.875 0.550 0.825 1.877 2.873 X XXXX 50001875 – 750 B
1.875 3.000 0.618 0.963 1.877 2.998 X XXXX 56201875 – 875 B
1.875 3.125 0.688 1.100 1.878 3.122 X XXXX 62501875 – 1000 B
1.937 2.312 0.206 0.309 1.938 2.311 X X X XXXX 18701937 – 281 B
1.937 2.312 0.206 0.413 1.938 2.311 X XXXX 18701937 – 375 B
1.937 2.437 0.275 0.413 1.938 2.436 X XXXX 25001937 – 375 B
1.937 2.562 0.343 0.550 1.939 2.560 X XXXX 31201937 – 500 B
2.000 2.250 0.138 0.206 2.001 2.249 X X X X XXXX 12502000 – 187 B
2.000 2.250 0.138 0.275 2.001 2.249 X XXXX 12502000 – 250 B
2.000 2.375 0.206 0.206 2.001 2.374 X X X X XXXX 18702000 – 187 B
2.000 2.375 0.206 0.253 2.001 2.374 X XXXX 18702000 – 230 B
2.000 2.375 0.206 0.289 2.001 2.374 X XXXX 18702000 – 263 B
2.000 2.375 0.206 0.343 2.001 2.374 X X XXXX 18702000 – 312 B
2.000 2.375 0.206 0.413 2.001 2.374 X X X X XXXX 18702000 – 375 B
2.000 2.438 0.240 0.413 2.001 2.437 X XXXX 21802000 – 375 B
2.000 2.500 0.275 0.275 2.001 2.499 X X X XXXX 25002000 – 250 B
2.000 2.500 0.275 0.413 2.001 2.499 X X X X XXXX 25002000 – 375 B
2.000 2.625 0.343 0.550 2.002 2.623 X X X X XXXX 31202000 – 500 B
2.000 2.750 0.413 0.550 2.002 2.748 X XXXX 37502000 – 500 B
2.000 2.750 0.413 0.688 2.002 2.748 X X X X X XXXX 37502000 – 625 B
2.000 2.875 0.481 0.688 2.002 2.873 X XXXX 43702000 – 625 B
2.000 3.000 0.550 0.825 2.002 2.998 X X X XXXX 50002000 – 750 B
2.000 3.250 0.688 1.100 2.003 3.247 X XXXX 62502000 – 1000 B
2.062 2.375 0.172 0.275 2.063 2.374 X XXXX 15602062 – 250 B
2.062 2.437 0.206 0.413 2.063 2.436 X XXXX 18702062 – 375 B
2.062 2.500 0.240 0.413 2.063 2.499 X XXXX 21802062 – 375 B
2.062 2.812 0.413 0.688 2.064 2.810 X XXXX 37502062 – 625 B
09/01/07

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parkerseals.com
Compound Codes
A B C D Part Number
Energizer Code
(Std. (Deep
Rubber
Rubber
Rubber
Plastic
Plastic
Plastic
Diameter only
2.125 2.375 0.138 0.275 2.126 2.374 X X XXXX 12502125 – 250 B

2.125 2.500 0.206 0.206 2.126 2.499 X X X XXXX 18702125 – 187 B
2.125 2.500 0.206 0.275 2.126 2.499 X X XXXX 18702125 – 250 B
2.125 2.500 0.206 0.413 2.126 2.499 X X X XXXX 18702125 – 375 B
2.125 2.625 0.275 0.275 2.126 2.624 X X X XXXX 25002125 – 250 B
2.125 2.625 0.275 0.413 2.126 2.624 X X X X XXXX 25002125 – 375 B
2.125 2.750 0.343 0.550 2.127 2.748 X X X X X X XXXX 31202125 – 500 B
2.125 2.875 0.413 0.688 2.127 2.873 X X X X XXXX 37502125 – 625 B
2.125 3.000 0.481 0.688 2.127 2.998 X XXXX 43702125 – 625 B
2.125 3.125 0.550 0.825 2.127 3.123 X XXXX 50002125 – 750 B
2.187 2.562 0.206 0.413 2.188 2.561 X X XXXX 18702187 – 375 B
2.250 2.500 0.138 0.206 2.251 2.499 X X XXXX 12502250 – 187 B
2.250 2.625 0.206 0.343 2.251 2.624 X XXXX 18702250 – 312 B
2.250 2.625 0.206 0.413 2.251 2.624 X X X X X X XXXX 18702250 – 375 B
2.250 2.750 0.275 0.413 2.251 2.749 X X X X X X XXXX 25002250 – 375 B
2.250 2.812 0.309 0.413 2.251 2.811 X XXXX 28102250 – 375 B 6
2.250 2.875 0.343 0.550 2.252 2.873 X X X X XXXX 31202250 – 500 B
2.250 3.000 0.413 0.688 2.252 2.998 X X X X XXXX 37502250 – 625 B
2.250 3.125 0.481 0.413 2.252 3.123 X XXXX 43702250 – 375 B
2.250 3.125 0.481 0.688 2.252 3.123 X XXXX 43702250 – 625 B
2.250 3.250 0.550 0.825 2.252 3.248 X XXXX 50002250 – 750 B
2.312 2.875 0.309 0.550 2.313 2.874 X XXXX 28102312 – 500 B
2.312 2.937 0.343 0.550 2.314 2.935 X XXXX 31202312 – 500 B
2.312 3.000 0.377 0.688 2.314 2.998 X XXXX 34302312 – 625 B
2.375 2.625 0.138 0.275 2.376 2.624 X X X XXXX 12502375 – 250 B
2.375 2.750 0.206 0.275 2.376 2.749 X XXXX 18702375 – 250 B
2.375 2.750 0.206 0.293 2.376 2.749 X X X XXXX 18702375 – 266 B
2.375 2.750 0.206 0.343 2.376 2.749 X XXXX 18702375 – 312 B
2.375 2.750 0.206 0.413 2.376 2.749 X X X XXXX 18702375 – 375 B
2.375 2.875 0.275 0.275 2.376 2.874 X X X XXXX 25002375 – 250 B
2.375 2.875 0.275 0.413 2.376 2.874 X X X XXXX 25002375 – 375 B
2.375 3.000 0.343 0.550 2.377 2.998 X X X X X XXXX 31202375 – 500 B
2.375 3.125 0.413 0.688 2.377 3.123 X X X X XXXX 37502375 – 625 B
2.375 3.375 0.550 0.825 2.377 3.373 X XXXX 50002375 – 750 B
2.437 3.187 0.413 0.688 2.439 3.185 X XXXX 37502437 – 625 B
2.500 2.750 0.138 0.275 2.501 2.749 X X X X XXXX 12502500 – 250 B
2.500 2.875 0.206 0.275 2.501 2.874 X X X X X XXXX 18702500 – 250 B
2.500 2.875 0.206 0.413 2.501 2.874 X X X X XXXX 18702500 – 375 B
2.500 2.937 0.240 0.240 2.501 2.936 X X X XXXX 21802500 – 218 B
2.500 2.937 0.240 0.320 2.501 2.936 X XXXX 21802500 – 291 B
2.500 2.937 0.240 0.413 2.501 2.936 X XXXX 21802500 – 375 B
2.500 3.000 0.275 0.275 2.501 2.999 X X X XXXX 25002500 – 250 B
09/01/07

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parkerseals.com
Compound Codes
A B C D Part Number
Energizer Code
(Std. (Deep
Rubber
Rubber
Rubber
Plastic
Plastic
Plastic
Diameter only
2.500 3.000 0.275 0.413 2.501 2.999 X X X X XXXX 25002500 – 375 B

2.500 3.125 0.343 0.550 2.502 3.123 X X X X X XXXX 31202500 – 500 B
2.500 3.188 0.377 0.688 2.502 3.186 X XXXX 34302500 – 625 B
2.500 3.250 0.413 0.688 2.502 3.248 X X X X X X XXXX 37502500 – 625 B
2.500 3.375 0.481 0.688 2.502 3.373 X X XXXX 43702500 – 625 B
2.500 3.500 0.550 0.825 2.502 3.498 X X X X XXXX 50002500 – 750 B
2.500 3.750 0.688 1.100 2.503 3.747 X XXXX 62502500 – 1000 B
2.562 3.000 0.240 0.413 2.563 2.999 X X XXXX 21802562 – 375 B
2.562 3.062 0.275 0.413 2.563 3.061 X XXXX 25002562 – 375 B
2.562 3.125 0.309 0.550 2.563 3.124 X XXXX 28102562 – 500 B
2.562 3.187 0.343 0.550 2.564 3.185 X XXXX 31202562 – 500 B
2.625 2.875 0.138 0.275 2.626 2.874 X XXXX 12502625 – 250 B
2.625 3.000 0.206 0.309 2.626 2.999 X X X XXXX 18702625 – 281 B
2.625 3.000 0.206 0.275 2.626 2.999 X XXXX 18702625 – 250 B
2.625 3.000 0.206 0.343 2.626 2.999 X XXXX 18702625 – 312 B
6 2.625 3.000 0.206 0.413 2.626 2.999 X X X XXXX 18702625 – 375 B
2.625 3.125 0.275 0.413 2.626 3.124 X X X X X X XXXX 25002625 – 375 B
2.625 3.250 0.343 0.550 2.627 3.248 X X X X X X XXXX 31202625 – 500 B
2.625 3.375 0.413 0.688 2.627 3.373 X X X X X XXXX 37502625 – 625 B
2.687 3.375 0.377 0.688 2.689 3.373 X XXXX 34302687 – 625 B
2.687 3.437 0.413 0.688 2.689 3.435 X XXXX 37502687 – 625 B
2.750 3.000 0.138 0.275 2.751 2.999 X X X XXXX 12502750 – 250 B
2.750 3.125 0.206 0.206 2.751 3.124 X X X XXXX 18702750 – 187 B
2.750 3.125 0.206 0.309 2.751 3.124 X XXXX 18702750 – 281 B
2.750 3.125 0.206 0.413 2.751 3.124 X X X X XXXX 18702750 – 375 B
2.750 3.250 0.275 0.413 2.751 3.249 X X X X X X XXXX 25002750 – 375 B
2.750 3.375 0.343 0.550 2.752 3.373 X X X X XXXX 31202750 – 500 B
2.750 3.500 0.413 0.688 2.752 3.498 X X X X X X XXXX 37502750 – 625 B
2.750 3.750 0.550 0.825 2.752 3.748 X XXXX 50002750 – 750 B
2.750 4.000 0.688 1.100 2.753 3.997 X X X XXXX 62502750 – 1000 B
2.812 3.250 0.240 0.413 2.813 3.249 X X XXXX 21802812 – 375 B
2.812 4.062 0.688 1.100 2.815 4.059 X XXXX 62502812 – 1000 B
2.875 3.125 0.138 0.275 2.876 3.124 X XXXX 12502875 – 250 B
2.875 3.250 0.206 0.206 2.876 3.249 X X X XXXX 18702875 – 187 B
2.875 3.250 0.206 0.275 2.876 3.249 X XXXX 18702875 – 250 B
2.875 3.250 0.206 0.309 2.876 3.249 X XXXX 18702875 – 281 B
2.875 3.250 0.206 0.413 2.876 3.249 X X X XXXX 18702875 – 375 B
2.875 3.375 0.275 0.413 2.876 3.374 X X X X X XXXX 25002875 – 375 B
2.875 3.500 0.343 0.550 2.877 3.498 X X X X X XXXX 31202875 – 500 B
2.875 3.625 0.413 0.688 2.877 3.623 X X X X XXXX 37502875 – 625 B
2.875 3.750 0.481 0.688 2.877 3.748 X XXXX 43702875 – 625 B
2.875 3.875 0.550 0.825 2.877 3.873 X XXXX 50002875 – 750 B
09/01/07

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parkerseals.com
Compound Codes
A B C D Part Number
Energizer Code
(Std. (Deep
Rubber
Rubber
Rubber
Plastic
Plastic
Plastic
Diameter only
2.875 4.000 0.618 0.963 2.877 3.998 X XXXX 56202875 – 875 B

2.875 4.125 0.688 1.100 2.878 4.122 X XXXX 62502875 – 1000 B
3.000 3.250 0.138 0.275 3.001 3.249 X X XXXX 12503000 – 250 B
3.000 3.375 0.206 0.275 3.001 3.374 X X X XXXX 18703000 – 250 B
3.000 3.375 0.206 0.413 3.001 3.374 X X X X XXXX 18703000 – 375 B
3.000 3.437 0.240 0.240 3.001 3.436 X X X XXXX 21803000 – 218 B
3.000 3.437 0.240 0.320 3.001 3.436 X XXXX 21803000 – 291 B
3.000 3.437 0.240 0.343 3.001 3.436 X XXXX 21803000 – 312 B
3.000 3.500 0.275 0.275 3.001 3.499 X X X XXXX 25003000 – 250 B
3.000 3.500 0.275 0.413 3.001 3.499 X X X X XXXX 25003000 – 375 B
3.000 3.625 0.343 0.550 3.002 3.623 X X X X X X XXXX 31203000 – 500 B
3.000 3.750 0.413 0.550 3.002 3.748 X X X X XXXX 37503000 – 500 B
3.000 3.750 0.413 0.688 3.002 3.748 X X X X X XXXX 37503000 – 625 B
3.000 3.875 0.481 0.756 3.002 3.873 X X XXXX 43703000 – 687 B
3.000 4.000 0.550 0.825 3.002 3.998 X X X X XXXX 50003000 – 750 B
3.000 4.250 0.688 1.100 3.003 4.247 X XXXX 62503000 – 1000 B 6
3.062 3.500 0.240 0.413 3.063 3.499 X XXXX 21803062 – 375 B
3.125 3.500 0.206 0.206 3.126 3.499 X X X XXXX 18703125 – 187 B
3.125 3.500 0.206 0.343 3.126 3.499 X XXXX 18703125 – 312 B
3.125 3.500 0.206 0.413 3.126 3.499 X X X X XXXX 18703125 – 375 B
3.125 3.625 0.275 0.413 3.126 3.624 X X X X X XXXX 25003125 – 375 B
3.125 3.750 0.343 0.413 3.127 3.748 X X X XXXX 31203125 – 375 B
3.125 3.750 0.343 0.550 3.127 3.748 X X XXXX 31203125 – 500 B
3.125 3.875 0.413 0.688 3.127 3.873 X X XXXX 37503125 – 625 B
3.125 4.000 0.481 0.688 3.127 3.998 X XXXX 43703125 – 625 B
3.250 3.500 0.138 0.275 3.251 3.499 X XXXX 12503250 – 250 B
3.250 3.625 0.206 0.275 3.251 3.624 X XXXX 18703250 – 250 B
3.250 3.625 0.206 0.413 3.251 3.624 X X X X X XXXX 18703250 – 375 B
3.250 3.750 0.275 0.275 3.251 3.749 X X X XXXX 25003250 – 250 B
3.250 3.750 0.275 0.413 3.251 3.749 X X X X XXXX 25003250 – 375 B
3.250 3.875 0.343 0.550 3.252 3.873 X X X X X X XXXX 31203250 – 500 B
3.250 4.000 0.413 0.550 3.252 3.998 X X X XXXX 37503250 – 500 B
3.250 4.000 0.413 0.688 3.252 3.998 X X X X XXXX 37503250 – 625 B
3.250 4.125 0.481 0.688 3.252 4.123 X XXXX 43703250 – 625 B
3.250 4.250 0.550 0.825 3.252 4.248 X X XXXX 50003250 – 750 B
3.250 4.500 0.688 1.100 3.253 4.497 X X XXXX 62503250 – 1000 B
3.375 3.750 0.206 0.206 3.376 3.749 X X XXXX 18703375 – 187 B
3.375 3.750 0.206 0.275 3.376 3.749 X X XXXX 18703375 – 250 B
3.375 3.750 0.206 0.413 3.376 3.749 X X X XXXX 18703375 – 375 B
3.375 3.875 0.275 0.413 3.376 3.874 X X X X X X XXXX 25003375 – 375 B
3.375 4.000 0.343 0.343 3.377 3.998 X X X XXXX 31203375 – 312 B
3.375 4.000 0.343 0.550 3.377 3.998 X X X X XXXX 31203375 – 500 B
09/01/07

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parkerseals.com
Compound Codes
A B C D Part Number
Energizer Code
(Std. (Deep
Rubber
Rubber
Rubber
Plastic
Plastic
Plastic
Diameter only
3.375 4.125 0.413 0.688 3.377 4.123 X X XXXX 37503375 – 625 B

3.375 4.375 0.550 0.688 3.377 4.373 X XXXX 50003375 – 625 B
3.375 4.625 0.688 1.100 3.378 4.622 X XXXX 62503375 – 1000 B
3.437 3.875 0.240 0.413 3.438 3.874 X XXXX 21803437 – 375 B
3.500 3.750 0.138 0.275 3.501 3.749 X XXXX 12503500 – 250 B
3.500 3.875 0.206 0.293 3.501 3.874 X X X XXXX 18703500 – 266 B
3.500 3.875 0.206 0.309 3.501 3.874 X XXXX 18703500 – 281 B
3.500 3.875 0.206 0.413 3.501 3.874 X X X X XXXX 18703500 – 375 B
3.500 4.000 0.275 0.275 3.501 3.999 X X X XXXX 25003500 – 250 B
3.500 4.000 0.275 0.362 3.501 3.999 X XXXX 25003500 – 329 B
3.500 4.000 0.275 0.413 3.501 3.999 X X X X XXXX 25003500 – 375 B
3.500 4.125 0.343 0.550 3.502 4.123 X X X X X XXXX 31203500 – 500 B
3.500 4.250 0.413 0.688 3.502 4.248 X X X X X X XXXX 37503500 – 625 B
3.500 4.500 0.550 0.825 3.502 4.498 X X X X X XXXX 50003500 – 750 B
3.500 4.750 0.688 1.100 3.503 4.747 X XXXX 62503500 – 1000 B
6 3.500 5.000 0.825 1.375 3.503 4.997 X XXXX 75003500 – 1250 B
3.625 3.875 0.138 0.206 3.626 3.874 X XXXX 12503625 – 187 B
3.625 4.000 0.206 0.413 3.626 3.999 X X X X X XXXX 18703625 – 375 B
3.625 4.125 0.275 0.413 3.626 4.124 X X X X X XXXX 25003625 – 375 B
3.625 4.250 0.343 0.550 3.627 4.248 X X X X X XXXX 31203625 – 500 B
3.625 4.375 0.413 0.688 3.627 4.373 X X X XXXX 37503625 – 625 B
3.625 4.500 0.481 0.688 3.627 4.498 X XXXX 43703625 – 625 B
3.625 4.625 0.550 0.825 3.627 4.623 X XXXX 50003625 – 750 B
3.687 4.250 0.309 0.413 3.688 4.249 X XXXX 28103687 – 375 B
3.750 4.125 0.206 0.275 3.751 4.124 X XXXX 18703750 – 250 B
3.750 4.125 0.206 0.413 3.751 4.124 X X X X X XXXX 18703750 – 375 B
3.750 4.250 0.275 0.413 3.751 4.249 X X X X X X XXXX 25003750 – 375 B
3.750 4.250 0.275 0.618 3.751 4.249 X XXXX 25003750 – 562 B
3.750 4.375 0.343 0.413 3.752 4.373 X X X XXXX 31203750 – 375 B
3.750 4.375 0.343 0.550 3.752 4.373 X X XXXX 31203750 – 500 B
3.750 4.375 0.343 0.688 3.752 4.373 X XXXX 31203750 – 625 B
3.750 4.500 0.413 0.550 3.752 4.498 X XXXX 37503750 – 500 B
3.750 4.500 0.413 0.688 3.752 4.498 X X X X X X XXXX 37503750 – 625 B
3.750 4.750 0.550 0.759 3.752 4.748 X X X X XXXX 50003750 – 690 B
3.750 5.000 0.688 1.100 3.753 4.997 X X X XXXX 62503750 – 1000 B
3.875 4.250 0.206 0.413 3.876 4.249 X X X XXXX 18703875 – 375 B
3.875 4.375 0.275 0.413 3.876 4.374 X X X X XXXX 25003875 – 375 B
3.875 4.500 0.343 0.550 3.877 4.498 X X X X X XXXX 31203875 – 500 B
3.875 4.625 0.413 0.688 3.877 4.623 X X X X XXXX 37503875 – 625 B
3.875 4.750 0.481 0.825 3.877 4.748 X XXXX 43703875 – 750 B
3.875 4.875 0.550 0.825 3.877 4.873 X X XXXX 50003875 – 750 B
3.937 4.500 0.309 0.550 3.938 4.499 X XXXX 28103937 – 500 B
09/01/07

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parkerseals.com
Compound Codes
A B C D Part Number
Energizer Code
(Std. (Deep
Rubber
Rubber
Rubber
Plastic
Plastic
Plastic
Diameter only
4.000 4.250 0.138 0.275 4.001 4.249 X XXXX 12504000 – 250 B

4.000 4.375 0.206 0.206 4.001 4.374 X X X XXXX 18704000 – 187 B
4.000 4.375 0.206 0.413 4.001 4.374 X X X XXXX 18704000 – 375 B
4.000 4.500 0.275 0.275 4.001 4.499 X X X XXXX 25004000 – 250 B
4.000 4.500 0.275 0.413 4.001 4.499 X X X X XXXX 25004000 – 375 B
4.000 4.500 0.275 0.618 4.001 4.499 X X X X XXXX 25004000 – 562 B
4.000 4.625 0.343 0.550 4.002 4.623 X XXXX 31204000 – 500 B
4.000 4.625 0.343 0.618 4.002 4.623 X X X X X XXXX 31204000 – 562 B
4.000 4.750 0.413 0.550 4.002 4.748 X X X XXXX 37504000 – 500 B
4.000 4.750 0.413 0.688 4.002 4.748 X X X X XXXX 37504000 – 625 B
4.000 4.875 0.481 0.688 4.002 4.873 X X X X XXXX 43704000 – 625 B
4.000 4.875 0.481 0.825 4.002 4.873 X XXXX 43704000 – 750 B
4.000 5.000 0.550 0.825 4.002 4.998 X X X X X XXXX 50004000 – 750 B
4.000 5.250 0.688 1.100 4.003 5.247 X XXXX 62504000 – 1000 B
4.000 5.500 0.825 1.375 4.003 5.497 X XXXX 75004000 – 1250 B
4.062 4.562 0.275 0.413 4.063 4.561 X XXXX 25004062 – 375 B 6
4.125 4.500 0.206 0.413 4.126 4.499 X X X X X X XXXX 18704125 – 375 B
4.125 4.625 0.275 0.618 4.126 4.624 X X X X XXXX 25004125 – 562 B
4.125 4.750 0.343 0.618 4.127 4.748 X X X X XXXX 31204125 – 562 B
4.125 4.875 0.413 0.688 4.127 4.873 X X X XXXX 37504125 – 625 B
4.125 5.125 0.550 0.825 4.127 5.123 X X XXXX 50004125 – 750 B
4.125 5.250 0.618 0.963 4.127 5.248 X XXXX 56204125 – 875 B
4.250 4.500 0.138 0.275 4.251 4.499 X XXXX 12504250 – 250 B
4.250 4.625 0.206 0.275 4.251 4.624 X XXXX 18704250 – 250 B
4.250 4.625 0.206 0.309 4.251 4.624 X X X XXXX 18704250 – 281 B
4.250 4.625 0.206 0.413 4.251 4.624 X X X XXXX 18704250 – 375 B
4.250 4.750 0.275 0.413 4.251 4.749 X X X X X XXXX 25004250 – 375 B
4.250 4.750 0.275 0.618 4.251 4.749 X X X X XXXX 25004250 – 562 B
4.250 4.875 0.343 0.618 4.252 4.873 X X X X X XXXX 31204250 – 562 B
4.250 5.000 0.413 0.413 4.252 4.998 X X X XXXX 37504250 – 375 B
4.250 5.000 0.413 0.550 4.252 4.998 X X XXXX 37504250 – 500 B
4.250 5.000 0.413 0.688 4.252 4.998 X X X X XXXX 37504250 – 625 B
4.250 5.250 0.550 0.825 4.252 5.248 X X XXXX 50004250 – 750 B
4.250 5.500 0.688 1.100 4.253 5.497 X X XXXX 62504250 – 1000 B
4.250 5.750 0.825 1.375 4.253 5.747 X XXXX 75004250 – 1250 B
4.312 5.312 0.550 0.825 4.314 5.310 X XXXX 50004312 – 750 B
4.375 4.625 0.138 0.275 4.376 4.624 X XXXX 12504375 – 250 B
4.375 4.750 0.206 0.413 4.376 4.749 X X X XXXX 18704375 – 375 B
4.375 4.875 0.275 0.618 4.376 4.874 X X X X X XXXX 25004375 – 562 B
4.375 5.000 0.343 0.343 4.377 4.998 X X X XXXX 31204375 – 312 B
4.375 5.000 0.343 0.550 4.377 4.998 X X XXXX 31204375 – 500 B
4.375 5.000 0.343 0.618 4.377 4.998 X X XXXX 31204375 – 562 B
09/01/07

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parkerseals.com
Compound Codes
A B C D Part Number
Energizer Code
(Std. (Deep
Rubber
Rubber
Rubber
Plastic
Plastic
Plastic
Diameter only
4.375 5.125 0.413 0.688 4.377 5.123 X X X X X XXXX 37504375 – 625 B

4.375 5.375 0.550 0.688 4.377 5.373 X X XXXX 50004375 – 625 B
4.375 5.375 0.550 0.825 4.377 5.373 X X XXXX 50004375 – 750 B
4.397 5.147 0.413 0.688 4.399 5.145 X XXXX 37504397 – 625 B
4.416 4.916 0.275 0.618 4.417 4.915 X XXXX 25004416 – 562 B
4.437 4.937 0.275 0.413 4.438 4.936 X XXXX 25004437 – 375 B
4.437 5.000 0.309 0.550 4.438 4.999 X XXXX 28104437 – 500 B
4.500 4.750 0.138 0.206 4.501 4.749 X X XXXX 12504500 – 187 B
4.500 4.875 0.206 0.206 4.501 4.874 X X XXXX 18704500 – 187 B
4.500 4.875 0.206 0.413 4.501 4.874 X X X XXXX 18704500 – 375 B
4.500 5.000 0.275 0.275 4.501 4.999 X X X X XXXX 25004500 – 250 B
4.500 5.000 0.275 0.413 4.501 4.999 X X X XXXX 25004500 – 375 B
4.500 5.000 0.275 0.550 4.501 4.999 X X XXXX 25004500 – 500 B
4.500 5.000 0.275 0.618 4.501 4.999 X X X X XXXX 25004500 – 562 B
4.500 5.125 0.343 0.618 4.502 5.123 X X X XXXX 31204500 – 562 B
6 4.500 5.125 0.343 0.688 4.502 5.123 X X XXXX 31204500 – 625 B
4.500 5.250 0.413 0.688 4.502 5.248 X X X X X X XXXX 37504500 – 625 B
4.500 5.375 0.481 0.825 4.502 5.373 X X X XXXX 43704500 – 750 B
4.500 5.500 0.550 0.825 4.502 5.498 X X X X X XXXX 50004500 – 750 B
4.500 5.750 0.688 1.100 4.503 5.747 X XXXX 62504500 – 1000 B
4.500 6.000 0.825 1.375 4.503 5.997 X XXXX 75004500 – 1250 B
4.625 5.000 0.206 0.413 4.626 4.999 X X XXXX 18704625 – 375 B
4.625 5.125 0.275 0.618 4.626 5.124 X X X X XXXX 25004625 – 562 B
4.625 5.250 0.343 0.688 4.627 5.248 X X X XXXX 31204625 – 625 B
4.625 5.375 0.413 0.688 4.627 5.373 X X X XXXX 37504625 – 625 B
4.625 5.875 0.688 1.100 4.628 5.872 X XXXX 62504625 – 1000 B
4.687 5.250 0.309 0.688 4.688 5.249 X XXXX 28104687 – 625 B
4.750 5.000 0.138 0.275 4.751 4.999 X XXXX 12504750 – 250 B
4.750 5.125 0.206 0.413 4.751 5.124 X XXXX 18704750 – 375 B
4.750 5.250 0.275 0.413 4.751 5.249 X X X XXXX 25004750 – 375 B
4.750 5.250 0.275 0.618 4.751 5.249 X X X X XXXX 25004750 – 562 B
4.750 5.375 0.343 0.688 4.752 5.373 X X X XXXX 31204750 – 625 B
4.750 5.500 0.413 0.550 4.752 5.498 X XXXX 37504750 – 500 B
4.750 5.500 0.413 0.688 4.752 5.498 X X X X X X XXXX 37504750 – 625 B
4.750 5.625 0.481 0.688 4.752 5.623 X X XXXX 43704750 – 625 B
4.750 5.625 0.481 0.825 4.752 5.623 X X X XXXX 43704750 – 750 B
4.750 5.750 0.550 0.756 4.752 5.748 X XXXX 50004750 – 687 B
4.750 5.750 0.550 0.825 4.752 5.748 X X XXXX 50004750 – 750 B
4.750 6.000 0.688 1.100 4.753 5.997 X X XXXX 62504750 – 1000 B
4.750 6.250 0.825 1.375 4.753 6.247 X XXXX 75004750 – 1250 B
4.875 5.250 0.206 0.413 4.876 5.249 X XXXX 18704875 – 375 B
4.875 5.250 0.206 0.618 4.876 5.249 X XXXX 18704875 – 562 B
09/01/07

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parkerseals.com
Compound Codes
A B C D Part Number
Energizer Code
(Std. (Deep
Rubber
Rubber
Rubber
Plastic
Plastic
Plastic
Diameter only
4.875 5.375 0.275 0.413 4.876 5.374 X X X X XXXX 25004875 – 375 B

4.875 5.375 0.275 0.618 4.876 5.374 X X X X XXXX 25004875 – 562 B
4.875 5.500 0.343 0.343 4.877 5.498 X X XXXX 31204875 – 312 B
4.875 5.500 0.343 0.688 4.877 5.498 X XXXX 31204875 – 625 B
4.875 5.625 0.413 0.688 4.877 5.623 X X X XXXX 37504875 – 625 B
4.875 5.750 0.481 0.618 4.877 5.748 X XXXX 43704875 – 562 B
4.875 5.875 0.550 0.618 4.877 5.873 X XXXX 50004875 – 562 B
4.937 5.500 0.309 0.377 4.938 5.499 X XXXX 28104937 – 343 B
4.937 5.500 0.309 0.550 4.938 5.499 X XXXX 28104937 – 500 B
5.000 5.250 0.138 0.275 5.001 5.249 X XXXX 12505000 – 250 B
5.000 5.375 0.206 0.309 5.001 5.374 X XXXX 18705000 – 281 B
5.000 5.375 0.206 0.413 5.001 5.374 X X XXXX 18705000 – 375 B
5.000 5.500 0.275 0.413 5.001 5.499 X X X X X X XXXX 25005000 – 375 B
5.000 5.500 0.275 0.618 5.001 5.499 X X X X XXXX 25005000 – 562 B
5.000 5.562 0.309 0.381 5.001 5.561 X X X XXXX 28105000 – 346 B
5.000 5.625 0.343 0.688 5.002 5.623 X X X X XXXX 31205000 – 625 B 6
5.000 5.750 0.413 0.413 5.002 5.748 X X X XXXX 37505000 – 375 B
5.000 5.750 0.413 0.550 5.002 5.748 X XXXX 37505000 – 500 B
5.000 5.750 0.413 0.688 5.002 5.748 X X X X X XXXX 37505000 – 625 B
5.000 5.875 0.481 0.825 5.002 5.873 X X XXXX 43705000 – 750 B
5.000 6.000 0.550 0.825 5.002 5.998 X X X X X XXXX 50005000 – 750 B
5.000 6.250 0.688 1.100 5.003 6.247 X X XXXX 62505000 – 1000 B
5.000 6.500 0.825 1.375 5.003 6.497 X XXXX 75005000 – 1250 B
5.000 7.000 1.100 1.650 5.004 6.996 X XXXX 100005000 – 1500 B
5.125 5.625 0.275 0.618 5.126 5.624 X X X XXXX 25005125 – 562 B
5.125 5.750 0.343 0.688 5.127 5.748 X X X X XXXX 31205125 – 625 B
5.125 5.875 0.413 0.688 5.127 5.873 X X XXXX 37505125 – 625 B
5.125 6.000 0.481 0.550 5.127 5.998 X X XXXX 43705125 – 500 B
5.125 6.125 0.550 0.825 5.127 6.123 X X XXXX 50005125 – 750 B
5.250 5.625 0.206 0.413 5.251 5.624 X XXXX 18705250 – 375 B
5.250 5.750 0.275 0.413 5.251 5.749 X X X X XXXX 25005250 – 375 B
5.250 5.750 0.275 0.618 5.251 5.749 X X X XXXX 25005250 – 562 B
5.250 5.875 0.343 0.550 5.252 5.873 X X X XXXX 31205250 – 500 B
5.250 5.875 0.343 0.688 5.252 5.873 X XXXX 31205250 – 625 B
5.250 6.000 0.413 0.413 5.252 5.998 X X X XXXX 37505250 – 375 B
5.250 6.000 0.413 0.550 5.252 5.998 X X XXXX 37505250 – 500 B
5.250 6.000 0.413 0.688 5.252 5.998 X X X X XXXX 37505250 – 625 B
5.250 6.250 0.550 0.550 5.252 6.248 X X XXXX 50005250 – 500 B
5.250 6.250 0.550 0.825 5.252 6.248 X XXXX 50005250 – 750 B
5.250 6.500 0.688 1.100 5.253 6.497 X XXXX 62505250 – 1000 B
5.375 5.875 0.275 0.413 5.376 5.874 X X X X XXXX 25005375 – 375 B
5.375 5.875 0.275 0.618 5.376 5.874 X XXXX 25005375 – 562 B
09/01/07

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parkerseals.com
Compound Codes
A B C D Part Number
Energizer Code
(Std. (Deep
Rubber
Rubber
Rubber
Plastic
Plastic
Plastic
Diameter only
5.375 6.000 0.343 0.688 5.377 5.998 X X X X XXXX 31205375 – 625 B

5.375 6.125 0.413 0.688 5.377 6.123 X X X XXXX 37505375 – 625 B
5.375 6.375 0.550 0.825 5.377 6.373 X X XXXX 50005375 – 750 B
5.437 6.000 0.309 0.550 5.438 5.999 X X XXXX 28105437 – 500 B
5.437 6.437 0.550 0.825 5.439 6.435 X XXXX 50005437 – 750 B
5.500 5.875 0.206 0.413 5.501 5.874 X XXXX 18705500 – 375 B
5.500 6.000 0.275 0.413 5.501 5.999 X X X X X X XXXX 25005500 – 375 B
5.500 6.000 0.275 0.618 5.501 5.999 X X X XXXX 25005500 – 562 B
5.500 6.125 0.343 0.343 5.502 6.123 X X X XXXX 31205500 – 312 B
5.500 6.125 0.343 0.413 5.502 6.123 X XXXX 31205500 – 374 B
5.500 6.125 0.343 0.550 5.502 6.123 X XXXX 31205500 – 500 B
5.500 6.125 0.343 0.688 5.502 6.123 X X XXXX 31205500 – 625 B
5.500 6.250 0.413 0.688 5.502 6.248 X X X X X X XXXX 37505500 – 625 B
5.500 6.375 0.481 0.825 5.502 6.373 X XXXX 43705500 – 750 B
5.500 6.500 0.550 0.825 5.502 6.498 X X X X X X XXXX 50005500 – 750 B
6 5.500 6.625 0.618 0.963 5.502 6.623 X XXXX 56205500 – 875 B
5.500 6.750 0.688 1.100 5.503 6.747 X X X XXXX 62505500 – 1000 B
5.500 7.000 0.825 1.375 5.503 6.997 X XXXX 75005500 – 1250 B
5.625 6.125 0.275 0.618 5.626 6.124 X X X X XXXX 25005625 – 562 B
5.625 6.250 0.343 0.688 5.627 6.248 X X XXXX 31205625 – 625 B
5.625 6.375 0.413 0.688 5.627 6.373 X X X X X XXXX 37505625 – 625 B
5.687 6.062 0.206 0.413 5.688 6.061 X XXXX 18705687 – 375 B
5.750 6.000 0.138 0.275 5.751 5.999 X XXXX 12505750 – 250 B
5.750 6.250 0.275 0.413 5.751 6.249 X X X XXXX 25005750 – 375 B
5.750 6.250 0.275 0.618 5.751 6.249 X X X X XXXX 25005750 – 562 B
5.750 6.375 0.343 0.688 5.752 6.373 X XXXX 31205750 – 625 B
5.750 6.500 0.413 0.550 5.752 6.498 X XXXX 37505750 – 500 B
5.750 6.500 0.413 0.688 5.752 6.498 X X X X XXXX 37505750 – 625 B
5.750 6.750 0.550 0.825 5.752 6.748 X X X XXXX 50005750 – 750 B
5.750 7.000 0.688 1.100 5.753 6.997 X X XXXX 62505750 – 1000 B
5.812 6.312 0.275 0.413 5.813 6.311 X XXXX 25005812 – 375 B
5.875 6.250 0.206 0.413 5.876 6.249 X XXXX 18705875 – 375 B
5.875 6.375 0.275 0.413 5.876 6.374 X X XXXX 25005875 – 375 B
5.875 6.375 0.275 0.618 5.876 6.374 X XXXX 25005875 – 562 B
5.875 6.500 0.343 0.343 5.877 6.498 X X XXXX 31205875 – 312 B
5.875 6.500 0.343 0.688 5.877 6.498 X XXXX 31205875 – 625 B
5.875 6.625 0.413 0.688 5.877 6.623 X X X XXXX 37505875 – 625 B
5.937 6.500 0.309 0.550 5.938 6.499 X XXXX 28105937 – 500 B
6.000 6.375 0.206 0.413 6.001 6.374 X X XXXX 18706000 – 375 B
6.000 6.500 0.275 0.413 6.001 6.499 X X X X XXXX 25006000 – 375 B
6.000 6.500 0.275 0.481 6.001 6.499 X XXXX 25006000 – 437 B
6.000 6.500 0.275 0.618 6.001 6.499 X X X X XXXX 25006000 – 562 B
09/01/07

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parkerseals.com
Compound Codes
A B C D Part Number
Energizer Code
(Std. (Deep
Rubber
Rubber
Rubber
Plastic
Plastic
Plastic
Diameter only
6.000 6.625 0.343 0.688 6.002 6.623 X X XXXX 31206000 – 625 B

6.000 6.750 0.413 0.550 6.002 6.748 X X X XXXX 37506000 – 500 B
6.000 6.750 0.413 0.688 6.002 6.748 X X X X XXXX 37506000 – 625 B
6.000 7.000 0.550 0.825 6.002 6.998 X X X X X XXXX 50006000 – 750 B
6.000 7.250 0.688 1.100 6.003 7.247 X X XXXX 62506000 – 1000 B
6.000 7.500 0.825 1.375 6.003 7.497 X XXXX 75006000 – 1250 B
6.000 8.000 1.100 1.650 6.004 7.996 X XXXX 100006000 – 1500 B
6.125 6.625 0.275 0.413 6.126 6.624 X XXXX 25006125 – 375 B
6.125 6.750 0.343 0.688 6.127 6.748 X X XXXX 31206125 – 625 B
6.250 6.750 0.275 0.413 6.251 6.749 X X X XXXX 25006250 – 375 B
6.250 6.750 0.275 0.618 6.251 6.749 X X X XXXX 25006250 – 562 B
6.250 7.000 0.413 0.550 6.252 6.998 X X X X XXXX 37506250 – 500 B
6.250 7.000 0.413 0.688 6.252 6.998 X X X X XXXX 37506250 – 625 B
6.250 7.250 0.550 0.825 6.252 7.248 X X X X XXXX 50006250 – 750 B
6.250 7.500 0.688 1.100 6.253 7.497 X XXXX 62506250 – 1000 B
6.250 7.750 0.825 1.375 6.253 7.747 X XXXX 75006250 – 1250 B 6
6.312 6.687 0.206 0.413 6.313 6.686 X XXXX 18706312 – 375 B
6.375 7.000 0.343 0.688 6.377 6.998 X X X X X XXXX 31206375 – 625 B
6.375 7.375 0.550 0.825 6.377 7.373 X XXXX 50006375 – 750 B
6.437 7.000 0.309 0.550 6.438 6.999 X X XXXX 28106437 – 500 B
6.500 7.000 0.275 0.413 6.501 6.999 X X X X X XXXX 25006500 – 375 B
6.500 7.000 0.275 0.618 6.501 6.999 X X X X XXXX 25006500 – 562 B
6.500 7.125 0.343 0.688 6.502 7.123 X X XXXX 31206500 – 625 B
6.500 7.250 0.413 0.413 6.502 7.248 X X X XXXX 37506500 – 375 B
6.500 7.250 0.413 0.550 6.502 7.248 X X XXXX 37506500 – 500 B
6.500 7.250 0.413 0.688 6.502 7.248 X X X XXXX 37506500 – 625 B
6.500 7.500 0.550 0.825 6.502 7.498 X X X X XXXX 50006500 – 750 B
6.500 7.750 0.688 1.100 6.503 7.747 X X XXXX 62506500 – 1000 B
6.500 8.000 0.825 1.375 6.503 7.997 X X XXXX 75006500 – 1250 B
6.625 7.125 0.275 0.413 6.626 7.124 X X XXXX 25006625 – 375 B
6.625 7.250 0.343 0.688 6.627 7.248 X X XXXX 31206625 – 625 B
6.625 7.875 0.688 1.100 6.628 7.872 X XXXX 62506625 – 1000 B
6.750 7.250 0.275 0.413 6.751 7.249 X X X X XXXX 25006750 – 375 B
6.750 7.250 0.275 0.618 6.751 7.249 X X X XXXX 25006750 – 562 B
6.750 7.375 0.343 0.688 6.752 7.373 X X XXXX 31206750 – 625 B
6.750 7.500 0.413 0.413 6.752 7.498 X X X XXXX 37506750 – 375 B
6.750 7.500 0.413 0.550 6.752 7.498 X XXXX 37506750 – 500 B
6.750 7.500 0.413 0.618 6.752 7.498 X XXXX 37506750 – 562 B
6.750 7.500 0.413 0.688 6.752 7.498 X X X XXXX 37506750 – 625 B
6.750 7.750 0.550 0.825 6.752 7.748 X X X XXXX 50006750 – 750 B
6.750 7.875 0.618 0.963 6.752 7.873 X XXXX 56206750 – 875 B
6.750 8.000 0.688 1.100 6.753 7.997 X X X XXXX 62506750 – 1000 B
09/01/07

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parkerseals.com
Compound Codes
A B C D Part Number
Energizer Code
(Std. (Deep
Rubber
Rubber
Rubber
Plastic
Plastic
Plastic
Diameter only
6.875 7.625 0.413 0.688 6.877 7.623 X XXXX 37506875 – 625 B

6.875 8.125 0.688 1.100 6.878 8.122 X XXXX 62506875 – 1000 B
6.937 7.500 0.309 0.550 6.938 7.499 X XXXX 28106937 – 500 B
7.000 7.375 0.206 0.413 7.001 7.374 X XXXX 18707000 – 375 B
7.000 7.500 0.275 0.413 7.001 7.499 X X X X X XXXX 25007000 – 375 B
7.000 7.500 0.275 0.618 7.001 7.499 X X X X XXXX 25007000 – 562 B
7.000 7.625 0.343 0.688 7.002 7.623 X X XXXX 31207000 – 625 B
7.000 7.750 0.413 0.550 7.002 7.748 X X X XXXX 37507000 – 500 B
7.000 7.750 0.413 0.688 7.002 7.748 X X X XXXX 37507000 – 625 B
7.000 8.000 0.550 0.825 7.002 7.998 X X X X X X XXXX 50007000 – 750 B
7.000 8.250 0.688 1.100 7.003 8.247 X X XXXX 62507000 – 1000 B
7.000 8.500 0.825 1.375 7.003 8.497 X X X XXXX 75007000 – 1250 B
7.000 9.000 1.100 1.650 7.004 8.996 X XXXX 100007000 – 1500 B
7.125 7.625 0.275 0.413 7.126 7.624 X X XXXX 25007125 – 375 B
7.187 8.000 0.447 0.688 7.189 7.998 X XXXX 40607187 – 625 B
6 7.250 7.750 0.275 0.618 7.251 7.749 X X X X XXXX 25007250 – 562 B
7.250 7.875 0.343 0.688 7.252 7.873 X X XXXX 31207250 – 625 B
7.250 8.000 0.413 0.688 7.252 7.998 X X X X X X XXXX 37507250 – 625 B
7.250 8.250 0.550 0.825 7.252 8.248 X X X XXXX 50007250 – 750 B
7.250 8.500 0.688 1.100 7.253 8.497 X XXXX 62507250 – 1000 B
7.375 7.750 0.206 0.413 7.376 7.749 X XXXX 18707375 – 375 B
7.375 8.000 0.343 0.688 7.377 7.998 X X XXXX 31207375 – 625 B
7.375 8.125 0.413 0.550 7.377 8.123 X XXXX 37507375 – 500 B
7.404 8.028 0.343 0.688 7.406 8.026 X XXXX 31207404 – 625 B
7.500 7.875 0.206 0.275 7.501 7.874 X XXXX 18707500 – 250 B
7.500 8.000 0.275 0.618 7.501 7.999 X X X X X X XXXX 25007500 – 562 B
7.500 8.125 0.343 0.688 7.502 8.123 X X XXXX 31207500 – 625 B
7.500 8.250 0.413 0.550 7.502 8.248 X X X X XXXX 37507500 – 500 B
7.500 8.250 0.413 0.688 7.502 8.248 X X X X X XXXX 37507500 – 625 B
7.500 8.500 0.550 0.825 7.502 8.498 X X X XXXX 50007500 – 750 B
7.500 8.750 0.688 1.100 7.503 8.747 X XXXX 62507500 – 1000 B
7.500 9.000 0.825 1.375 7.503 8.997 X X XXXX 75007500 – 1250 B
7.500 9.500 1.100 1.650 7.504 9.496 X XXXX 100007500 – 1500 B
7.625 8.250 0.343 0.550 7.627 8.248 X XXXX 31207625 – 500 B
7.625 8.375 0.413 0.688 7.627 8.373 X XXXX 37507625 – 625 B
7.750 8.250 0.275 0.618 7.751 8.249 X X X X XXXX 25007750 – 562 B
7.750 8.375 0.343 0.688 7.752 8.373 X XXXX 31207750 – 625 B
7.750 8.500 0.413 0.550 7.752 8.498 X X X X XXXX 37507750 – 500 B
7.750 8.500 0.413 0.688 7.752 8.498 X X X X XXXX 37507750 – 625 B
7.750 8.750 0.550 0.825 7.752 8.748 X X XXXX 50007750 – 750 B
7.750 9.000 0.688 1.100 7.753 8.997 X X XXXX 62507750 – 1000 B
7.790 8.540 0.413 0.413 7.792 8.538 X XXXX 37507790 – 375 B
09/01/07

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parkerseals.com
Compound Codes
A B C D Part Number
Energizer Code
(Std. (Deep
Rubber
Rubber
Rubber
Plastic
Plastic
Plastic
Diameter only
7.875 8.500 0.343 0.688 7.877 8.498 X X XXXX 31207875 – 625 B

7.875 8.625 0.413 0.688 7.877 8.623 X XXXX 37507875 – 625 B
7.875 8.875 0.550 0.825 7.877 8.873 X XXXX 50007875 – 750 B
8.000 8.500 0.275 0.618 8.001 8.499 X X X X XXXX 25008000 – 562 B
8.000 8.625 0.343 0.688 8.002 8.623 X X X XXXX 31208000 – 625 B
8.000 8.750 0.413 0.550 8.002 8.748 X XXXX 37508000 – 500 B
8.000 8.750 0.413 0.688 8.002 8.748 X X X X X XXXX 37508000 – 625 B
8.000 9.000 0.550 0.825 8.002 8.998 X X X X X XXXX 50008000 – 750 B
8.000 9.250 0.688 1.100 8.003 9.247 X X XXXX 62508000 – 1000 B
8.000 9.500 0.825 1.238 8.003 9.497 X X XXXX 75008000 – 1125 B
8.000 9.500 0.825 1.375 8.003 9.497 X XXXX 75008000 – 1250 B
8.000 10.000 1.100 1.650 8.004 9.996 X XXXX 100008000 – 1500 B
8.125 8.625 0.275 0.618 8.126 8.624 X XXXX 25008125 – 562 B
8.187 9.437 0.688 1.100 8.190 9.434 X XXXX 62508187 – 1000 B
8.250 8.750 0.275 0.413 8.251 8.749 X X X XXXX 25008250 – 375 B
8.250 8.750 0.275 0.618 8.251 8.749 X X XXXX 25008250 – 562 B 6
8.250 9.000 0.413 0.688 8.252 8.998 X X X X X X XXXX 37508250 – 625 B
8.250 9.250 0.550 0.825 8.252 9.248 X X X XXXX 50008250 – 750 B
8.250 9.500 0.688 1.100 8.253 9.497 X X XXXX 62508250 – 1000 B
8.250 9.750 0.825 1.375 8.253 9.747 X XXXX 75008250 – 1250 B
8.375 9.000 0.343 0.688 8.377 8.998 X X XXXX 31208375 – 625 B
8.375 9.875 0.825 1.375 8.378 9.872 X XXXX 75008375 – 1250 B
8.500 9.000 0.275 0.618 8.501 8.999 X X X X X XXXX 25008500 – 562 B
8.500 9.125 0.343 0.688 8.502 9.123 X XXXX 31208500 – 625 B
8.500 9.250 0.413 0.688 8.502 9.248 X X X X XXXX 37508500 – 625 B
8.500 9.500 0.550 0.825 8.502 9.498 X X X X X XXXX 50008500 – 750 B
8.500 9.750 0.688 1.100 8.503 9.747 X X XXXX 62508500 – 1000 B
8.500 10.000 0.825 1.238 8.503 9.997 X X X XXXX 75008500 – 1125 B
8.500 10.000 0.825 1.375 8.503 9.997 X XXXX 75008500 – 1250 B
8.500 10.250 0.963 1.513 8.504 10.246 X XXXX 87508500 – 1375 B
8.625 9.375 0.413 0.688 8.627 9.373 X XXXX 37508625 – 625 B
8.625 9.875 0.688 1.100 8.628 9.872 X XXXX 62508625 – 1000 B
8.750 9.250 0.275 0.618 8.751 9.249 X X X XXXX 25008750 – 562 B
8.750 9.500 0.413 0.413 8.752 9.498 X X X XXXX 37508750 – 375 B
8.750 9.500 0.413 0.550 8.752 9.498 X X XXXX 37508750 – 500 B
8.750 9.500 0.413 0.688 8.752 9.498 X X XXXX 37508750 – 625 B
8.750 9.500 0.413 0.825 8.752 9.498 X X XXXX 37508750 – 750 B
8.750 9.750 0.550 0.825 8.752 9.748 X X X XXXX 50008750 – 750 B
8.750 10.000 0.688 1.100 8.753 9.997 X X XXXX 62508750 – 1000 B
8.795 9.545 0.413 0.413 8.797 9.543 X XXXX 37508795 – 375 B
8.875 9.500 0.343 0.688 8.877 9.498 X XXXX 31208875 – 625 B
8.875 9.625 0.413 0.688 8.877 9.623 X X XXXX 37508875 – 625 B
09/01/07

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parkerseals.com
Compound Codes
A B C D Part Number
Energizer Code
(Std. (Deep
Rubber
Rubber
Rubber
Plastic
Plastic
Plastic
Diameter only
8.937 9.500 0.309 0.550 8.938 9.499 X XXXX 28108937 – 500 B

9.000 9.500 0.275 0.413 9.001 9.499 X X X X XXXX 25009000 – 375 B
9.000 9.625 0.343 0.550 9.002 9.623 X XXXX 31209000 – 500 B
9.000 9.750 0.413 0.688 9.002 9.748 X X X X X XXXX 37509000 – 625 B
9.000 10.000 0.550 0.825 9.002 9.998 X X X X X X XXXX 50009000 – 750 B
9.000 10.250 0.688 1.100 9.003 10.247 X X XXXX 62509000 – 1000 B
9.000 10.500 0.825 1.375 9.003 10.497 X X XXXX 75009000 – 1250 B
9.125 9.750 0.343 0.688 9.127 9.748 X XXXX 31209125 – 625 B
9.250 9.750 0.275 0.618 9.251 9.749 X X X XXXX 25009250 – 562 B
9.250 9.875 0.343 0.688 9.252 9.873 X XXXX 31209250 – 625 B
9.250 10.000 0.413 0.550 9.252 9.998 X XXXX 37509250 – 500 B
9.250 10.000 0.413 0.688 9.252 9.998 X X X X X XXXX 37509250 – 625 B
9.250 10.250 0.550 0.825 9.252 10.248 X XXXX 50009250 – 750 B
9.250 10.500 0.688 1.100 9.253 10.497 X XXXX 62509250 – 1000 B
9.312 10.000 0.377 0.688 9.314 9.998 X X XXXX 34309312 – 625 B
6 9.375 10.000 0.343 0.688 9.377 9.998 X XXXX 31209375 – 625 B
9.500 10.000 0.275 0.413 9.501 9.999 X XXXX 25009500 – 375 B
9.500 10.000 0.275 0.618 9.501 9.999 X X X X XXXX 25009500 – 562 B
9.500 10.125 0.343 0.688 9.502 10.123 X XXXX 31209500 – 625 B
9.500 10.250 0.413 0.688 9.502 10.248 X X X XXXX 37509500 – 625 B
9.500 10.500 0.550 0.825 9.502 10.498 X X X X XXXX 50009500 – 750 B
9.500 11.000 0.825 1.375 9.503 10.997 X XXXX 75009500 – 1250 B
9.500 11.500 1.100 1.650 9.504 11.496 X XXXX 100009500 – 1500 B
9.625 10.250 0.343 0.688 9.627 10.248 X X XXXX 31209625 – 625 B
9.625 10.375 0.413 0.688 9.627 10.373 X X XXXX 37509625 – 625 B
9.625 11.500 1.031 1.650 9.629 11.496 X XXXX 93709625 – 1500 B
9.750 10.250 0.275 0.413 9.751 10.249 X X X XXXX 25009750 – 375 B
9.750 10.250 0.275 0.618 9.751 10.249 X XXXX 25009750 – 562 B
9.750 10.375 0.343 0.688 9.752 10.373 X XXXX 31209750 – 625 B
9.750 10.500 0.413 0.688 9.752 10.498 X X XXXX 37509750 – 625 B
9.750 10.750 0.550 0.825 9.752 10.748 X X XXXX 50009750 – 750 B
9.750 11.250 0.825 1.375 9.753 11.247 X XXXX 75009750 – 1250 B
9.750 11.500 0.963 1.513 9.754 11.496 X XXXX 87509750 – 1375 B
9.812 11.312 0.825 1.375 9.815 11.309 X XXXX 75009812 – 1250 B
9.875 10.625 0.413 0.688 9.877 10.623 X X XXXX 37509875 – 625 B
9.875 10.875 0.550 0.825 9.877 10.873 X XXXX 50009875 – 750 B
10.000 10.500 0.275 0.618 10.001 10.499 X X X X XXXX 25010000 – 562 B
10.000 10.625 0.343 0.688 10.002 10.623 X XXXX 31210000 – 625 B
10.000 10.750 0.413 0.688 10.002 10.748 X X X X XXXX 37510000 – 625 B
10.000 11.000 0.550 0.825 10.002 10.998 X X X X X X XXXX 50010000 – 750 B
10.000 11.250 0.688 1.100 10.003 11.247 X X XXXX 62510000 – 1000 B
10.000 11.500 0.825 1.375 10.003 11.497 X X XXXX 75010000 – 1250 B
09/01/07

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parkerseals.com
Compound Codes
A B C D Part Number
Energizer Code
(Std. (Deep
Rubber
Rubber
Rubber
Plastic
Plastic
Plastic
Diameter only
10.000 12.000 1.100 1.650 10.004 11.996 X XXXX 100010000 – 1500 B

10.125 10.750 0.343 0.688 10.127 10.748 X XXXX 31210125 – 625 B
10.125 10.875 0.413 0.688 10.127 10.873 X XXXX 37510125 – 625 B
10.187 11.000 0.447 0.550 10.189 10.998 X XXXX 40610187 – 500 B
10.250 10.750 0.275 0.618 10.251 10.749 X X X X XXXX 25010250 – 562 B
10.250 11.000 0.413 0.550 10.252 10.998 X X X XXXX 37510250 – 500 B
10.250 11.000 0.413 0.688 10.252 10.998 X XXXX 37510250 – 625 B
10.250 11.000 0.413 0.825 10.252 10.998 X XXXX 37510250 – 750 B
10.250 11.250 0.550 0.825 10.252 11.248 X XXXX 50010250 – 750 B
10.250 11.500 0.688 1.100 10.253 11.497 X XXXX 62510250 – 1000 B
10.375 11.000 0.343 0.688 10.377 10.998 X XXXX 31210375 – 625 B
10.500 11.000 0.275 0.550 10.501 10.999 X XXXX 25010500 – 500 B
10.500 11.000 0.275 0.618 10.501 10.999 X X XXXX 25010500 – 562 B
10.500 11.125 0.343 0.550 10.502 11.123 X XXXX 31210500 – 500 B
10.500 11.250 0.413 0.413 10.502 11.248 X X XXXX 37510500 – 375 B
10.500 11.250 0.413 0.688 10.502 11.248 X X XXXX 37510500 – 625 B 6
10.500 11.500 0.550 0.825 10.502 11.498 X X X XXXX 50010500 – 750 B
10.500 11.750 0.688 0.825 10.503 11.747 X X XXXX 62510500 – 750 B
10.500 12.000 0.825 1.100 10.503 11.997 X X X XXXX 75010500 – 1000 B
10.500 12.000 0.825 1.375 10.503 11.997 X XXXX 75010500 – 1250 B
10.500 12.000 0.825 1.375 10.503 11.997 X XXXX 75010750 – 1250 B
10.625 11.625 0.550 0.688 10.627 11.623 X XXXX 50010625 – 625 B
10.625 11.625 0.550 0.825 10.627 11.623 X XXXX 50010625 – 750 B
10.750 11.250 0.275 0.413 10.751 11.249 X X XXXX 25010750 – 375 B
10.750 11.500 0.413 0.688 10.752 11.498 X X X X XXXX 37510750 – 625 B
10.750 11.750 0.550 0.825 10.752 11.748 X X X XXXX 50010750 – 750 B
11.000 11.500 0.275 0.618 11.001 11.499 X X XXXX 25011000 – 562 B
11.000 11.750 0.413 0.688 11.002 11.748 X XXXX 37511000 – 625 B
11.000 12.000 0.550 0.825 11.002 11.998 X X X X X XXXX 50011000 – 750 B
11.000 12.250 0.688 1.100 11.003 12.247 X X X XXXX 62511000 – 1000 B
11.000 12.500 0.825 1.375 11.003 12.497 X X XXXX 75011000 – 1250 B
11.125 11.750 0.343 0.688 11.127 11.748 X XXXX 31211125 – 625 B
11.250 11.750 0.275 0.413 11.251 11.749 X X XXXX 25011250 – 375 B
11.250 11.750 0.275 0.618 11.251 11.749 X XXXX 25011250 – 562 B
11.250 12.000 0.413 0.688 11.252 11.998 X X X X X XXXX 37511250 – 625 B
11.250 12.250 0.550 0.825 11.252 12.248 X X XXXX 50011250 – 750 B
11.250 12.500 0.688 1.100 11.253 12.497 X XXXX 62511250 – 1000 B
11.375 12.375 0.550 0.825 11.377 12.373 X X XXXX 50011375 – 750 B
11.500 12.000 0.275 0.618 11.501 11.999 X X X XXXX 25011500 – 562 B
11.500 12.250 0.413 0.688 11.502 12.248 X X X X XXXX 37511500 – 625 B
11.500 12.500 0.550 0.825 11.502 12.498 X X X X XXXX 50011500 – 750 B
11.500 12.750 0.688 1.100 11.503 12.747 X XXXX 62511500 – 1000 B
09/01/07

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parkerseals.com
Compound Codes
A B C D Part Number
Energizer Code
(Std. (Deep
Rubber
Rubber
Rubber
Plastic
Plastic
Plastic
Diameter only
11.500 13.000 0.825 1.375 11.503 12.997 X XXXX 75011500 – 1250 B

11.750 12.250 0.275 0.413 11.751 12.249 X XXXX 25011750 – 375 B
11.750 12.500 0.413 0.688 11.752 12.498 X X XXXX 37511750 – 625 B
11.750 12.500 0.413 0.825 11.752 12.498 X XXXX 37511750 – 750 B
11.750 12.750 0.550 0.825 11.752 12.748 X X XXXX 50011750 – 750 B
11.750 13.000 0.688 1.100 11.753 12.997 X XXXX 62511750 – 1000 B
11.875 12.875 0.550 0.825 11.877 12.873 X XXXX 50011875 – 750 B
12.000 12.500 0.275 0.413 12.001 12.499 X XXXX 25012000 – 375 B
12.000 12.625 0.343 0.688 12.002 12.623 X XXXX 31212000 – 625 B
12.000 12.750 0.413 0.688 12.002 12.748 X X XXXX 37512000 – 625 B
12.000 13.000 0.550 0.825 12.002 12.998 X X XXXX 50012000 – 750 B
12.000 13.250 0.688 1.100 12.003 13.247 X X X XXXX 62512000 – 1000 B
12.000 13.500 0.825 1.375 12.003 13.497 X X XXXX 75012000 – 1250 B
12.000 14.000 1.100 1.650 12.004 13.996 X X XXXX 100012000 – 1500 B
12.125 13.125 0.550 0.825 12.127 13.123 X XXXX 50012125 – 750 B
6 12.250 12.875 0.343 0.688 12.252 12.873 X XXXX 31212250 – 625 B
12.250 13.000 0.413 0.688 12.252 12.998 X X X X XXXX 37512250 – 625 B
12.250 13.250 0.550 0.825 12.252 13.248 X XXXX 50012250 – 750 B
12.250 13.500 0.688 1.100 12.253 13.497 X X XXXX 62512250 – 1000 B
12.250 13.875 0.893 1.238 12.253 13.872 X XXXX 81212250 – 1125 B
12.500 13.000 0.275 0.413 12.501 12.999 X XXXX 25012500 – 375 B
12.500 13.125 0.343 0.688 12.502 13.123 X XXXX 31212500 – 625 B
12.500 13.500 0.550 0.825 12.502 13.498 X X X X XXXX 50012500 – 750 B
12.500 13.750 0.688 1.100 12.503 13.747 X XXXX 62512500 – 1000 B
12.500 14.000 0.825 1.375 12.503 13.997 X X X XXXX 75012500 – 1250 B
12.500 14.500 1.100 1.650 12.504 14.496 X XXXX 100012500 – 1500 B
12.562 13.686 0.618 0.963 12.564 13.684 X XXXX 56212562 – 875 B
12.562 13.812 0.688 0.963 12.565 13.809 X XXXX 62501250 – 875 B
12.750 13.250 0.275 0.618 12.751 13.249 X X XXXX 25012750 – 562 B
12.750 13.375 0.343 0.688 12.752 13.373 X XXXX 31212750 – 625 B
12.750 13.500 0.413 0.688 12.752 13.498 X X X XXXX 37512750 – 625 B
12.750 13.750 0.550 0.825 12.752 13.748 X XXXX 50012750 – 750 B
12.750 14.000 0.688 1.100 12.753 13.997 X X X XXXX 62512750 – 1000 B
13.000 13.500 0.275 0.618 13.001 13.499 X X X XXXX 25013000 – 562 B
13.000 13.750 0.413 0.413 13.002 13.748 X X X XXXX 37513000 – 375 B
13.000 13.750 0.413 0.688 13.002 13.748 X XXXX 37513000 – 625 B
13.000 14.000 0.550 0.825 13.002 13.998 X X X X X XXXX 50013000 – 750 B
13.000 14.250 0.688 1.100 13.003 14.247 X XXXX 62513000 – 1000 B
13.000 14.500 0.825 1.100 13.003 14.497 X X XXXX 75013000 – 1000 B
13.187 14.000 0.447 0.688 13.189 13.998 X XXXX 40613187 – 625 B
13.250 14.000 0.413 0.618 13.252 13.998 X XXXX 37513250 – 562 B
13.250 14.000 0.413 0.688 13.252 13.998 X X X XXXX 37513250 – 625 B
09/01/07

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parkerseals.com
Compound Codes
A B C D Part Number
Energizer Code
(Std. (Deep
Rubber
Rubber
Rubber
Plastic
Plastic
Plastic
Diameter only
13.250 14.250 0.550 0.825 13.252 14.248 X X XXXX 50013250 – 750 B

13.375 14.000 0.343 0.688 13.377 13.998 X XXXX 31213375 – 625 B
13.500 14.000 0.275 0.618 13.501 13.999 X X X XXXX 25013500 – 562 B
13.500 14.250 0.413 0.688 13.502 14.248 X X X XXXX 37513500 – 625 B
13.500 14.500 0.550 0.825 13.502 14.498 X X X XXXX 50013500 – 750 B
13.500 14.750 0.688 0.963 13.503 14.747 X X XXXX 62513500 – 875 B
13.500 15.000 0.825 1.375 13.503 14.997 X XXXX 75013500 – 1250 B
13.750 14.500 0.413 0.688 13.752 14.498 X X XXXX 37513750 – 625 B
13.750 15.250 0.825 1.375 13.753 15.247 X XXXX 75013750 – 1250 B
14.000 14.500 0.275 0.413 14.001 14.499 X X XXXX 25014000 – 375 B
14.000 14.750 0.413 0.688 14.002 14.748 X XXXX 37514000 – 625 B
14.000 15.000 0.550 0.825 14.002 14.998 X X XXXX 50014000 – 750 B
14.000 15.250 0.688 1.100 14.003 15.247 X XXXX 62514000 – 1000 B
14.000 15.250 0.688 1.100 14.003 15.247 X XXXX 62514750 – 1000 B
14.000 15.500 0.825 1.375 14.003 15.497 X X X XXXX 75014000 – 1250 B
14.000 15.750 0.963 1.650 14.004 15.746 X XXXX 87514000 – 1500 B 6
14.000 16.000 1.100 1.650 14.004 15.996 X X XXXX 100014000 – 1500 B
14.125 14.625 0.275 0.413 14.126 14.624 X XXXX 25014125 – 375 B
14.250 14.750 0.275 0.413 14.251 14.749 X XXXX 25014250 – 375 B
14.250 15.000 0.413 0.688 14.252 14.998 X XXXX 37514250 – 625 B
14.250 15.250 0.550 0.825 14.252 15.248 X XXXX 50014250 – 750 B
14.250 15.750 0.825 1.375 14.253 15.747 X XXXX 75014250 – 1250 B
14.420 15.420 0.550 0.550 14.422 15.418 X XXXX 50014420 – 500 B
14.500 15.000 0.275 0.413 14.501 14.999 X XXXX 25014500 – 375 B
14.500 15.000 0.275 0.413 14.501 14.999 X X XXXX 25014500 – 375 B
14.500 15.250 0.413 0.688 14.502 15.248 X XXXX 37514500 – 625 B
14.500 15.500 0.550 0.825 14.502 15.498 X XXXX 50014500 – 750 B
14.500 16.000 0.825 1.375 14.503 15.997 X X X XXXX 75014500 – 1250 B
14.750 15.500 0.413 0.688 14.752 15.498 X X X XXXX 37514750 – 625 B
14.750 15.750 0.550 0.825 14.752 15.748 X XXXX 50014750 – 750 B
14.750 16.000 0.688 1.100 14.753 15.997 X XXXX 62515000 – 1000 B
14.750 16.250 0.825 1.375 14.753 16.247 X XXXX 75014750 – 1250 B
14.875 15.500 0.343 0.688 14.877 15.498 X XXXX 31214875 – 625 B
15.000 15.500 0.275 0.618 15.001 15.499 X X XXXX 25015000 – 562 B
15.000 15.750 0.413 0.688 15.002 15.748 X XXXX 37515000 – 625 B
15.000 16.000 0.550 0.825 15.002 15.998 X X X X X XXXX 50015000 – 750 B
15.000 16.500 0.825 1.375 15.003 16.497 X XXXX 75015000 – 1250 B
15.000 17.000 1.100 1.650 15.004 16.996 X XXXX 100015000 – 1500 B
15.250 16.000 0.413 0.688 15.252 15.998 X X XXXX 37515250 – 625 B
15.250 16.250 0.550 0.825 15.252 16.248 X XXXX 50015250 – 750 B
15.250 16.500 0.688 1.100 15.253 16.497 X XXXX 62515250 – 1000 B
15.375 16.000 0.343 0.688 15.377 15.998 X XXXX 31215375 – 625 B
09/01/07

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parkerseals.com
Compound Codes
A B C D Part Number
Energizer Code
(Std. (Deep
Rubber
Rubber
Rubber
Plastic
Plastic
Plastic
Diameter only
15.500 16.000 0.275 0.413 15.501 15.999 X XXXX 25015500 – 375 B

15.500 16.250 0.413 0.688 15.502 16.248 X XXXX 37515500 – 625 B
15.500 16.500 0.550 0.825 15.502 16.498 X X X X X XXXX 50015500 – 750 B
15.500 16.750 0.688 1.100 15.503 16.747 X X XXXX 62515500 – 1000 B
15.625 16.250 0.343 0.688 15.627 16.248 X XXXX 31215625 – 625 B
15.625 17.125 0.825 1.375 15.628 17.122 X XXXX 75015625 – 1250 B
15.750 16.250 0.275 0.618 15.751 16.249 X XXXX 25015750 – 562 B
15.750 16.500 0.413 0.688 15.752 16.498 X X XXXX 37515750 – 625 B
15.750 16.750 0.550 0.825 15.752 16.748 X XXXX 50015750 – 750 B
15.875 16.500 0.343 0.688 15.877 16.498 X XXXX 31215875 – 625 B
16.000 16.500 0.275 0.275 16.001 16.499 X XXXX 25016000 – 250 B
16.000 16.500 0.275 0.413 16.001 16.499 X XXXX 25016000 – 375 B
16.000 16.750 0.413 0.688 16.002 16.748 X X XXXX 37516000 – 625 B
16.000 17.000 0.550 0.825 16.002 16.998 X X X X XXXX 50016000 – 750 B
16.000 17.500 0.825 1.375 16.003 17.497 X X XXXX 75016000 – 1250 B
6 16.000 17.750 0.963 1.375 16.004 17.746 X XXXX 87516000 – 1250 B
16.000 17.750 0.963 1.513 16.004 17.746 X XXXX 87516000 – 1375 B
16.000 18.000 1.100 1.375 16.004 17.996 X X X XXXX 100016000 – 1250 B
16.250 17.000 0.413 0.688 16.252 16.998 X XXXX 37516250 – 625 B
16.263 16.763 0.275 0.413 16.264 16.762 X XXXX 25016263 – 375 B
16.500 17.250 0.413 0.688 16.502 17.248 X XXXX 37516500 – 625 B
16.500 17.500 0.550 0.825 16.502 17.498 X X XXXX 50016500 – 750 B
16.500 18.000 0.825 0.825 16.503 17.997 X XXXX 75016500 – 750 B
16.500 18.000 0.825 1.375 16.503 17.997 X XXXX 75016500 – 1250 B
16.750 17.750 0.550 0.825 16.752 17.748 X XXXX 50016750 – 750 B
16.750 18.000 0.688 1.100 16.753 17.997 X XXXX 62516750 – 1000 B
17.000 18.000 0.550 0.825 17.002 17.998 X X X X X XXXX 50017000 – 750 B
17.000 19.000 1.100 1.375 17.004 18.996 X XXXX 100017000 – 1250 B
17.250 18.000 0.413 0.688 17.252 17.998 X XXXX 37517250 – 625 B
17.500 18.500 0.550 0.825 17.502 18.498 X X XXXX 50017500 – 750 B
17.500 18.750 0.688 1.100 17.503 18.747 X XXXX 62517500 – 1000 B
17.500 19.500 1.100 1.650 17.504 19.496 X XXXX 100017500 – 1500 B
17.625 19.125 0.825 1.375 17.628 19.122 X XXXX 75017625 – 1250 B
17.750 18.500 0.413 0.550 17.752 18.498 X XXXX 37517750 – 500 B
17.750 19.000 0.688 1.100 17.753 18.997 X XXXX 62517750 – 1000 B
17.875 18.500 0.343 0.550 17.877 18.498 X XXXX 31217875 – 500 B
17.875 18.563 0.377 0.688 17.877 18.561 X XXXX 34301062 – 625 B
18.000 19.000 0.550 0.825 18.002 18.998 X X XXXX 50018000 – 750 B
18.000 19.250 0.688 1.375 18.003 19.247 X XXXX 62518000 – 1250 B
18.000 19.500 0.825 1.375 18.003 19.497 X X XXXX 75018000 – 1250 B
18.000 19.750 0.963 1.375 18.004 19.746 X XXXX 87518000 – 1250 B
18.000 20.000 1.100 1.650 18.004 19.996 X XXXX 100018000 – 1500 B
09/01/07

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parkerseals.com
Compound Codes
A B C D Part Number
Energizer Code
(Std. (Deep
Rubber
Rubber
Rubber
Plastic
Plastic
Plastic
Diameter only
18.187 18.937 0.413 0.688 18.189 18.935 X XXXX 37518187 – 625 B

18.250 18.750 0.275 0.413 18.251 18.749 X XXXX 25018250 – 375 B
18.500 19.500 0.550 0.825 18.502 19.498 X XXXX 50018500 – 750 B
18.500 20.500 1.100 1.650 18.504 20.496 X XXXX 100018500 – 1500 B
18.750 20.000 0.688 1.100 18.753 19.997 X X X XXXX 62518750 – 1000 B
19.000 19.500 0.275 0.413 19.001 19.499 X XXXX 25019000 – 375 B
19.000 20.000 0.550 0.825 19.002 19.998 X X X X XXXX 50019000 – 750 B
19.000 20.500 0.825 1.375 19.003 20.497 X X XXXX 75019000 – 1250 B
19.250 20.000 0.413 0.688 19.252 19.998 X X XXXX 37519250 – 625 B
19.250 20.500 0.688 1.100 19.253 20.497 XXXX 62519250 – 1000 B
19.250 21.000 0.963 1.513 19.254 20.996 X XXXX 87519250 – 1375 B
19.375 20.250 0.481 0.550 19.377 20.248 X XXXX 43719375 – 500 B
19.500 20.000 0.275 0.275 19.501 19.999 X XXXX 25019500 – 250 B
19.500 20.000 0.275 0.343 19.501 19.999 X XXXX 25019500 – 312 B
19.500 20.250 0.413 0.688 19.502 20.248 X XXXX 37519500 – 625 B
19.500 20.500 0.550 0.825 19.502 20.498 X X XXXX 50019500 – 750 B 6
19.625 20.625 0.550 0.825 19.627 20.623 X XXXX 50019625 – 750 B
19.750 21.000 0.688 1.100 19.753 20.997 X XXXX 62519750 – 1000 B
20.000 21.000 0.550 0.825 20.002 20.998 X X X XXXX 50020000 – 750 B
20.000 21.250 0.688 1.100 20.003 21.247 X XXXX 62520000 – 1000 B
20.000 21.500 0.825 1.100 20.003 21.497 X XXXX 75020000 – 1000 B
20.000 21.500 0.825 1.375 20.003 21.497 X X XXXX 75020000 – 1250 B
20.000 21.750 0.963 1.513 20.004 21.746 X XXXX 87520000 – 1375 B
20.000 22.000 1.100 0.963 20.004 21.996 X XXXX 100020000 – 875 B
20.000 22.000 1.100 1.650 20.004 21.996 X XXXX 100020000 – 1500 B
20.250 21.250 0.550 0.825 20.252 21.248 X XXXX 50020250 – 750 B
20.500 21.500 0.550 0.825 20.502 21.498 X XXXX 50020500 – 750 B
20.500 22.000 0.825 1.100 20.503 21.997 X X XXXX 75020500 – 1000 B
20.750 21.500 0.413 0.550 20.752 21.498 X XXXX 37520750 – 500 B
21.000 21.500 0.275 0.343 21.001 21.499 X XXXX 25021000 – 312 B
21.000 22.000 0.550 0.825 21.002 21.998 X X X XXXX 50021000 – 750 B
21.000 22.500 0.825 1.375 21.003 22.497 X XXXX 75021000 – 1250 B
21.500 22.500 0.550 0.825 21.502 22.498 X XXXX 50021500 – 750 B
21.500 23.000 0.825 1.375 21.503 22.997 X XXXX 75021500 – 1250 B
21.750 22.250 0.275 0.413 21.751 22.249 X XXXX 25021750 – 375 B
21.875 22.875 0.550 0.825 21.877 22.873 X XXXX 50021875 – 750 B
22.000 23.000 0.550 0.825 22.002 22.998 X XXXX 50022000 – 750 B
22.000 23.500 0.825 1.375 22.003 23.497 X X XXXX 75022000 – 1250 B
22.000 24.000 1.100 1.513 22.004 23.996 X XXXX 100022000 – 1375 B
22.062 22.562 0.275 0.413 22.063 22.561 X XXXX 25022062 – 375 B
22.500 23.000 0.275 0.343 22.501 22.999 X X XXXX 25022500 – 312 B
22.500 24.000 0.825 1.375 22.503 23.997 X XXXX 75022500 – 1250 B
09/01/07

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parkerseals.com
Compound Codes
A B C D Part Number
Energizer Code
(Std. (Deep
Rubber
Rubber
Rubber
Plastic
Plastic
Plastic
Diameter only
23.000 23.500 0.275 0.413 23.001 23.499 X X XXXX 25023000 – 375 B

23.000 23.750 0.413 0.688 23.002 23.748 X XXXX 37523000 – 625 B
23.000 24.000 0.550 0.825 23.002 23.998 X XXXX 50023000 – 750 B
23.250 24.000 0.413 0.688 23.252 23.998 X XXXX 37523250 – 625 B
23.375 25.375 1.100 1.650 23.379 25.371 X XXXX 100023375 – 1500 B
23.500 24.000 0.275 0.413 23.501 23.999 X XXXX 25023500 – 375 B
23.500 24.500 0.550 0.825 23.502 24.498 X XXXX 50023500 – 750 B
23.500 25.000 0.825 1.375 23.503 24.997 X XXXX 75023500 – 1250 B
23.750 24.250 0.275 0.413 23.751 24.249 X XXXX 25023750 – 375 B
24.000 24.500 0.275 0.413 24.001 24.499 X X XXXX 25024000 – 375 B
24.000 25.000 0.550 0.825 24.002 24.998 X XXXX 50024000 – 750 B
24.000 25.500 0.825 1.375 24.003 25.497 X XXXX 75024000 – 1250 B
24.000 25.750 0.963 1.375 24.004 25.746 X XXXX 87524000 – 1250 B
24.000 26.000 1.100 1.650 24.004 25.996 X XXXX 100024000 – 1500 B
24.500 25.000 0.275 0.413 24.501 24.999 X XXXX 25024500 – 375 B
6 24.500 25.500 0.550 0.825 24.502 25.498 X XXXX 50024500 – 750 B
24.750 26.000 0.688 1.100 24.753 25.997 X XXXX 62524750 – 1000 B
24.875 25.875 0.550 0.825 24.877 25.873 X XXXX 50024875 – 750 B
25.000 25.750 0.413 0.688 25.002 25.748 X X XXXX 37525000 – 625 B
25.000 26.000 0.550 0.825 25.002 25.998 X XXXX 50025000 – 750 B
25.000 27.000 1.100 1.477 25.004 26.996 X XXXX 100025000 – 1343 B
25.250 25.750 0.275 0.413 25.251 25.749 X XXXX 25025250 – 375 B
25.250 26.000 0.413 0.688 25.252 25.998 X XXXX 37525250 – 625 B
25.250 26.250 0.550 0.825 25.252 26.248 X XXXX 50025250 – 750 B
25.500 27.000 0.825 1.375 25.503 26.997 X XXXX 75025500 – 1250 B
26.000 26.750 0.413 0.688 26.002 26.748 X XXXX 37526000 – 625 B
26.000 27.000 0.550 0.825 26.002 26.998 X XXXX 50026000 – 750 B
26.000 27.500 0.825 1.375 26.003 27.497 X XXXX 75026000 – 1250 B
26.125 27.125 0.550 0.825 26.127 27.123 X XXXX 50026125 – 750 B
26.500 27.500 0.550 0.825 26.502 27.498 X XXXX 50026500 – 750 B
26.718 27.218 0.275 0.343 26.719 27.217 X XXXX 25026718 – 312 B
27.000 28.000 0.550 0.825 27.002 27.998 X X XXXX 50027000 – 750 B
27.000 29.000 1.100 1.650 27.004 28.996 X XXXX 100027000 – 1500 B
27.250 28.000 0.413 0.688 27.252 27.998 X XXXX 37527250 – 625 B
27.500 28.000 0.275 0.413 27.501 27.999 X XXXX 25027500 – 375 B
27.500 28.500 0.550 0.825 27.502 28.498 X XXXX 50027500 – 750 B
27.625 28.625 0.550 0.825 27.627 28.623 X XXXX 50027625 – 750 B
28.000 29.000 0.550 0.825 28.002 28.998 X XXXX 50028000 – 750 B
28.000 30.000 1.100 1.650 28.004 29.996 X XXXX 100028000 – 1500 B
28.187 29.187 0.550 0.825 28.189 29.185 X XXXX 50028187 – 750 B
28.500 29.500 0.550 0.825 28.502 29.498 X XXXX 50028500 – 750 B
28.500 29.500 0.550 0.825 28.502 29.498 X XXXX 50028500 – 750 B
09/01/07

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parkerseals.com
Compound Codes
A B C D Part Number
Energizer Code
(Std. (Deep
Rubber
Rubber
Rubber
Plastic
Plastic
Plastic
Diameter only
28.750 29.500 0.413 0.688 28.752 29.498 X XXXX 37528750 – 625 B

29.000 30.000 0.550 0.825 29.002 29.998 X X XXXX 50029000 – 750 B
29.000 31.000 1.100 1.650 29.004 30.996 X XXXX 100029000 – 1500 B
29.750 30.750 0.550 0.825 29.752 30.748 X XXXX 50029750 – 750 B
30.000 30.750 0.413 0.688 30.002 30.748 X XXXX 37530000 – 625 B
30.000 30.750 0.413 0.688 30.002 30.748 X XXXX 37531750 – 625 B
30.000 31.000 0.550 0.687 30.002 30.998 X XXXX 50030000 – 625 B
30.000 31.250 0.688 1.100 30.003 31.247 X XXXX 62530000 – 1000 B
30.000 32.000 1.100 1.650 30.004 31.996 X XXXX 100030000 – 1500 B
30.250 31.250 0.550 0.825 30.252 31.248 X XXXX 50030250 – 750 B
30.375 31.375 0.550 0.825 30.377 31.373 X XXXX 50030375 – 750 B
30.750 31.750 0.550 0.825 30.752 31.748 X XXXX 50030750 – 750 B
31.000 32.000 0.550 0.825 31.002 31.998 X XXXX 50031000 – 750 B
31.000 33.000 1.100 1.650 31.004 32.996 X XXXX 100031000 – 1500 B
31.500 32.250 0.413 0.688 31.502 32.248 X XXXX 37531500 – 625 B
31.500 32.500 0.550 0.825 31.502 32.498 X XXXX 50031500 – 750 B 6
31.750 32.500 0.413 0.688 31.752 32.498 X XXXX 37536250 – 625 B
32.000 32.500 0.275 0.413 32.001 32.499 X XXXX 25032000 – 375 B
32.000 33.000 0.550 0.825 32.002 32.998 X XXXX 50032000 – 750 B
32.000 33.500 0.825 0.963 32.003 33.497 X XXXX 75032000 – 875 B
33.000 34.000 0.550 0.825 33.002 33.998 X X XXXX 50033000 – 750 B
34.000 34.750 0.413 0.688 34.002 34.748 X XXXX 37534000 – 625 B
34.500 35.000 0.275 0.413 34.501 34.999 X XXXX 25034500 – 375 B
34.500 35.500 0.550 0.825 34.502 35.498 X XXXX 50034500 – 750 B
35.000 35.750 0.413 0.688 35.002 35.748 X XXXX 37535000 – 625 B
35.750 36.750 0.550 0.825 35.752 36.748 X XXXX 50035750 – 750 B
36.000 36.750 0.413 0.688 36.002 36.748 X XXXX 37536000 – 625 B
36.000 37.000 0.550 0.825 36.002 36.998 X XXXX 50036000 – 750 B
37.000 37.750 0.413 0.688 37.002 37.748 X XXXX 37537000 – 625 B
37.000 38.000 0.550 0.825 37.002 37.998 X X XXXX 50037000 – 750 B
37.500 38.250 0.413 0.688 37.502 38.248 X XXXX 37537500 – 625 B
38.000 39.000 0.550 0.825 38.002 38.998 X XXXX 50038000 – 750 B
38.250 39.250 0.550 0.825 38.252 39.248 X XXXX 50038250 – 750 B
38.500 39.250 0.413 0.688 38.502 39.248 X XXXX 37538500 – 625 B
38.750 39.750 0.550 0.825 38.752 39.748 X XXXX 50038750 – 750 B
39.135 40.135 0.550 0.825 39.137 40.133 X XXXX 50039135 – 750 B
40.000 40.750 0.413 0.688 40.002 40.748 X XXXX 37540000 – 625 B
41.000 42.000 0.550 0.825 41.002 41.998 X XXXX 50041000 – 750 B
41.485 42.485 0.550 0.825 41.487 42.483 X XXXX 50041485 – 750 B
41.750 42.750 0.550 0.825 41.752 42.748 X XXXX 50041750 – 750 B
42.000 43.000 0.550 0.688 42.002 42.998 X XXXX 50042000 – 625 B
42.000 43.000 0.550 0.825 42.002 42.998 X XXXX 50042000 – 750 B
09/01/07

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parkerseals.com
Compound Codes
A B C D Part Number
Energizer Code
(Std. (Deep
Rubber
Rubber
Rubber
Plastic
Plastic
Plastic
Diameter only
42.267 43.267 0.550 0.825 42.269 43.265 X XXXX 50042267 – 750 B

43.500 44.500 0.550 0.825 43.502 44.498 X XXXX 50043500 – 750 B
44.125 45.125 0.550 0.825 44.127 45.123 X XXXX 50044125 – 750 B
44.618 45.618 0.550 0.825 44.620 45.616 X XXXX 50044618 – 750 B
46.250 47.250 0.550 0.825 46.252 47.248 X XXXX 50046250 – 750 B
47.500 48.500 0.550 0.825 47.502 48.498 X XXXX 50047500 – 750 B
NOTE: For sizes larger than those shown in the table, please contact your local Parker Seal representative.
09/01/07

Phone: 801 972 3000
www.parkerseals.com
Worldwide Fluid Power Sealing
North America Asia Pacific Europe
EPS Division, Headquarters China Germany
Salt Lake City, Utah Parker Hannifin Motion & Parker Prädifa
phone 801 972 3000 Control (Shanghai) Co., Ltd. phone 49 7142 351 0
fax 801 973 4019 phone 86 21 2899 5181 fax 49 7142 351293
fax 86 21 5834 8975
EPS Division, Nacogdoches Denmark
Nacogdoches, Texas Polar Seals ApS
phone 800-233-3900 phone 45 49 121700
fax 936 560 8998 fax 450490121701
EPS Division, Marion Belgium

Marion, New York Parker Hannifin,
phone 315 926 4211 Advanced Products, NV
fax 315 926 4496 phone 32 3 880 81 50
fax 32 3 888 48 62
EPS Division, Chicago
Elgin, Illinois
phone 847 783 4300
fax 847 783 4311
EPS Division, Baja

Baja, Mexico
phone 619 671 3257
EPS 5370 AP 5.0M 09/01/07
Parker Hannifin Corporation

2220 South 3600 West
Salt Lake City, UT 84119
phone 801 972 3000
fax 801 973 4019
www.parker.com Your Local Authorized Parker Distributor
deva.bm®
Maintenance-free, self-lubricating bearings
Engineering Services
Our bearing service
Profit from more than 60 years of experience in self-lubricating

sliding bearings.
Make use of our extensive material and application expertise

spanning a very wide range of industries.
Let our application engineering team assist you in the:

selection of the bearing materials,
design, purpose-built to your requirements,
assembly and installation,
calculation of estimated life time.
Benefit from the latest material developments,

tested using state of the art facilities.
Ask for a simulation of your bearing

application on our test rigs.
Let us analyse your

bearing problem by FEM.
Expect the highest quality standards,

certified to DIN ISO 9001:2000,
ISO/TS 16949:2002
and DIN EN ISO 14001.
World class bearings from DEVA® save time and money.

deva.bm®
maintenance-free
deva.bm® Technical Manual – Contents
properties
Material
1 Material properties page 5
structure
Material
2 Material structure page 5
Materials
3 Materials page 6
materials
Mating
4 Mating materials page 8
5 Fits
Fits
page 9
Design
6 Design page 9
Installation
7 Installation page 11
dimensions
Available
8 Available dimensions page 15

Design
9 Data relevant to the design of DEVA® bearings

data
page 17
3
Introduction
Contemporary designs represent an enormous challenge The maintenance-free, permanently self-lubricating

to modern-day bearing materials because, frequently, heavy-duty bearing materials from the DEVA® product
zero maintenance is expected under severe to extreme range offer bearing solutions guaranteed to operate
conditions as well as under maximum loads. reliably and safely over a long term.
The constant pressure on costs additionally calls for
increasing uptime of machinery and equipment and
uncompromising standards of operational reliability.
4
deva.bm®
maintenance-free
1 Material properties
deva.bm® is a self-lubricating composite bearing mate- • is utilisable at temperatures ranging from -260 °C
properties
rial, comprising a steel backing with a sliding layer of to +280 °C.
Material
deva.metal®. • is utilisable in corrosive environments.
deva.bm® is produced using a special sintering process • does not absorb water and guarantees maximum
to get the following advantages: dimensional accuracy.
deva.bm® • is utilisable in seawater.
• normally requires no lubrication. • is utilisable in radioactive environments.
structure
Material
• allows maintenance-free operation. • is electrically conductive. No electrostatic charging
• possesses a high static and dynamic load-bearing effects occur.
capacity. • is suitable for rotational, oscillating and linear
• has a low coefficient of friction. movements.
• is stick-slip-free. • is suitable for micro movements.
• offers a high margin of safety against mating material • is suitable even for applications involving high edge
damage. pressures.
• is utilisable in dusty environments.
2 Material structure
Layer structure and microstructure of deva.bm®

The distinguishing features of deva.bm® are its highly
Sliding surface, durable steel backing and the bronze matrix with
optionally with initial, homogeneous solid lubricant indentations that ensure
running-in film low friction coefficients. The latter is either graphite of
Sliding layer (bronze) varying particle form and size, or PTFE.
Solid lubricant
deva.bm® : graphite
deva.bm®/9P : PTFE
Steel backing
Figure 2.1 – Micrograph of deva.bm®
Solid lubricants used

Properties Graphite PTFE It is additionally possible to apply an initial surface film
to support running-in phases in which the running
Crystalline structure hexagonal none conditions are purely dry. Where used with conventional
Specific weight (in g/cm³) 2.25 2.16 lubricants, the graphite-containing deva.bm® sliding
Coefficient of friction in air 0.1 to 0.18 0.07 to 0.12
layer can be impregnated with oil.
Chemical resistance very good very good
Corrosion resistance good very good
Use in radioactive radiation very good poor
Use in air very good very good
Use in water very good very good
Use in vacuum poor very good

Table 2.1 – Solid lubricants
5
3 Materials
3.1 Properties
deva.bm® Steel backing properties 4) Sliding layer properties 4)

Materials Material Physical properties Mech.
properties
Linear thermal expansion Compressive

0.2 % Yield strength Tensile strength Density Hardn. (min.) coefficient strength
Symbol δy δT ρ α1 δc
Unit MPa MPa g / cm³ HB 10 / K

-6
MPa
Materials
deva.bm® 302 stainless 320 500 – 700 6.5 40 17.5 320
deva.bm 312®
stainless 320 500 – 700 6.3 40 17.5 320
deva.bm 322®
unalloyed 280 270 – 350 6.6 40 13 300
deva.bm 332® 1)
unalloyed 3)
280 270 – 350 7.6 40 13 300
deva.bm 342®
stainless 320 500 – 700 6.4 40 17.5 300
deva.bm 362/9P
®
stainless 2)
320 500 – 700 6.5 35 17.5 320
1)
deva.bm® 332 has lubrication indentations in the sliding layer.
2)
1.4301 or 1.4571
3)
1.0338
4)
Current properties and values can be inferred from the DEVA® material data sheets,
which are available on request.
Table 3.1.1 – Steel backing and sliding layer properties of deva.bm®
deva.bm® Bearing properties

Materials Max. Max. Max. Temperature Friction Min. Shaft
–U-value
permissible load sliding speed p range coefficient 2) shaft surface
1)
hardn. quality
depending on
stat. 1) dyn.1) dry dry max. min. operating cond.
optimal
– – –
Symbol pstat./max
pdyn./max
Umax pU max
Tmax Tmin f HB Ra
Unit MPa MPa m/s MPa× m/s °C °C µm
deva.bm® 302 320 150 0.1 0.4 280 -150 0.13 – 0.18 180 0.2 – 0.8
deva.bm 312®
280 80 0.25 0.8 280 -150 0.11 – 0.18 180 0.2 – 0.8
deva.bm 322®
250 80 0.5 1.0 280 -150 0.10 – 0.17 180 0.2 – 0.8
deva.bm 332®
250 120 1.0 1.5 120 -150 0.10 – 0.13 180 0.2 – 0.8
deva.bm 342®
280 100 0.5 1.0 280 -150 0.10 – 0.17 180 0.2 – 0.8
deva.bm 362/9P
®
320 150 1.0 2 260 -260 0.05 – 0.15 180 0.2 – 0.8
1)
Under optimum operating conditions.
2)
The stated sliding friction coefficients are not guaranteed properties.
They have been determined on our test rigs using field-proven parameters
that do not necessarily reflect the actual application of
our products and their service environment. We offer customer-
specific friction and wear tests on request.
Table 3.1.2 – deva.bm® bearing properties
6
deva.bm®
maintenance-free
3.2 Chemical resistance
Table 3.2.1 shows the chemical resistance of the Evaluation:

deva.bm® alloys. Information on actual performance, ® Resistant
however, is obtainable only by testing under realistic ¸ Limited resistance, depending on concentration,
operating conditions. oxygen content, temperature, etc.
c Not recommended
Concentration Temperature Alloy Alloy

Chemical substance
in % in °C 302, 312, 342, 362/9P 322, 332
Strong acids
Hydrochloric acid 5 20 c c
Hydrofluoric acid 5 20 ¸ c
Nitric acid 5 20 c c
Materials
Sulphuric acid 5 20 ® c
Phosphoric acid 5 20 ® c
Weak acids
Ethanoic acid 5 20 ® c
Formic acid 5 20 ® c
Boric acid 5 20 ® c
Citric acid 5 20 ® c
Bases
Ammonia 10 20 c c
Sodium hydroxide 5 20 ® c
Potassium hydroxide 5 20 ® c
Solvents
Acetone 20 ® c
Carbon tetrachloride 20 ® c
Ethyl alcohol 20 ® c
Ethyl acetate 20 ® c
Ethyl chloride 20 ® c
Glycerine 20 ® ¸
Salts
Ammonium nitrate c c
Calcium chloride ® c
Magnesium chloride ® c
Magnesium sulphate ® c
Sodium chloride ® c
Sodium nitrate ® c
Zinc chloride c c
Zinc sulphate ® c
Gases
Ammonia gas ¸ c
Chlorine gas c c
Carbon dioxide ® c
Fluorine c c
Sulphur dioxide ® c
Hydrogen sulphide ¸ c
Nitrogen ® c
Hydrogen ® c
Lubricants and fuels
Paraffin 20 ® ®
Petroleum 20 ® ®
Fuel oil 20 ® ®
Diesel 20 ® ®
Mineral oil 70 ® ®
HFA - ISO46 oil-water emulsion 70 ® ®
HFC - water ethylene 70 ® ®
HFD - phosphate ester 70 ® ®
Miscellaneous
Water 20 ® c
Seawater 20 ® c
Resin ® ®
Hydrocarbons ® c
Table 3.2.1 – Chemical properties of deva.bm® alloys
7
4 Mating materials
The deva.bm® bearing materials Mating materials for normal applications

can be used only with mating Material Material
materials demonstrating a hardness number designation
Comparable standards
of at least 180 HB. Where lubricant USA GB F
is additionally introduced into the AISI B.S. 9 70 AFNOR
sliding contact, hardness values of
1.0543 ZSt 60-2 Grade 65 55C A60-2
>130 HB are also permissible. In
abrasive environments, a surface 1.0503 C45 1045 080M46 CC45
hardened to 35 HRC / 45 HRC 1.7225 42CrMo4 4140 708M40 42CD4
should be used. The ideal mating
surface roughness for deva.bm® is
R a = 0.2 to 0.8 µm, produced by Mating materials for corrosive applications
grinding. Rougher surfaces are Material Material
Comparable standards
also acceptable, depending on the number designation
operating conditions. To obtain USA GB F
the right surface roughness, it is AISI B.S. 9 70 AFNOR
equally possible to use bushings 1.4021 X 20Cr13 420 420S37 Z20C13
of a suitable hardness. Hard-faced
materials
1.4057 X 17CrNi16-2 431 432S29 Z15CN16.02

Mating
or galvanised protective layers

(normally coated, hard-chrome, 1.4112 X 90CrMoV18 440B (Z70CV17)
nickel-plated) can also be used to 1.4122 X 39CrMo17-1
a limited extent.
The corrosion criteria for the mating
materials have to be determined on Mating materials for use in seawater
the basis of the operating con- Material Material Comparable standards
ditions in each case. The adjacent number designation
table provides an overview of USA GB F
several possible mating materials. AISI B.S. 9 70 AFNOR
1.4460 X 4CrNiMoN27-5-2
1.4462 X2CrNiMoN22-5-3 UNS531803 318513 Z3CND24-08
2.4856 Inconel 625

Table 4.1 – Main possible mating materials
polished turned
ground
VS – Specific wear
R a 0.2 - 0.8
0.1 0.2 0.38 0.8 2.1 4.6 µm

Surface roughness Ra in [µm]
Model representation
(based on various tests and studies)
Figure 4.1 – Influence of mating material surface roughness on the microwear of composite
8
deva.bm®
maintenance-free
5 Fits
Permissible fit and tolerance ranges
D1 (in mm) D1-Tolerance excl. running-in film Shaft

Normal Precision
In installed state applications applications
< 20 H9 d7 e7
> 20 H8 d7 e7
> 45 H8 / H9 (Standard) d7 e7
> 180 H8 / H9 d7 e7
Table 5.1 – Fits and tolerances
• deva.bm ® is pressed into the housing with an • To achieve minimum clearances after mounting (IT7
interference fit (using a screw press, hydraulic press or higher), finishing should take place in the mounted
or press-fit mandrel). Tapping or driving into place is state. For this purpose, deva.bm® can be provided
not permissible. with a machining allowance, in which case the running-
• The standard housing bore is H7. in film has to be applied after finishing.
• Mean roughness of housing: Ra = 3.2 µm
• The housing has a chamfer of 20 - 40° for easier
mounting.
6 Design
Fits
6.1 Sliding surface design
Design
For applications without any special dry running criteria, For grease-lubricated applications, the deva.bm® sliding
deva.bm® can be used with a plain sliding surface and layer can be provided with regularly spaced lubrication
a running-in film (Figure 6.1.1). indentations, which act as a lubricant 'reservoir' to prolong
For difficult, non-lubricated applications in abrasive the service life (Figure 6.1.3).
and vibrating environments, etc., deva.bm® can also
be provided with cleaning grooves in the sliding layer
as a means of prolonging the service life (Figure 6.1.2).
Figure 6.1.1 – Plain sliding surface Figure 6.1.2 – Sliding layer with cleaning Figure 6.1.3 – Sliding layer with lubrication
grooves indentations
9
6.2 Examples of design
Figure 6.2.1 – deva.bm® radial segment including mounting and screw joint
Figure 6.2.2 – deva.bm® axial segment with cleaning grooves

Design
Figure 6.2.3 – Spherical sliding bearing
Figure 6.2.4 – Spherical sliding bearing
10
deva.bm®
maintenance-free
7 Installation
7.1 Mounting of deva.bm® sliding bearings with D1 ≤ 550 mm
Mounting of precision bearings (H8) Mounting of a) Standard bearing (H9)

with D1 < 180 mm b) Precision bearing with D1 ≥ 180 mm
c) Bearing with machining allowance
Press-fit mandrel Press-fit mandrel
for standard H9 and

precision bearing
with D1 ≥ 180 mm
for bearings with

machining allowance
Auxiliary bush
DX = Inner diameter for long bearings only
with machining allowance (B1 / D2 > 2)
D1 = Inner diameter
D2 = Outer diameter
B1 = Bearing width
SBact. = measured wall thickness
DH = Housing bore diameter
Guide bush Guide bush

Material: grey cast iron,
use hardened steel for
large quantities
Installation
Spacer ring
(for centring in housing)
Housing Housing
slight oiling is permissible slight oiling is permissible

when mounting when mounting
Figure 7.1.1 – Press-fitting of deva.bm® radial bearings
11
7.2 Mounting of large deva.bm® sliding bearings with D1 > 550 mm
Note:
• Guide bush ensures correct
+0.6
circularity Ø = D2+0.4
• Oil slightly during press-fitting
Figure 7.2.1 - Press-fitting of large deva.bm® bearings
7.3 Fastening of deva.bm® with countersunk flat head screws
Mounting 2, 2.5, 3 and 5 mm thick deva.bm® sliding strips

with countersunk flat head screws to DIN EN ISO 7046-1 or DIN EN ISO 2009
Preparation: Mounting:
DIN EN ISO 7046-1 DIN EN ISO 2009
Countersunk flat
Installation
head screw
deva.bm®
Mounting:
The screws should be secured with adhesive,
e.g. ‘Loctite 306’. Observe manufacturer's
instructions on temperature limits and use.
Thread to d D DI DII SS S Hole spacing tolerance
DIN 13 supporting element and deva.bm® deva.bm®
unall. stainl. screwed
M5 5.3 11 9.5 10.5 2 0.8 0.8 ± 0.1 in place
M6 6.4 13 11.5 12.5 2/ 2.5 0.8 0.8 ± 0.1
M8 8.4 17 15 16 2.5/ 3 1.0 0.8 ± 0.1
M10 10.5 21 18.5 19.5 3/ 5 1.0 0.8 ± 0.5
M12 13 25 22.5 23.5 5 1.0 0.8 ± 0.5
Figure 7.3.1 – Fastening of deva.bm® sliding strips with countersunk flat head screws
12
deva.bm®
maintenance-free
Mounting 2, 2.5, 3 and 5 mm thick deva.bm® sliding strips

with hexagon socket countersunk head screws to EN ISO 10642 1)
Preparation: Mounting:
EN ISO 10642
Hexagon socket
countersunk head
screw
deva.bm®
Mounting:
The screws should be secured with adhesive,
e.g. ‘Loctite 306’. Observe manufacturer's
instructions on temperature limits and use.
Hole spacing tolerance
Thread to ød ø D øD2 øD3 ød1 t h s supporting element
DIN 13 and deva.bm® deva.bm®
unall. stainl. screwed
M5 5.3 13.5 11.5 12.5 6 1 2 0.8 0.8 ± 0.1 in place
M6 6.4 16 14 15 7 1.5 2/ 2.5 0.8 0.8 ± 0,1
M8 8.4 20 18 19 9 2 2.5/ 3 1.0 0.8 ± 0.1
M10 10.5 25 22 23 11 2.5 3/5 1.0 0.8 ± 0.15
M12 13 29 26.5 27.5 13 3 5 1.0 0.8 ± 0.15
1)
Countersinking is also suitable for screws to DIN EN ISO 7045-1 and DIN EN ISO 2009.
Figure 7.3.2 – Fastening deva.bm® sliding strips with hexagon socket countersunk head screws
Mounting 10 mm thick deva.bm® sliding strips

with M10 hexagon socket countersunk head screws to EN ISO 10642
EN ISO 10642
Preparation: Installation:
Installation
Figure 7.3.3 – Fastening deva.bm® sliding strips with hexagon socket countersunk head screws
13
Hole spacing and mounting
Note: Configuration examples:

The number and size of the screws depends on the occurring stresses
and the shearing forces to be withstood as a result.
We recommend as guide values:
b1 = 10 - 30 mm – if b1 < 4 mm, should nicks be made as shown in the
drawing below (left), in order to avoid chipped sliding layer edges.
l 1 = 60 - 150 mm
b ≈ (1 - 1.5) D
Maximum machining depth

for deva.bm®:
- 0.1
t1 = t - 0.2
When screwing into place, secure

deva.bm ® with a pressure plate.
Tighten alternately on the left and
right sides, in relation to the centre.
Figure 7.3.4 – Fastening of deva.bm® - hole spacing and mounting

Installation
14
deva.bm®
maintenance-free
8 Available dimensions
8.1 Measurement table for deva.bm® plain bearings
deva.bm® bearings are made to DIN ISO

3547 standard. Other sizes and tolerances
for special applications are also possible,
however.
The sizes given in the following table can
be manufactured as standard in all the
alloys listed in this manual.
Nominal dimensions Bearing width B1 ± 0.25 mm

Bore tolerance (after mounting)
D1 D2 SB SL C1 C2 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 70 80 100 120 140 150 160 180 200
10 12 … …
12 14 … …
H9
14 16 1.0 ≥ 0.40 0.7 0.5 … … …

15 17 … … …
16 18 … … …
18 20 … … … …
20 23 … … … … …
22 25 1.5 ≥ 0.50 1.0 0.6 … … … …
24 27 … … … …
25 28 … … … …
28 32 … … … … …
30 34 … … … … …
H8
32 36 … … … …
35 39 2.0 ≥ 0.75 1.5 0.8 … … … … …
36 40 … … … … …
38 42 … … … … …
40 44 … … … … … …
42 46 … … … … …
45 50 … … … … …
50 55 … … … … … …
55 60 2.5 ≥ 0.70 1.8 1.0 … … … … … …
60 65 … … … … … …
65 70 … … … … …
70 75 … … … … … …
75 81 … … … … … …
80 86 … … … … … … …
85 91 … … … … … …
H8 (Precision) / H9 (Standard)
90 96 … … … … … …
95 101 … … … … … … …
100 106 … … … … … … … …
105 111 … … … … … … …
110 116 … … … … … … … …
dimensions
115 121 … … … … … … … …
Available
120 126 … … … … … … … … …
125 131 3.0 ≥ 1.00 2.5 1.5 … … … … … … … …
130 136 … … … … … … … …
135 141 … … … … … … … … …
140 146 deva.bm® bearings, D1 > 550 mm, … … … … … … … … …
145 151 … … … … … … … …
laser-welded, additionally locking
150 156 … … … … … … … …
160 166 recommended. … … … … … … … …
180 186 … … … … … … …
200 206 Very large deva.bm® bearings are … … … … … … …
220 226 manufactured in segments. … … … … … … …
240 246 … … … … … … …
250 260 deva.bm® 332 and deva.bm® 362/9P … … … …
are available in diameters from … … … …
D1 + 2 × SB
… … … …
dimensions
D1 > 28 mm.
5.0 ≥ 1.5 3.0 2.0 … … …
all
… …
Further sizes available on request. … …
… …
800 810 …
Table 8.1.1 - Measurement table for deva.bm® plain bearings (all sizes in mm)
15
deva.bm®
maintenance-free
8.2 Measurement table for deva.bm® sliding plates
Wall thickness Wall thickness min. sliding Useful width W1 Length L

SS tolerance layer thickn. SL tol.: + 1 mm 2) tol.: + 3 mm
2.5 ± 0.05 1) 0.75 200 1750
3.0 ± 0.05 1) 1.05 200 1750
5.0 ± 0.05 1)
1.55 200 1750
1)
Different tolerances possible 2)
For deva.bm® 362/9P W1 = 190 mm
Table 8.2.1 – Measurement table for deva.bm ® sliding plates (all sizes in mm)
Available materials
deva.bm ® 302
deva.bm ® 312
deva.bm ® 342
deva.bm® 362/9P
8.3 Dimension table for deva.bm® contour elements
Minimum bending diameter The minimum bending radius for deva.bm® depends on
Segment the total thickness of the steel backing and sliding layer
for deva.bm® strips
thickness 1)
with sliding layer at the ... (see Table 8.3.1).
Inner diameter Outer diameter
1.2 10 – 2)
1.7 20 – 2)
2.2 28 – 2)
2.7 45 – 2)
dimensions
Available
3.2 75 600
5.2 250 800

1)
Other thicknesses on request 2)
On request
Table 8.3.1 – Manufacturing restrictions for
deva.bm® radial segments (all sizes in mm)
Figure 8.3.1 – Radial segments Figure 8.2.3 – Sliding plate Figure 8.3.3 – Sliding plate
16
9
9 Data relevant to the design of DEVA® bearings
Description of application:
Project / No. New design Existing design
Spherical bearing
Plain bearing Flanged bearing Thrust washer Floating bearing Fixed bearing Sliding plate
Shaft rotates Bearing rotates Angular motion Axial motion
Item 1 Item 2 Item 3 Motion Item 1 Item 2 Item 3

Quantity Speed in rpm
Sliding speed in m/s
Dimensions (in mm) Item 1 Item 2 Item 3
Stroke length in mm
Inner diameter D 1 (D5)
Double strokes/ min
Outer diameter D 2 (D6)
Angle
Bearing width B1
Frequency in n/ min
Outer ring width BF
Flange outer dia. D 3 Operating time Item 1 Item 2 Item 3
Flange thickness SF Continuous operation
Wall thickness ST Intermittent operation
Plate length L Duty cycle % /h % /h % /h
Plate width W Days/years
Plate thickness SS BM 1 0 003 201 1750
Frictional A1
distance in km
Loading Item 1 Item 2 Item 3 Fits and tolerances Item 1 Item 2 Item 3
Static Shaft
Dynamic Bearing holder
Alternating
Environm. conditions Item 1 Item 2 Item 3
Impact
Temperature at bearing °C °C °C
Radial load in kN
Contact medium
Axial load in kN
Surface pressure
Other influences
Radial in MPa
Axial in MPa
Lifetime Item 1 Item 2 Item 3
Mating material Item 1 Item 2 Item 3
Desired operating time h h h
Material No./type
Permissible wear mm mm mm
Hardness in HB/HRC
Design
data
Roughness Ra in µm Company address / contact
Lubrication Item 1 Item 2 Item 3

Dry running
Permanent lubrication
Medium lubrication
Medium
Lubricant
Assembly lubrication
Hydrodyn. lubrication
Dynamic viscosity
Notes
deva.bm®
maintenance-free
The present technical documentation has been prepared with care and all the information verified for its correctness. No liability,
however, can be accepted for any incorrect or incomplete information. The data given in the documentation are intended as an
aid for assessing the suitability of the material. They are derived from our own research as well as generally accessible publications.
The sliding friction and wear values stated by us or appearing in catalogues and other technical documentation do not constitute
a guarantee of the specified properties. They have been determined in our test facilities under conditions that do not necessarily
reflect the actual application of our products and their service environment or permit comprehensive simulation in relation to them.
We provide guarantees only after written agreement of the test procedures and parameters and of all the relevant characteristics
which the product is required to have.
All transactions conducted by DEVA® are subject, in principle, to our terms of sale and delivery as indicated in our offers, product
brochures and price lists. Copies are available on request. Our products are subject to a constant process of development.
DEVA® reserves the right to amend the specification or improve the technological data without prior notice.
DEVA ®, deva.bm ®, deva.bm ®/9P, deva.metal ®, deva.glide ®, deva.tex ® and deva.eco ® are registered trade marks of
Federal-Mogul Deva GmbH, D-35260 Stadtallendorf, Germany.
Further infomation about our products:
DEVA® Technical Manual Technical Manual Technical Manual

Product range deva.metal® deva.glide ® deva.tex®
DEVA ®- DEVA®- DEVA®- DEVA ®-

Materials Materials Materials Materials
Technical Manual New perspective on in the in the hydro in the tire in rail
deva.eco ® bearings with DEVA® steel industry industry industry systems
Federal-Mogul Deva GmbH

Postfach 1160 · D-35251 Stadtallendorf · Schulstrasse 20 · D-35260 Stadtallendorf
Phone +49 (0)6428 701-0 · Telefax +49 (0)6428 701-108
info@deva.de · www.deva.de
BM-EN/01/2005/Rev.1/3000 Production by TAFF STUFF M EDIA - Großefehn/Germany

Document N° :
SECTION 7 – CONTACT DETAILS

Document N° :
SECTION 7- CONTACT DETAILS

Document N° :
FOR ANY CONTACTS /SPARES REQUIREMENT, PLEASE REFER BELOW CONTACTS:
CONTACT PERSON: 1) MR. SANT BHASIN

CONTACT NO. +91 120 1328
email: sant.bhasin@power.alstom .com
2) MR. PANKAJ KUMAR PATEL

CONTACT NO. +91 265 661 3095
email:pankaj.kumar.patel@power.alstom .com
MAILING ADDRESS:
ALSTOM PROJECTS INDIA LIMITED
MANEJA VADODARA
GUJARAT
INDIA
PIN-390013
FAX NO. +91 265 6613081

T Oandm

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

You might also like

T Oandm

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

T Oandm

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Abcd PROJECT : URI-II 4x60 MW Alstom Projects India ltd.

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL Page 2/ 269

1. SECTION 1: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION………………………..5-10 PAGES

2. SECTION 2: DESCRIPTION…………………………………………..11-44 PAGES

3. SECTION 3: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE……………………..45-98 PAGES

4. SECTION 4: MANDATORY SPARES…………………………………99-107 PAGES

5. SECTION 5: LIST OF MAIN DRAWINGS……………………………108-109 PAGES

6. SECTION 6: CATALOGUES……..……………………………………110-266 PAGES

7. SECTION 7: CONTACT DETAILS…………………………………….267-269 PAGES

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL Page 3/ 269

SECTION 1-TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL Page 4/ 269

SECTION 1 – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL Page 5/ 269

• Project name : URI-II (4x60 MW)

• Installation country : INDIA

• Consulting engineer : NHPC

• Order year : 2007

• Machine type : FRANCIS TURBINE

• Number of bearings on the shaft : 2

• Dismantling : From the Bottom

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL Page 6/ 269

1.1 Turbine parameters

Turbine distributor centre line elevation (referred to sea level): 1095.00 m

1.1.1 Rated and Runaway speed

Item Unit Value

1.1.2 Turbine output

Item Unit Value

1.1.3 Maximum Total Pressure

1.2 Upstream Water Levels and Discharges

Item Unit Final Stage

1.3 Tail water Levels

Item Unit Head

1.4 Net Heads

Item Unit Final Stage

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL Page 7/ 269

1.5 Main Characteristics

SA 10 – SPIRAL CASE and STAY RING

 Upper Pit liner

 Lower Pit liner

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL Page 8/ 269

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL Page 9/ 269

 Air admission valve

SA 40 – TURBINE GUIDE BEARING & SHAFT SEAL

 Turbine Guide bearing

SA 50 – DISCHARGE (DRAFT TUBE/DRAFT TUBE CONE)

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL Page 10/ 269

SA 60 – SERVOMOTOR FOR OPERATING MECHANISM

2.1 Turbine efficiency

2.1.1 Maximum Efficiency

Item Unit Value

2.1.2 Weighted Average Efficiency

Item Unit Value

2.2 Turbine output and efficiency at rated net head 118 m

SL.No. Tubine output Tubine efficiency %

1 110% Rated out put 93.89

2 100% Rated out put 95.66

3 75 % Rated ourput 94.11

Upper Pit liner

Lower Pit liner

Air admission valve

Turbine Guide bearing